The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutRoute 83 and I-88 Water Main Replacement Specs - 11-02-22 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, CONTRACT CONDITIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK, ILLINOIS ROUTE 83 AND I-88 WATER MAIN REPLACEMENT Issued for Bidding November 02, 2022 VILLAGE OFFIFICALS PRESIDENT – GOPAL G. LALMALANI VILLAGE MANAGER – GREG SUMMERS VILLAGE CLERK – CHARLOTTE K. PRUSS DIRECTOR OF PUBLIC WORKS – RICK VALENT I hereby certify that this engineering document was prepared by me or under my direct personal supervision and that I am a duly licensed Professional Engineer under the laws of the State of Illinois. 11-02-2022 _ TERRY HEITKAMP, P.E. Date Illinois Registered Professional Engineer Trotter & Associates, Inc. No. 062-058718 No. 184-002148 Expires November 30, 2023 VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement BID PACKAGE TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING DOCUMENTS 1. Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals 2. General Instructions to Bidders 3. Special Instructions to Bidders 4. Bidder’s Proposal 5. Bidder’s Sworn Acknowledgment 6. Bidder’s Sworn Work History Statement 7. Form of Bid Bond 8. Request for Additional Information 9. Bidder’s Sworn Statement of Responsibility 10. Notice of Award CONTRACT 1. Contract Agreement 2. Contractor’s Certification 3. Schedule of Prices 4. General Conditions of Contract 5. Special Conditions of Contract 6. Contract Drawings 7. Specifications 8. Form of Performance Bond 9. Form of Labor and Material Payment Bond 10. Prevailing Wage Ordinance -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement INVITATION FOR BIDDER’S PROPOSALS OWNER: ENGINEER: Village of Oak Brook Trotter and Associates, Inc. 1200 Oak Brook Road 40W201 Wasco Road, Suite D Oak Brook, IL 60523 St. Charles, IL 60175 1.Invitation to Bid Owner invites sealed Bidder’s Proposals for the Work described in detail in the Contract and generally described as follows: Contractor shall install infrastructure to the Village of Oak Brook Water System by constructing a water main along the southeast exchange between IL Route 83 and I-88. Work under this Contract will generally include, but is not limited: •Horizontal directional drilled water main (12”) •Tapping valves, vaults, frames, lids and appurtenances •Testing and chlorination of new water main •Abandon existing water main •Storm sewer & structure replacement •Turf, bike path, pavement, curb & gutter, etc. replacement •Other work as described within the plans and specifications 2.Defined Terms All terms capitalized in this Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals and in the other Bidding Documents are defined in the Bidding Documents and the Contract and shall have such defined meanings wherever used. The Bid Package consists of the Bidding Documents and the Contract, both as hereinafter defined. 3.The Bidding Documents The Bidding Documents consist of the following documents, all of which are by this reference made a part of this Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals as though fully set forth herein: (1)Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals; INVITATION -2- (2) General Instructions to Bidders; (3) Special Instructions to Bidders; (4) Addenda, if issued; (5) Bidder’s Proposal; (6) Bidder’s Sworn Acknowledgment; (7) Bidder’s Sworn Work History Statement; (8) Form of Bid Bond; (9) Request for Additional Information, if any; (10) Bidder’s Sworn Statement of Responsibility, if requested; (11) Other Information Submitted by Bidder, if requested; and (12) Notice of Award. 4. The Contract The Contract consists of the following documents, all of which are by this reference made a part of this Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals as though fully set forth herein: (1) Contract Agreement; (2) Contractor’s Certification; (3) Schedule of Prices; (4) General Conditions of Contract; (5) Special Conditions of Contract; (6) Contract Drawings; (7) Specifications; (8) Form of Performance Bond; (9) Form of Labor and Material Payment Bond; (10) Prevailing Wage Ordinance; and INVITATION -3- (11) Addenda, if issued. Engineer may, during construction, furnish such additional Contract Drawings and Specifications or such other explanations as Engineer may consider necessary to illustrate or explain the Work in further detail. The successful Bidder shall be required to comply with the requirements of all such additional Contract Drawings and Specifications or other explanations, all of which shall be considered part of the Contract and shall not be considered as indicating additional Work. 5. Inspection and Examination The Bidding Documents and the Contract may be examined at the office of the Engineer, as listed above. A copy of the Bidding Documents and the Contract can be purchased at the office of Engineer in the form of cash, certified check or money order. No partial sets of specifications or drawings will be issued. The non–refundable cost for hard-copies of drawings and specifications is $150.00. The non–refundable cost for electronic (PDF) copies of drawings and specifications is $75.00. Addenda will be issued only to plan holders. Questions should be directed to Terry Heitkamp (630) 587-0470 or t.heitkamp@trotter-inc.com. Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder’s Proposal, carefully examine the Bidding Documents and the Contract. Each prospective Bidder shall inspect in detail the Work Site and the surrounding area and shall familiarize itself with all local conditions, including subsurface, underground and other concealed conditions, affecting the Contract, the Work and the Work Site. The Bidder whose Bidder’s Proposal is accepted will be responsible for all errors in its Bidder’s Proposal including those resulting from its failure or neglect to make a thorough examination and investigation of the Bidding Documents, the Contract, and the conditions of the Work Site and the surrounding area. 6. Bid Opening Owner will receive two (2) sealed Bidder’s Proposals for the Work until 10:00 o’clock, a.m., local time, November 16, 2022, at Owner’s office listed above (Attn: Rania Serences, Senior Purchasing Assistant), at which time, or as soon thereafter as possible, all Bidder’s Proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud within the SE Dean Board Room of the Butler Government Center. 7. Bid Security, Bonds, and Insurance A. Bid Security. Each Bidder’s Proposal shall be accompanied by a security deposit of ten (10%) percent of the Bidder’s Price Proposal in the form of (1) a Cashier’s Check or Certified Check drawn on a solvent bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and payable without condition to Owner or (2) a Bid Bond in the form included in the Bidding Documents from a surety company licensed to do INVITATION -4- business in the State of Illinois with a general rating of A minus and a financial size category of Class X or better in Best’s Insurance Guide. B. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond upon award of the Contract, each in the penal sum of the full amount of the Contract Price, in the form included in the Contract and from a surety company meeting the requirements set forth above. Each Bidder’s Proposal must be accompanied by a letter from such a surety company stating that it will execute Bonds in the form included in the Contract Documents upon award of the Contract to Bidder. C. Insurance. The successful Bidder will be required to furnish certificates of insurance as required by Section 4.2 of the Contract Agreement, Article IV of the General Conditions of Contract, and Section 4 of the Special Conditions of Contract upon award of the Contract. Each Bidder’s Proposal must be accompanied by a letter from Bidder’s insurance carrier or its agent certifying that said insurer has read the requirements set forth in the Contract and will issue the required certificates and policies of insurance upon award of the Contract to Bidder. DATED this 2nd day of November 2022. _______________ By: Greg Summers Village Manager -i- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1. Examination of Bidding Documents, Contract, and Work Site .............................. 1 2. Interpretation of the Bidding Documents and the Contract ................................... 3 3. Calculation of Unit Price Proposals and Compensation ....................................... 3 4. Prevailing Wages .................................................................................................. 4 5. Taxes and Benefits ............................................................................................... 4 6. Permits and Licenses ........................................................................................... 4 7. Preparation of Bidder’s Proposal .......................................................................... 5 8. Signature Requirements ....................................................................................... 6 9. Bid Security .......................................................................................................... 7 10. Surety and Insurance Commitments .................................................................... 8 11. Submission of Bidder’s Proposals ........................................................................ 8 12. Withdrawal of Bidder’s Proposals ......................................................................... 8 13. Public Opening of Bidder’s Proposals .................................................................. 9 14. Qualification of Bidders ......................................................................................... 9 15. Disqualification of Bidders .................................................................................. 10 16. Award of Contract ............................................................................................... 11 17. Notice of Award; Effective Date of Award ........................................................... 11 18. Failure to Sign Contract ...................................................................................... 12 19. Time of Starting and Completion ........................................................................ 13 20. Confidentiality ..................................................................................................... 13 -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Examination of Bidding Documents, Contract, and Work Site A. Bidding Documents and the Contract. Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder’s Proposal, carefully examine the Bidding Documents and the Contract as defined in the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals and included in this Bid Package. The Contract contains provisions applicable not only to the successful Bidder but also to all of its Subcontractors and Suppliers. In making copies of the Bidding Documents and the Contract available to prospective Bidders, Owner and Engineer do so only for the purpose of obtaining Bidder’s Proposals and such provision does not confer a license or grant for any other use. B. Work and Work Site Conditions. Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder’s Proposal, personally inform itself, by on-site inspection and investigation and by such other appropriate and lawful means as it may wish, of all conditions under which the Work is to be performed; of the obstacles, unusual conditions or difficulties that may be encountered, whether or not referred to in the Bidding Documents or the Contract; and of all other relevant matters concerning the Work Site and the surrounding area, including subsurface, underground and other concealed conditions. In examining the Work Site and the surrounding area, special attention shall be given to the cost and feasibility of the Work to be performed thereon, including the arrangement and conditions of existing or proposed structures that will affect, or that will be affected by, the Work; the procedures necessary for maintenance of uninterrupted operations; the need to interrupt operations for any reason; and the availability and cost of the means and methods of accomplishing the Work. Any prospective Bidder desiring to make borings, explorations or observations to determine conditions at or around the Work Site shall obtain permission from Owner or from any other property owner, as appropriate, prior to commencement of any such activity. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Subsection 1B, it shall remain the successful Bidder’s responsibility to (i) determine during construction the presence and location of any underground obstructions and to make adjustments in the alignment or grade of the Work to pass around, over, or under them, and (ii) determine during construction the presence and location of any adverse soil conditions and to take all necessary action to eliminate, address, or otherwise deal with such adverse soil conditions, all without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Time or, except as expressly provided, and only to the limited extent set forth, in Sections 2.1 through 2.3 of the General Conditions of Contract included in this Bid Package, the Contract Price. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -2- C. Quantities. Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder’s Proposal, satisfy itself, by personal inspection and investigation of the Work Site or by such other appropriate and lawful means as it may wish, as to the correctness of any quantities listed in the Bidding Documents. D. Equipment, Materials, and Supplies. Each Bidder shall base its Bidder’s Proposal on new, undamaged, first-quality equipment, materials, and supplies complying fully with the Contract, and in the event any Bidder names or includes in its Bidder’s Proposal equipment, materials, or supplies that do not conform, such Bidder shall, if awarded the Contract, be responsible for furnishing equipment, materials, and supplies that fully conform to the Contract at no increase in the Bidder’s Price Proposal. E. Information Provided by Owner. When information pertaining to subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, buried structures, utility locations or conditions, conditions of existing structures, and similar site information or data and other investigations is shown or indicated on the Contract Drawings included in this Bid Package, is distributed with the Bidding Documents or the Contract, or is otherwise made available to any prospective Bidder by Owner, such information is shown, indicated, distributed, or made available solely for the convenience of such prospective Bidder and is not part of the Bidding Documents or the Contract. Owner assumes no responsibility whatsoever in respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of any such information, and there is no guaranty or warranty, either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing throughout the Work or the Work Site, or that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing at any particular location, or that unanticipated conditions may not be present. F. Representation and Warranty of Bidder. Each Bidder submitting a Bidder’s Proposal expressly thereby represents and warrants that it has had an adequate period of time to conduct, and has conducted, the independent examinations, inspections and investigations required by these General Instructions to Bidders. Each Bidder submitting a Bidder’s Proposal expressly thereby further represents and warrants that Bidder’s Price Proposal includes such allowances for contingencies, as Bidder deems appropriate with respect to such risks and changes in the Work as the successful Bidder is responsible for dealing with under the Contract without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time. G. Remedies for Failure to Comply. The successful Bidder will be responsible for all errors in its Bidder’s Proposal resulting from such Bidder’s failure or neglect to comply with these General Instructions to Bidders. The successful Bidder shall bear all damages and costs associated therewith, arising therefrom, or resulting from matters or conditions first discovered during the progress of the Work, including, but not limited to, damages or costs resulting from, arising out of, or in any way related to increases in time-related costs; increases in costs of labor, equipment, materials, or supplies; costs of additional personnel; costs of additional equipment; costs of additional premium time for personnel or equipment; increase in costs for Bond or insurance GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -3- premiums; lower labor productivity; lost profits or alternative income; effects on other contracts; and costs of demobilization and remobilization. 2. Interpretation of the Bidding Documents and the Contract A. Defined Terms. All terms capitalized in these General Instructions to Bidders and in the other Bidding Documents are defined in the Bidding Documents and the Contract and shall have such defined meanings wherever used. B. Implied Terms. If any workmanship, equipment, materials, or supplies that are not directly or indirectly set forth in the Contract are nevertheless necessary to the proper provision, performance, and completion of the whole of the Work in accordance with the intent of the Contract, each prospective Bidder shall understand such workmanship, equipment, materials, or supplies to be implied and shall provide for such workmanship, equipment, materials, or supplies in its Bidder’s Proposal as fully as if it were particularly described. C. Addenda. No interpretation of the Bidding Documents or the Contract will be made except by written addendum duly issued by Engineer (“Addendum”). No interpretation not contained in an Addendum shall be valid or have any force or effect whatever. All Addenda issued prior to the opening of Bidder’s Proposals shall become a part of the Bidding Documents or the Contract, as the case may be. Each prospective Bidder shall be responsible for inquiring from time to time as to the availability of Addenda. If any prospective Bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Bidding Documents or the Contract, such prospective Bidder shall submit to Engineer a written request for an interpretation thereof as far in advance of the scheduled opening of Bidder’s Proposals as possible. Engineer shall use its best efforts to issue Addenda in response to all valid, appropriate, and timely inquiries, but accepts no responsibility for doing so. Inquiries not answered by Addenda shall be considered invalid, inappropriate, or untimely inquiries. D. Informal Responses. Neither Owner nor Engineer will give oral answers or instructions in response to any inquiries received prior to the award of the Contract regarding the meaning of the Bidding Documents or the Contract nor any oral indication as to the validity of any such inquiry. Any such oral answer, instruction or indication shall not be binding, shall be deemed to be unauthorized and given informally for the convenience of the Person making the inquiry, shall not be guaranteed, and shall not be relied upon by any prospective Bidder. By submitting a Bidder’s Proposal, each Bidder shall be deemed to have agreed that such information has not been used as a basis of its Bidder’s Proposal and that the giving of any such information does not entitle such Bidder to assert any claim or demand against Owner or Engineer on account thereof. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -4- 3. Calculation of Unit Price Proposals and Compensation On all items for which Bidder’s Proposals are to be received on a unit price basis, Bidder’s Proposals will be compared on the basis of the approximate number of units stated in the Bidding Documents multiplied by each Bidder’s respective Price Proposal for each Unit Price Item. Payment on the Contract for each Unit Price Item will be based on the actual number of acceptable units of such Unit Price Item installed complete in place, measured on the basis defined in the Contract. The approximate quantities stated in the Bidding Documents shall not be used in establishing the compensation due under the Contract. Such stated quantities are Engineer’s estimate only for Owner’s convenience in comparing Bidder’s Proposals and shall not be relied upon by prospective Bidders. Any increases in the number of units of Unit Price Items required to complete the Work resulting from risks or changes in the Work that the successful Bidder is responsible for dealing with under the Contract without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price shall be paid for at the respective Price Proposal for each such Unit Price Item. No Bidder shall, after submission of its Bidder’s Proposal, dispute or complain of any estimate of Unit Price Items contained in the Bidding Documents nor assert that there was any misunderstanding in regard to the nature or amount of Work to be done. 4. Prevailing Wages All wages paid by the Contractor and each subcontractor shall be in compliance with The Prevailing Wage Act (820 ILCS 130), as amended, except where a prevailing wage violates a federal law, order, or ruling, the rate conforming to the federal law, order, or ruling shall govern. If the Department of Labor revises the wage rates, the revised rate, as made available on the Department's official website, shall apply to this contract and the Contractor will not be allowed additional compensation because of said revisions. The Contractor shall be responsible to notify each subcontractor of the wage rates set forth in this contract and any revisions thereto. Contractor will comply with the Illinois prevailing wage law, as amended from time to time and made available on the Department of Labor’s official website. Not less than the prevailing rate of wages as found by the Illinois Department of Labor shall be paid to all laborers, workers and mechanics performing work under the Contract. If the Department of Labor revises the prevailing rate of wages to be paid laborers, workers or mechanics under the Contract, the revised prevailing rate of wages shall apply to the Contract and Contractor shall have the sole responsibility and duty to pay, and ensure that all Subcontractors pay, the revised prevailing rate of wages to each person to whom a revised rate is applicable. Revision of the prevailing wages shall not result in an increase in the Contract sum or other cost to Village of Oak Brook. Contractor shall indemnify, GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -5- defend and hold Village of Oak Brook harmless from any loss, including but not limited to Village of Oak Brook's attorney’s fees, resulting from Contractor's failure to comply with this prevailing wage clause. All bonds applicable to the Contract shall include a provision as will guarantee the faithful performance of the obligation to pay the prevailing rate of wages. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall make and keep, for a period of not less than 3 years, records of all laborers, mechanics, and other workers employed by them on the project; the records shall include each worker's name, address, telephone number when available, last four digits of their social security number, gender, race, ethnicity, veteran status, classification or classifications, the hourly wages paid in each period, the number of hours worked each day, the starting and ending times of work each day, the worker’s hourly rate, the worker’s hourly overtime wage rate, the worker’s hourly fringe benefit rates, the name and address of each fringe benefit fund, the plan sponsor of each fringe benefit, if applicable, and the plan administrator of each fringe benefit. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall submit monthly, in person, by mail, or electronically a certified payroll to the Department of Labor, through the database created by Section 5.1 of 820 ILCS 130. The certified payroll shall consist of a complete copy of the records. The certified payroll shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the contractor or subcontractor which states that: (i) such records are true and accurate; (ii) the hourly rate paid to each worker is not less than the general prevailing rate of hourly wages required; and (iii) the contractor or subcontractor is aware that filing a certified payroll that he or she knows to be false is a Class B misdemeanor. Upon seven (7) business days' notice, the contractor and each subcontractor shall make available for inspection and copying at a location within this State during reasonable hours, the records to the public body in charge of the project, its officers and agents, and to the Director of Labor and his deputies and agents. The Contractor and each subcontractor shall permit his/her employees to be interviewed on the job, during working hours, by compliance investigators of the Department or the Department of Labor. 5. Taxes and Benefits Owner is exempt from state and local sales, use and excise taxes. Bidder’s Price Proposal shall not include any such taxes. A letter of exemption will be provided to the successful Bidder, if necessary. Owner will not reimburse, nor assist the successful Bidder in obtaining reimbursement for, any state or local sales, use or excise taxes paid by the successful Bidder. The successful Bidder shall be required to reimburse Owner for any such taxes paid. Bidder’s Price Proposal shall include all other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits. It shall be the sole responsibility of each GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -6- prospective Bidder to determine the applicability and amount of such taxes, contributions, and premiums and no extra compensation shall be paid by Owner for the successful Bidder’s failure to include these costs in its Bidder’s Proposal. 6. Permits and Licenses Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Special Conditions of Contract included in this Bid Package, Bidder’s Price Proposal shall include the cost of obtaining all permits, licenses, and other approvals and authorizations required by law for performance of the Work. It shall be the sole responsibility of each prospective Bidder to determine the applicable permits, licenses, and other approvals and authorizations and no extra compensation shall be paid by Owner for the successful Bidder’s failure to include these costs in its Bidder’s Proposal. The successful Bidder shall be required to display all permits, licenses and other approvals and authorizations as required by law. 7. Preparation of Bidder’s Proposal Bidder’s Proposals to enter into the Contract for the Work shall be made only on the blank Bidder’s Proposal form furnished by Owner and included in this Bid Package. Entries on the Bidder’s Proposal form shall be typed or legibly written in ink. Price Proposals are to be written by words and by figures as provided on the Bidder’s Proposal form. In case of any conflict, words shall prevail. In case of any error in adding or multiplying individual items, the prices listed for individual items shall control over any incorrect total of such items. A Bidder’s Proposal may be rejected if it does not contain a requested price for each and every item named in the Bidder’s Proposal form or may be interpreted as bidding “no charge” to Owner for any item left blank, except as may be otherwise provided in the Special Instructions to Bidders included in this Bid Package. Prospective Bidders are warned against making alterations of any kind to the Bidder’s Proposal form or to any entry thereon. Bidder’s Proposals that contain omissions, conditions, alterations, or additions not called for by the Bidding Documents may be rejected or interpreted so as to be most favorable to Owner. Bidder’s Proposals that are not submitted on the Bidder’s Proposal form furnished by Owner or that are separated from this bound Bid Package may be rejected. Each Bidder shall securely staple into its Bidder’s Proposal a copy of each Addendum issued for the Bidding Documents and the Contract and shall include in the place provided therefor in the Bidder’s Proposal form a listing of all such Addenda. Bidder’s Proposals that fail to comply with this Instruction may be rejected. Each Bidder shall complete, sign as required pursuant to Section 8 of these General Instructions to Bidders, and submit with its Bidder’s Proposal all of the following documentation: GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -7- (1) Bidder’s Sworn Acknowledgment included in this Bid Package; (2) Bidder’s Sworn Work History Statement included in this Bid Package; (3) Bid Security as required by Section 9 of these General Instructions to Bidders; (4) Surety Commitment Letter as specified in the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals; (5) Insurance Commitment Letter as specified in the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals; and (6) Such other documentation, if any, as may be required by any Special Instructions to Bidders included in this Bid Package. Every Bidder submitting a Bidder’s Proposal shall be conclusively deemed to have evidenced an intention to be bound thereby whether or not the requirements for signing Bidder’s Proposals found in Section 8 of these General Instructions to Bidders are satisfied. However, any Bidder’s Proposal that fails to comply with Section 8 of these General Instructions to Bidders may nevertheless be rejected. If a deficiently prepared Bidder’s Proposal is not rejected, Owner may demand correction of any deficiency and award the Contract to Bidder upon satisfactory compliance with this Instruction. 8. Signature Requirements A. Bidder’s Proposals. The following requirements shall be observed in the signing of each Bidder’s Proposal: (1) Corporations. Each Bidder’s Proposal submitted by a corporation shall be signed by the President or other authorized officer of the corporation and shall also bear the attesting signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the corporation. (2) Partnerships. Each Bidder’s Proposal submitted by a partnership shall be signed by all of its general partners or by an attorney-in-fact. If signed by an attorney-in-fact, there shall be attached to the Bidder’s Proposal a power of attorney executed by all of the general partners of such partnership evidencing authority of such attorney-in-fact to sign the Bidder’s Proposal. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -8- (3) Individuals. Each Bidder’s Proposal submitted by an individual shall be signed by such individual or by an attorney- in-fact. If signed by an attorney-in-fact, there shall be attached to the Bidder’s Proposal a power of attorney executed by such individual evidencing the authority of such attorney-in-fact to sign the proposal. (4) Joint Ventures. Each Bidder’s Proposal submitted by a joint venture shall be signed by each signatory of the joint venture agreement by which such joint venture was formed in accordance with the applicable provisions of (1), (2) and (3) above or by an attorney-in-fact. If signed by an attorney-in- fact, there shall be attached to the Bidder’s Proposal a power of attorney executed by each signatory to the joint venture agreement evidencing the authority of such attorney-in-fact to sign the proposal. Any Bidder’s Proposal that fails to comply with this Instruction may be rejected, or, if not rejected, Owner may demand correction thereof and award the Contract to Bidder upon satisfactory compliance with this Instruction. B. Other Documents. The signature requirements set forth in Subsection 8A shall apply to all other documents in the Bid Package required to be executed by Bidder, Bidder’s sureties and Bidder’s insurance representatives as well as to the Contract Agreement, the Contractor’s Certification and all other required documentation related to the Contract. Any Bidder’s Proposal that fails to comply with this Instruction may be rejected, or, if not rejected, Owner may demand correction thereof and award the Contract to Bidder upon satisfactory compliance with this Instruction. 9. Bid Security A. Required Bid Security. Every Bidder’s Proposal shall be accompanied by a 10% bid security in the form of a Cashier’s Check, Certified Check or Bid Bond as specified in the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals (“Bid Security”), which Bid Security shall stand as a guaranty that (1) if Bidder is determined to be one of the Most Favorable Bidders (see Section 14B below), Bidder will submit all additional information requested by Owner; (2) if such Bidder’s Proposal is accepted, Bidder will timely file the Bonds and the certificates and policies of insurance required by the Contract; and (3) if such Bidder’s Proposal is accepted, Bidder will timely execute the Contract Agreement, the Contractor’s Certification, and all other required documentation related to the Contract. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -9- Any Bidder’s Proposal that fails to comply with this Instruction may be rejected, or, if not rejected, Owner may demand correction of any deficiency and award the Contract to Bidder upon satisfactory compliance with this Instruction. B. Return of Bid Security. Bid Security submitted in the form of Cashier’s Checks or Certified Checks will be returned to all except the Most Favorable Bidders within five Days after the opening of Bidder’s Proposals, and to the Most Favorable Bidders within five Days after execution of the Contract Agreement by Owner. Bid Bonds will not be returned unless otherwise requested by Bidder. C. Liquidated Damages. If a Most Favorable Bidder fails to timely submit all additional information requested by Owner, or if the successful Bidder fails to timely and properly submit all required Bonds, certificates and policies of insurance, or if the successful Bidder fails to timely and properly execute the Contract Agreement, the Contractor’s Certification and all other required documentation related to the Contract, it will be difficult and impracticable to ascertain and determine the amount of damage that Owner will sustain by reason of any such failure. For such reason, every Bidder shall, by submitting its Bidder’s Proposal, be deemed to agree that Owner shall have the right, at its option in the event of any such default, to retain or recover as reasonably estimated liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the entire amount of the Bid Security or ten percent of the Bidder’s Price Proposal, whichever is greater, or to exercise any and all equitable remedies it may have against the defaulting Bidder. 10. Surety and Insurance Commitments Every Bidder’s Proposal shall be accompanied by: (1) A letter from a surety company, licensed to do business in the State of Illinois with a general rating of A minus and a financial size category of Class X or better in Best’s Insurance Guide, stating that it will execute Bonds in the form included in the Contract Documents upon award of the Contract to Bidder. (2) A letter from Bidder’s insurance carrier or its agent certifying that said insurer has read the insurance requirements set forth in the Contract and will issue the required certificates and policies of insurance upon award of the Contract to Bidder. Any Bidder’s Proposal that fails to comply with this Instruction may be rejected, or, if not rejected, Owner may demand correction of any deficiency and award the Contract to Bidder upon satisfactory compliance with this Instruction. 11. Submission of Bidder’s Proposal One copy of each Bidder’s Proposal, properly signed, together with the required Bid Security (see Section 9), the required surety and insurance commitment letters (see Section 10) and all other required documents, shall be enclosed in a sealed GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -10- envelope or package and shall be addressed and delivered to the place, before the time, and in the manner designated in the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals. Each sealed envelope or package containing a Bidder’s Proposal shall be identified as such and shall be marked with the title of the Contract and Bidder’s full legal name. All documents designated in the Bidding Documents or the Contract, including any Addenda, will be considered part of each Bidder’s Proposal whether attached or not. The Bidder’s Proposal form shall not be removed from this bound Bid Package. 12. Withdrawal of Bidder’s Proposal Any Bidder’s Proposal may be withdrawn at any time prior to the opening of any Bidder’s Proposal, provided that a request in writing, executed by Bidder in the manner specified in Section 8 of these General Instructions to Bidders, for the withdrawal of such Bidder’s Proposal is filed with Owner prior to the opening of any Bidder’s Proposal. The withdrawal of a Bidder’s Proposal prior to opening of any Bidder’s Proposal will not prejudice the right of Bidder to file a new Bidder’s Proposal. No Bidder’s Proposal shall be withdrawn without the consent of Owner for a period of 60 Days after the opening of any Bidder’s Proposal. Any Bidder’s Proposal may be withdrawn at any time following the expiration of said 90 Day period, provided that a request in writing, executed by Bidder in the manner specified in Section 8 of these General Instructions to Bidders, for the withdrawal of such Bidder’s Proposal is filed with Owner after said 90 Day period. If no such request is filed, the date for acceptance of such Bidder’s Proposal shall be deemed to be extended until such a request is filed or until Owner executes a Contract pursuant to the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals or until Owner affirmatively and in writing rejects such Bidder’s Proposal. 13. Public Opening of Bidder’s Proposals Bidder’s Proposals will be opened and the Price Proposals will be read aloud publicly at the time and place indicated in the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals or as soon thereafter as possible. Bidders or their agents are invited to be present. All Bidder’s Proposals received after the specified time of opening will be returned unopened. 14. Qualification of Bidders A. Factors. Owner intends to award the Contract only to a Bidder that furnishes satisfactory evidence that it has the requisite experience, ability, capital, facilities, plant, organization and staffing to enable it to perform the Work successfully and promptly and to complete the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time. B. Most Favorable Bidders. A preliminary determination as to eligibility of up to three Bidders (herein referred to as “Most Favorable Bidders”) who shall be eligible for further consideration shall be made on the basis of the amount of the Bidder’s Price Proposals, Owner’s prior experience with the Bidders, Owner’s knowledge of the GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -11- Bidders’ performance on other relevant projects, and all other relevant facts or matters mentioned in the Bidding Documents or the Contract or that Owner may legally consider in making its determination. The making of such a preliminary determination shall not waive Owner’s right to reject any and all Bidder’s Proposals nor waive such other rights as are set forth in Section 16 of these General Instructions to Bidders. C. Final Determination. The final selection of the successful Bidder from among the Most Favorable Bidders shall be made on the basis of the above- mentioned factors and any additional information that may be requested of all or any one or more of the Most Favorable Bidders. Such additional information may include, but is not limited to, a listing of available personnel, plant and equipment; a description of current work loads and any pending bids or proposals; financial and litigation statements; and any other pertinent information. If such additional information is required, Owner shall issue a Request for Additional Information to one or more of the Most Favorable Bidders. In the event Owner issues a Request for Additional Information, the responding Bidder shall provide such information within two business days after receipt of said Request for Additional Information or such other period as may be set forth therein. Failure to so answer shall, at Owner’s option, be grounds for the imposition of liquidated damages, as more specifically set forth in Section 9 above. 15. Disqualification of Bidders A. More Than One Bidder’s Proposal. No more than one Bidder’s Proposal for the Work described in the Contract shall be considered from any single corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture, whether under the same or different names and whether or not in conjunction with any other corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture. Reasonable grounds for believing that any corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture is interested, as a principal, in more than one Bidder’s Proposal for the Work may cause the rejection of all Bidder’s Proposals in which such corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture is interested. Nothing contained in this Subsection 15A shall prohibit any single corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture, whether under the same or different names and whether or not in conjunction with any other corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture, from submitting a bid or quoting prices to more than one Bidder for equipment, materials and supplies or labor to be furnished as a Subcontractor or Supplier. B. Collusion. If there are reasonable grounds for believing that collusion exists among any Bidders, all Bidder’s Proposals of the participants in such collusion will not be considered. C. Default. If a Bidder is or has been in default on a contract with Owner or in the payment of monies due Owner, its Bidder’s Proposal will not be considered. D. Deficiencies. Owner expressly reserves the right in its sole and absolute discretion to disqualify any Bidder that: GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -12- (1) submits a Bidder’s Proposal that does not contain a lump sum or unit price for each pay item requested; (2) submits a Bidder’s Proposal on a form other than the Bidder’s Proposal form included in the Bidding Documents or alters such form or detaches any part of such form from this bound Bid Package; (3) submits a Bidder’s Proposal that contains omissions, alterations, unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate bids, or irregularities of any kind that may tend to make the Bidder’s Proposal incomplete, indefinite or ambiguous as to its meaning, including, but not limited to, conditional surety and insurance commitment letters; (4) submits an unsigned or improperly signed Bidder’s Proposal; (5) submits a Bidder’s Proposal containing any provision reserving the right to accept or reject an award or to enter into a Contract pursuant to award; or (6) submits a Bidder’s Proposal that is not prepared in ink. If the deficient Bidder is not disqualified, Owner may demand correction of any deficiency and award the Contract to Bidder upon satisfactory compliance with these General Instructions to Bidders and any Special Instructions to Bidders included in this Bid Package. 16. Award of Contract A. Reservation of Rights. Owner reserves the right to accept the Bidder’s Proposal that is, in its judgment, the best and most favorable to the interests of Owner and the public; to reject the low Price Proposal; to accept any item of any Bidder’s Proposal; to reject any and all Bidder’s Proposals; to accept and incorporate corrections, clarifications or modifications following the opening of the Bidder’s Proposals when to do so would not, in Owner’s opinion, prejudice the bidding process or create any improper advantage to any Bidder; and to waive irregularities and informalities in the bidding process or in any Bidder’s Proposal submitted; provided, however, that the waiver of any prior defect or informality shall not be considered a waiver of any future or similar defects or informalities, and Bidders should not rely upon, or anticipate, such waivers in submitting their Bidder’s Proposals. B. Firm Offers. All Bidder’s Proposals are firm offers to enter into the Contract and no Bidder’s Proposals shall be deemed rejected, notwithstanding acceptance of any other Bidder’s Proposal, until the Contract has been executed by both Owner and the successful Bidder or until Owner affirmatively and in writing expressly rejects such Bidder’s Proposal. GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -13- C. Time of Award. It is expected that the award of the Contract, if it is awarded, will be made within 90 Days following the opening of the Bidder’s Proposals. Should administrative difficulties be encountered after the opening of the Bidder’s Proposals, including the annulment of any award, that may delay an award or subsequent award beyond such 90 Day period, Owner may accept any Bidder’s Proposal for which the date for acceptance has been extended as provided in Section 12 of these General Instructions to Bidders in order to avoid the need for re-advertisement. No Bidder shall be under any obligation to extend the date for acceptance of its Bidder’s Proposal. Failure of one or more of the Bidders or their sureties to extend the date for acceptance of its Bidder’s Proposal shall not prejudice the right of Owner to accept any Bidder’s Proposal for which the date for acceptance has been extended. 17. Notice of Award; Effective Date of Award If the Contract is awarded by Owner, such award shall be effective when a Notice of Award, in the form included in this Bid Package, or similar, has been delivered to the successful Bidder (“Effective Date of Award”). Engineer will prepare two (2)copies of the Contract based upon Bidder’s Proposal and will submit them to the successful Bidder with the Notice of Award. Successful Bidder will have fourteen (14) days to return fully executed contract, certificate of insurance, and required bonds to the Owner. 18. Failure to Sign Contract A. Annulment of Award; Liquidated Damages. The failure or refusal of a successful Bidder to comply or to otherwise fail or refuse to Sign the contract shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the imposition of liquidated damages or the exercise of equitable remedies, both as more specifically set forth in Section 9 above. B. Subsequent Awards. Upon annulment of an award, Owner may accept, and award a Contract based on, any other Bidder’s Proposal as Owner, in its sole judgment, deems to be the best or may invite new Proposals or may abandon the bidding process or the Work. 19. Time of Starting and Completion Work shall commence, shall be continuously and diligently prosecuted, and shall be completed within the Contract Time stated in the Contract. BIDDERS ARE DIRECTED TO THE GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT INCLUDED IN THIS BID PACKAGE FOR PROVISIONS CONCERNING COORDINATION OF THE WORK WITH OTHER WORK BEING UNDERTAKEN BY OR FOR OWNER. NO CLAIMS FOR DELAY OR INTERFERENCE BASED ON ANY SUCH OTHER WORK WILL BE ALLOWED. BIDDERS ARE DIRECTED TO THE GENERAL AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT INCLUDED IN THIS BID PACKAGE FOR PROVISIONS, IF ANY, GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS -14- RELATED TO LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR DELAYS IN COMPLETION OF THE WORK OR ANY PORTION THEREOF. 20. Confidentiality Each Bidder shall identify any information submitted in the bidding process that is considered by it to be confidential or proprietary. Owner shall not disclose, outside the bidding process, at any time, either during or subsequent to the bidding process, any such designated confidential or proprietary information, unless such disclosure will not cause competitive harm, or such information was actually known to Owner prior to its submission by Bidder, or such information was properly obtained or developed independently by Owner, or Bidder consents to such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Bidder, by its submission of its Bidder’s Proposal, acknowledges that Owner is subject to the Illinois Freedom of Information Act, 5 ILCS 140/1 et seq., and that no disclosure made in good faith by Owner pursuant to such Act shall be deemed to violate this Section. -i- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1. Special Bidding Considerations ............................................................................ 1 2. Special Construction Considerations .................................................................... 1 -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. Special Bidding Considerations 2. Special Construction Considerations -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement BIDDER’S PROPOSAL Full Name of Bidder _____________________________________________ (“Bidder”) Principal Office Address __________________________________________________ Local Office Address ____________________________________________________ Contact Person _____________________________ Telephone _________________ TO: Village of Oak Brook (“Owner”) 1200 Oak Brook Road Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 Attention: Rick Valent, Public Works Director Bidder acknowledges and agrees that all capitalized terms in this Bidder’s Proposal shall have the meaning given to them in the Bidding Documents and the Contract. Bidder warrants and represents that Bidder has carefully examined the Work Site described below and its environs and has reviewed and understood all documents included, referred to, or mentioned in this bound Bid Package, including Addenda Nos. __________, [if none, write “NONE”], which are securely stapled to the end of this Bidder’s Proposal. 1. Work Proposal A. Contract and Work. If this Bidder’s Proposal is accepted, Bidder proposes, and agrees, that Bidder will contract with Owner, in the form of the Contract Agreement included in this Bid Package: (1) to provide, perform, and complete at the site or sites described in this Bid Package (“Work Site”) and in the manner described and specified in this Bid Package all necessary work, labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other means and items necessary for the design, if any, construction, and installation of the Route 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement, together with related attachments, equipment and appurtenances thereto; (2) to procure and furnish all permits, licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith except as otherwise expressly provided in the Special Conditions of Contract included in this Bid Package; (3) to procure and furnish all Bonds and all certificates and policies of insurance specified in this Bid Package; (4) to pay all PROPOSAL -2- applicable federal, state, and local taxes; (5) to do all other things required of Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the “Work.” B. Manner and Time of Performance. If this Bidder’s Proposal is accepted, Bidder proposes, and agrees, that Bidder will perform the Work in the manner and time prescribed in this Bid Package and according to the requirements of Owner pursuant thereto. C. General. If this Bidder’s Proposal is accepted, Bidder proposes, and agrees, that Bidder will do all other things required of Bidder or Contractor, as the case may be, by this Bid Package. 2. Contract Price Proposal If this Bidder’s Proposal is accepted, Bidder will, except as otherwise provided in Article II of the General Conditions of Contract included in this Bid Package, take in full payment for the Work and all other matters set forth under Section 1 above, including overhead and profit; taxes, contributions, and premiums; compensation to all Subcontractors and Suppliers; and such risks and changes in the Work as Bidder or Contractor, as the case may be, is responsible for dealing with under the Contract without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price, the compensation set forth on the following “Schedule of Prices” (“Price Proposal”), which Schedule of Prices Bidder understands and agrees will be made a part of the Contract Documents: PROPOSAL -3- SCHEDULE OF PRICES A. UNIT PRICE CONTRACT For providing, performing, and completing all Work, the sum of the products resulting from multiplying the actual number of acceptable units of Unit Price Items listed below incorporated in the Work by the Unit Price set forth below for such Unit Price Item: COMPLETE TABLE AS INDICATED Unit Price Item Unit Approximate Number of Units Price Per Unit Extension 1 Water Main PVC C-900 Certa-Lok, 12" LF 1,141 $_________ $_______________ 2 Water Main PVC C-900, 8" LF 8 $_________ $_______________ 3 Fire Hydrant Assembly EA 1 $_________ $_______________ 4 Connection to Existing Water Main EA 5 $_________ $_______________ 5 Gate Valve, 12" in 5' Diameter Valve Vault EA 3 $_________ $_______________ 6 Gate Valve, 8" in 5' Diameter Valve Vault EA 1 $_________ $_______________ 7 Tracer Wire Access Box EA 3 $_________ $_______________ 8 Valve Vault Removal EA 6 $_________ $_______________ 9 Abandon Existing Water Main LS 1 $_________ $_______________ 10 Catch Basin Type C, 2' Dia. w/ Type 1 Lid (Closed), Remove and Replace EA 1 $_________ $_______________ 11 Catch Basin Type C, 2' Dia. w/ Type 8 Grate, Remove and Replace EA 1 $_________ $_______________ 12 Storm Drain, 1'x1', Remove and Replace EA 1 $_________ $_______________ PROPOSAL SCHEDULE OF PRICES (CONT.) -4- Unit Price Item Unit Approximate Number of Units Price Per Unit Extension 13 Storm Sewer PVC C-900, 8", Remove and Replace LF 102 $_________ $_______________ 14 Metal FES, 8", Remove and Replace EA 1 $_________ $_______________ 15 Chain-Link Fence, Remove and Replace LF 120 $_________ $_______________ 16 Topsoil, Seeding, and Erosion Control SY 668 $_________ $_______________ 17 Class D Patch, 6" SY 24 $_________ $_______________ 18 HMA Bike Path, Remove and Replace SY 94 $_________ $_______________ 19 Rip-Rap, RR-3, Remove and Replace SY 58 $_________ $_______________ 20 Washed River Rock, Remove and Replace SY 6 $_________ $_______________ TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE: ___________________________ Dollars and ____________ Cents (in writing) (in writing) ___________________________ Dollars and ____________ Cents (in figures) (in figures) B. BASIS FOR DETERMINING PRICES It is expressly understood and agreed that: [1. The approximate quantities set forth in this Schedule of Prices for each Unit Price Item are Engineer’s estimate only, that Owner reserves the right to increase or decrease such quantities, and that payment for each Unit Price Item shall be made only on the actual number of acceptable units of such Unit PROPOSAL SCHEDULE OF PRICES (CONT.) -5- Price Item installed complete in place, measured on the basis defined in the Contract;] 2. The Price Proposal includes allowances for contingencies as Bidder deems appropriate with respect to such risks and changes in the Work that Bidder or Contractor, as the case may be, is responsible for dealing with under the Contract without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price; 3. Bidder or Contractor, as the case may be, shall be compensated only in accordance with the Contract and shall not be entitled to equitable adjustments in the Contract Price as a result of any claims by Subcontractors or Suppliers arising only under their Subcontracts and not provided for in the Contract; 4. Owner is not subject to state or local sales, use and excise taxes and no such taxes are included in this Schedule of Prices; 5. All other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits are included in this Schedule of Prices; and 6. All costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, or the incorporation into, the Work of patented equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions are included in this Schedule of Prices. All claim or right to [dispute or complain of any such estimated quantity, or to assert that there was any misunderstanding in regard to the nature or amount of any Unit Price Item to be provided or performed, or to] claim any additional compensation by reason of such risks, changes, and Subcontractor or Supplier claims, or payment of any such tax, contribution, or premium or any such cost, royalty or fee is hereby waived and released. PROPOSAL -6- 3. Contract Time Proposal If this Bidder’s Proposal is accepted, Bidder will commence the Work immediately upon execution by Owner of the Contract Agreement (“Commencement Date”) and will perform the Work diligently and continuously and will complete the Work, within 120 Days from the Commencement Date (“Completion Date”). 4. Firm Proposal All prices and other terms stated in this Bidder’s Proposal are firm and shall not be subject to withdrawal, escalation, or change for a period of 90 Days after the date on which any Bidder’s Proposal is opened or such extended acceptance date for Bidder’s Proposals as may be established pursuant to Sections 12 and 16 of the General Instructions to Bidders. 5. Bidder Representations A. No Collusion. Bidder warrants and represents that the only Persons interested in this Bidder’s Proposal as principals are those named in the Bidder’s Sworn Acknowledgment attached hereto and that this Bidder’s Proposal is made without collusion with any other Person. B. Not Barred. Bidder warrants, represents and certifies that it is not barred by law from contracting with Owner or with any unit of state or local government. C. Qualified. Bidder warrants and represents that it has the requisite experience, ability, capital, facilities, plant, organization and staff to enable Bidder to perform the Work successfully and promptly and to commence and complete the Work within the Contract Price and Contract Time Proposals set forth above. In support thereof, Bidder submits the attached Sworn Work History Statement. In the event Bidder is preliminarily deemed to be one of the Most Favorable Bidders, Bidder hereby agrees to furnish upon request, within two business days or such longer period as may be set forth in the request, such additional information as may be necessary to satisfy Owner that Bidder is adequately prepared to fulfill the Contract. D. Owner’s Reliance. Bidder acknowledges that Owner is relying on all warranties, representations and statements made by Bidder in this Bidder’s Proposal. 6. Surety and Insurance Bidder herewith tenders surety and insurance commitment letters as specified in Section 7 of the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals included in this Bid Package. 7. Bid Security Bidder herewith tenders a Cashier’s Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond as specified in Section 7 of the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals included in this Bid Package PROPOSAL -7- for the sum of ___________________________ dollars ($____________), which is equal to ten (10%) percent of Bidder’s Price Proposal (“Bid Security”). 8. Owner’s Remedies Bidder acknowledges and agrees that should Bidder fail to timely submit all additional information that is requested of it; or should Bidder, if Owner awards Bidder the Contract, fail to timely submit all the Bonds and all the certificates and policies of insurance required of it; or should Bidder, if Owner awards Bidder the Contract, fail to timely execute the Contract Agreement, the Contractor’s Certification and all other required documentation related to the Contract, it will be difficult and impracticable to ascertain and determine the amount of damage that Owner will sustain by reason of any such failure and, for such reason, Owner shall have the right, at its option in the event of any such default by Bidder, to retain or recover as reasonably estimated liquidated damages, and not as a penalty, the entire amount of the Bid Security or to exercise any and all equitable remedies it may have against Bidder. 9. Owner’s Rights Bidder acknowledges and agrees that Owner reserves the right to reject any and all Bidder’s Proposals, reserves the right to accept or reject any item of any Bidder’s Proposal and reserves such other rights as are set forth in Section 16 of the General Instructions to Bidders and Section 1 of the Special Instructions to Bidders included in this Bid Package. 10. Bidder’s Obligations In submitting this Bidder’s Proposal, Bidder understands and agrees that it shall be bound by each and every term, condition or provision contained in the Bidding Documents and the Contract, which are by this reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof. DATED this ______ day of ____________, 20___. Attest/Witness __________________________________ Bidder By: ___________________________ By: _______________________________ Title: ___________________________ Title: ______________________________ SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SECTION 8, FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS PROPOSAL -8- ADDENDA TO BID PACKAGE Each Bidder shall securely staple to this page any and all Addenda issued prior to the opening of Bidder’s Proposals. Each Bidder shall also list all such Addenda in the place provided therefor in the Bidder’s Proposal form. If Bidder received no Addenda, Bidder shall so indicate by placing an “X” in the box below:  No Addenda Received -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement BIDDER’S SWORN ACKNOWLEDGMENT _______________________________ (“Deponent”), being first duly sworn on oath, deposes and states that the undersigned Bidder is organized as indicated below and that all statements herein made are made on behalf of such Bidder in support of its Bidder’s Proposal for the above Contract and that Deponent is authorized to make them. Deponent also deposes and states that Bidder has carefully prepared, reviewed and checked its Bidder’s Proposal and that the statements contained in its Bidder’s Proposal and in this Acknowledgment are true and correct. COMPLETE APPLICABLE SECTION ONLY 1. Corporation Bidder is a corporation that is organized and existing under the laws of the State of ___________, that is qualified to do business in the State of Illinois, and that is operating under the legal name of ________________________________________. Pursuant to a Resolution of the corporation’s Board of Directors taken on __________________, ______________________________, who is the ___________________ of the corporation, is authorized to sign this Bidder’s Proposal, the Contract and all documents related thereto. The officers of the corporation are as follows: TITLE NAME ADDRESS President ____________________ __________________________ Vice President ____________________ __________________________ Secretary ____________________ __________________________ Treasurer ____________________ __________________________ The stockholders of the corporation who own 10 percent or more of its stock of any class are as follows: ACKNOWLEDGMENT -2- PERCENTAGE NAME ADDRESS OWNERSHIP ___________________ ______________________ ___________ ___________________ ______________________ ___________ ___________________ ______________________ ___________ ___________________ ______________________ ___________ ___________________ ______________________ ___________ 2. Partnership Bidder is a partnership that is organized, existing and registered under the laws of the State of Illinois pursuant to that certain Partnership Agreement dated as of ______________, that is qualified to do business in the State of __________, and that is operating under the legal name of ______________________. The general partners of the partnership are as follows: PERCENTAGE NAME ADDRESS OWNERSHIP ___________________ ______________________ ___________ ___________________ ______________________ ___________ ___________________ ______________________ ___________ ___________________ ______________________ ___________ Pursuant to a power of attorney executed by all of the General Partners on ______________, a certified copy of which is hereto attached, _______________________ is the attorney-in-fact for the partnership and is authorized to sign this Bidder’s Proposal, the Contract and all documents related thereto for the partnership. [Strike out this paragraph if not applicable] 3. Individual Bidder is an individual whose full name is ___________________________, whose residence address is _________________________________________________ and whose business address is ________________________________. If operating under a trade or assumed name, said trade or assumed name is as follows: _________________________________________. ACKNOWLEDGMENT -3- Pursuant to a power of attorney executed by Bidder on __________________, a certified copy of which is hereto attached, ______________________________ is the attorney-in-fact for Bidder and is authorized to sign this Bidder’s Proposal, the Contract and all documents related thereto for Bidder. [Strike out this paragraph if not applicable] 4. Joint Venture Bidder is a joint venture that is organized and existing under the laws of the State of ________ pursuant to that certain Joint Venture Agreement dated as of ______________, that is qualified to do business in the State of __________, and that is operating under the legal name of ______________________________. The signatories to the aforesaid Joint Venture Agreement are as follows: PERCENTAGE NAME ADDRESS OWNERSHIP ___________________ (___) ______________________ ___________ ___________________ (___) ______________________ ___________ ___________________ (___) ______________________ ___________ ___________________ (___) ______________________ ___________ ___________________ (___) ______________________ ___________ [For each signatory indicate the type of entity (Corporation = “C”; Partnership = “P”; and Individual = “I”) and provide, on separate sheets, the information required in Paragraph 1, 2, or 3 above, as applicable] Pursuant to a power of attorney executed by all signatories to the aforesaid Joint Venture Agreement on __________________, a certified copy of which is hereto attached, _______________________________ is the attorney-in-fact for Bidder and is authorized to sign this Bidder’s Proposal, the Contract and all documents related thereto for Bidder. [Strike out this paragraph if not applicable] ACKNOWLEDGMENT -4- DATED this ______ day of ____________, 20___. Attest/Witness __________________________________ Bidder By: ___________________________ By: _______________________________ Title: ___________________________ Title: ______________________________ Subscribed and Sworn to My Commission Expires: __________________ before me this ____ day of _____________, 20___. _____________________________ [SEAL] Notary Public SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SECTION 8, FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement BIDDER’S SWORN WORK HISTORY STATEMENT _______________________________ (“Deponent”), being first duly sworn on oath, deposes and states that all statements made in this Sworn Work History Statement are made on behalf of the undersigned Bidder in support of its Bidder’s Proposal for the above Contract and that Deponent is authorized to make them. Deponent also deposes and states that Bidder has carefully prepared, reviewed and checked this Sworn Work History Statement and that the statements contained in this Sworn Work History Statement are true and correct. IF NECESSARY FOR FULL DISCLOSURE, ADD SEPARATE SHEETS JOINT VENTURES MUST SUBMIT SEPARATE SWORN WORK HISTORY STATEMENTS FOR THE JOINT VENTURE AND FOR EACH SIGNATORY TO THE JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT 1. Nature of Business State the nature of Bidder’s business: __________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ 2. Composition of Work During the past three years, Bidder’s work has consisted of: ____% Federal ____% As Contractor ____% Bidder’s Forces ____% Other Public ____% As Subcontractor ____% Subcontractors ____% Private ____% Materials 3. Years in Business State the number of years that Bidder, under its current name and organization, has been continuously engaged in the aforesaid business: _______ years WORK HISTORY STATEMENT -2- 4. Predecessor Organizations If Bidder has been in business under its current name and organization for less than five years, list any predecessor organizations: NAME ADDRESS YEARS ___________________ ___________________________ __________ ___________________ ___________________________ __________ ___________________ ___________________________ __________ 5. Business Licenses List all business licenses currently held by Bidder: ISSUING AGENCY TYPE NUMBER EXPIRATION _____________________ ____________ ___________ _____________ _____________________ ____________ ___________ _____________ _____________________ ____________ ___________ _____________ 6. Related Experience List three projects most comparable to the Work completed by Bidder, or its predecessors, in the past five years: PROJECT ONE PROJECT TWO PROJECT THREE Owner Name ____________ ____________ _______________ Owner Address ____________ ____________ _______________ ____________ ____________ _______________ Reference ____________ ____________ _______________ Telephone Number ____________ ____________ _______________ Type of Work ____________ ____________ _______________ WORK HISTORY STATEMENT -3- PROJECT ONE PROJECT TWO PROJECT THREE Contractor ____________ ____________ _______________ (If Bidder was) (Subcontractor) ____________ ____________ _______________ ____________ ____________ _______________ ____________ ____________ _______________ Amount of Contract ____________ ____________ _______________ Date Commenced ____________ ____________ _______________ Date Completed ____________ ____________ _______________ DATED this ______ day of ____________, 20___. Attest/Witness __________________________________ Bidder By: ___________________________ By: _______________________________ Title: ___________________________ Title: ______________________________ Subscribed and Sworn to My Commission Expires: _________ before me this ____ day of _____________, 20___. _____________________________ [SEAL] Notary Public SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SECTION 8, FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that _____________________________________________________________________, (Here insert full name and address of Bidder) as Principal, hereinafter called Bidder, and _____________________________________________________________________, (Here insert full name and address of Surety) as Surety, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of __________, hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Village of Oak Brook, 1200, Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523, as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the full and just sum of ____________________________________ Dollars ($_______________), for the payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, Bidder and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, Bidder has submitted a Bidder’s Proposal dated ______________, 20___, to Owner entitled “Contract for the Construction of Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement Bidder’s Proposal” (the “Proposal”), the terms and conditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if Bidder shall timely submit all additional information that is required of it and, if the Proposal shall be accepted by Owner, Bidder shall (1) timely submit all the Bonds and all the certificates of insurance required of it, (2) timely execute the Contract Agreement and the Contractor’s Certification, in the form included in the bound Bid Package, and all other required documentation related to the Contract, and (3) in all other respects, perform the agreement created by Owner’s acceptance of the Proposal, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that the obligations of Surety under this bond shall be in no way impaired or affected by any extension of the time within which Owner may accept the Proposal, and Surety does hereby waive notice of any such extension. BID BOND -2- Owner shall have no obligation to actually incur any expense or correct any deficient performance of Bidder in order to be entitled to receive the proceeds of this bond. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than Owner or the heirs, executors, administrators or successors of Owner. Signed and sealed this ____ day of __________, 20___. Attest/Witness: PRINCIPAL By: _________________________ By: ____________________ Title: _________________________ Title: ____________________ Attest/Witness: SURETY By: _________________________ By: ____________________ Title: _________________________ Title: ____________________ SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SECTION 8, FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION TO: [MOST FAVORABLE BIDDER] FROM: Village of Oak Brook [ADDRESS OF MOST FAVORABLE BIDDER] 1200 Oak Brook Road Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 Attn: Rick Valent Public Works Director (“Bidder”) (“Owner”) Owner has preliminarily found your Bidder’s Proposal for the “Contract for the Construction of Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement dated November 16, 2022, to be one of the most favorable to the interests of Owner. To be eligible for further consideration, you must provide the items of information checked below:  1. The attached Sworn Statement of Responsibility.  2. Other Information identified as follows: [LIST OTHER REQUIRED INFORMATION] The requested information must be provided at the address of Owner set forth above within [ ] business days of your receipt of this Request. Failure to supply the requested information within the indicated time shall result, at Owner’s option, in the imposition of liquidated damages as more specifically set forth in Section 9 of the General Instructions to Bidders. DATED this [ ] day of November 2022 _______________ By: ____________________ Village Manager -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement BIDDER’S SWORN STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY Confidential THIS FORM NEED NOT BE COMPLETED WHEN SUBMITTING INITIAL BIDDER’S PROPOSAL ____________________ (“Deponent”), being first duly sworn on oath, deposes and states that all statements made in this Sworn Statement of Responsibility are made on behalf of the undersigned Bidder in support of its Bidder’s Proposal for the above Contract and that Deponent is authorized to make them. Deponent also deposes and states that Bidder has carefully prepared, reviewed and checked this Sworn Statement of Responsibility and that the statements contained in this Sworn Statement of Responsibility are true and correct. IF NECESSARY FOR FULL DISCLOSURE, ADD SEPARATE SHEETS JOINT VENTURES MUST SUBMIT SEPARATE SWORN STATEMENTS OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE JOINT VENTURE AND FOR EACH SIGNATORY TO THE JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT 1. Superintendent The following superintendent will be assigned to supervise the Work: YEARS IN SPECIAL CURRENT NAME QUALIFICATIONS OCCUPATION ________________ ____________________________ _____________ ____________________________ ____________________________ 2. Owned Equipment The following equipment is owned by Bidder, is in good working order, and is available for, and will be employed in, the Work: STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY -2- NUMBER EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION (INCLUDING AGE) AVAILABLE _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ 3. Purchased Equipment The following equipment is known by Bidder to be available, will be purchased by Bidder, and will be employed in the Work: NUMBER EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION (INCLUDING AGE) AVAILABLE _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ 4. Leased Equipment The following equipment is known by Bidder to be available, will be leased by Bidder, and will be employed in the Work: NUMBER EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION (INCLUDING AGE) AVAILABLE _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY -3- NUMBER EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION (INCLUDING AGE) AVAILABLE _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ 5. Inventory The following materials and supplies are currently in Bidder’s inventory, are uncommitted to any other project, and will be employed in the Work: QUANTITY INVENTORY ITEM AVAILABLE _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ 6. Subcontractors’ and Suppliers’ Commitments Bidder has entered into contracts for, or has received firm offers for, all subcontract work and all materials required to complete the Work except as noted and explained below: ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ 7. Subcontractor and Supplier Relations Bidder normally employs one or more of the following subcontractors or suppliers for projects such as the Work: TRADE SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER OR TYPE _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ _______________________________________________ ___________ STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY -4- 8. Unions Bidder anticipates employing, either directly or through subcontractors, trades represented by the following union locals: CONTRACT TRADE UNION LOCAL EXPIRATION _______________ ________________ ____________ _______________ ________________ ____________ _______________ ________________ ____________ _______________ ________________ ____________ _______________ ________________ ____________ 9. Current Projects Bidder is currently involved in the following on-going construction projects and no others: PROJECTED DESCRIPTION COMPLETION CONTRACT OWNER OF WORK DATE BALANCE _______________ ___________ ________ __________ _______________ ___________ ________ __________ _______________ ___________ ________ __________ _______________ ___________ ________ __________ _______________ ___________ ________ __________ 10. Status of Current Projects None of the current projects listed in Item 8 above are in default, subject to damages or penalties for delay, behind schedule or over budget except as noted and explained below: ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY -5- 11. Potential Projects Bidder currently has outstanding bids or proposals on the following construction projects and no others: SCHEDULED DESCRIPTION CONTRACT APPROX. OWNER OF WORK TIME BID AMT. _______________ ___________ ________ __________ _______________ ___________ ________ __________ _______________ ___________ ________ __________ _______________ ___________ ________ __________ _______________ ___________ ________ __________ 12. Contracts Abandoned Neither Bidder nor any predecessor organization has ever failed to complete a contract except as noted and explained below: ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ 13. Contract Defaults Neither Bidder nor any predecessor organization has ever defaulted on, or been terminated for cause on, a contract except as noted and explained below: ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________ STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY -6- 14. Litigation Neither Bidder nor any predecessor organization is, or within the past five years has been involved as, a party to any litigation except as noted below: COURT DOCKET CASE NAME JURISDICTION NUMBER _____________________________________ ___________ ________ _____________________________________ ___________ ________ _____________________________________ ___________ ________ _____________________________________ ___________ ________ _____________________________________ ___________ ________ 15. Financial Strength Provide copies of Bidder’s (or any predecessor organization’s) audited financial statements for the last two fiscal years, including, at a minimum, income statement, balance sheet and statement of changes in financial position, together with footnotes. In addition, complete the following Condensed Net Worth Statement as of the most recently ended calendar quarter: CONDENSED NET WORTH STATEMENT ASSETS 1. Cash ................................................................................................ $__________ 2. Stocks and Bonds ............................................................................. __________ 3. Notes Receivable ............................................................................. __________ 4. Accounts Receivable (including bid deposits & amounts accrued on uncompleted contracts) ................................. __________ 5. Accrued Interest ................................................................................ __________ 6. Real Estate ....................................................................................... __________ 7. Material Inventory ............................................................................. __________ 8. Equipment (depreciated value) .......................................................... __________ 9. Furniture and Fixtures (depreciated value) ........................................ __________ 10. Other Assets ..................................................................................... __________ Total Assets ............................................................... $__________ STATEMENT OF RESPONSIBILITY -7- LIABILITIES AND EQUITY 1. Notes Payable ................................................................................. $__________ 2. Accounts Payable ............................................................................. __________ 3. Mortgages Payable ........................................................................... __________ 4. Other Liabilities ................................................................................. __________ 5. Reserves .......................................................................................... __________ 6. Capital Stock .................................................................................... __________ 7. Surplus (net worth) ........................................................................... __________ Earned $__________ Unearned $__________ Total Liabilities and Equity ................................. $_________ 16. Joint Venture Documents If Bidder is a joint venture, provide a true and correct copy of Bidder’s Joint Venture Agreement, together with any and all agreements between the signatories thereto relating to the Bidder’s Proposal, the Work or the Contract. DATED this ______ day of ____________, 20___. Attest/Witness __________________________________ Bidder By: ___________________________ By: _______________________________ Title: ___________________________ Title: ______________________________ Subscribed and Sworn to My Commission Expires: _________ before me this ____ day of _____________, 20___. _____________________________ [SEAL] Notary Public SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SECTION 8, FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Route 83 & I-88 WM Replacement NOTICE OF AWARD LETTER FROM THE ENGINEER OR OWNER WILL BE SENT TO THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER VIA EITHER USPS OR EMAIL VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. Contract Agreement 2. Contractor’s Certification 3. Schedule of Prices 4. General Conditions of Contract 5. Special Conditions of Contract 6. Contract Drawings 7. Specifications 8. Form of Performance Bond 9. Form of Labor and Material Payment Bond 10. Prevailing Wage Ordinance 11. Addenda Nos. CONTRACT AGREEMENT BETWEEN VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK AND [NAME OF SUCCESSFUL BIDDER] FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement -i- CONTRACT AGREEMENT BETWEEN VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK AND [NAME OF SUCCESSFUL BIDDER] FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE I THE WORK ............................................................................................... 1 1.1 Performance of the Work ........................................................................... 1 1.2 Contract Documents .................................................................................. 2 1.3 Interpretation of Contract Documents ........................................................ 2 ARTICLE II CONTRACT TIME ..................................................................................... 4 2.1 Commencement Date ................................................................................ 4 2.2 Completion Date ........................................................................................ 4 2.3 Time of the Essence .................................................................................. 4 ARTICLE III CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS ................ 5 3.1 Warranties and Representations ............................................................... 5 3.2 Affirmation of Other Warranties and Representations ............................... 7 ARTICLE IV FINANCIAL ASSURANCES ..................................................................... 8 4.1 Bonds......................................................................................................... 8 4.2 Insurance ................................................................................................... 8 4.3 Indemnification ........................................................................................... 9 4.4 Penalties .................................................................................................. 10 ARTICLE V CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT ..................................................... 10 5.1 Contract Price .......................................................................................... 10 5.2 Acceptance as Full Payment and Satisfaction ......................................... 10 5.3 Method of Payment .................................................................................. 11 -ii- ARTICLE VI LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS AND REQUIREMENTS ................................ 11 6.1 Binding Effect ........................................................................................... 11 6.2 Relationship of the Parties ....................................................................... 11 6.3 Assignment .............................................................................................. 11 6.4 Confidential Information ........................................................................... 12 6.5 Publicity ................................................................................................... 13 6.6 No Waivers .............................................................................................. 13 6.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries .................................................................... 14 6.8 Notices ..................................................................................................... 14 6.9 Governing Laws ....................................................................................... 15 6.10 Changes in Laws ..................................................................................... 15 6.11 Compliance with Laws and Grants .......................................................... 15 6.12 Compliance with Patents ......................................................................... 16 6.13 Severability .............................................................................................. 17 6.14 Entire Agreement ..................................................................................... 17 6.15 Amendments ............................................................................................ 17 6.16 Counterparts ............................................................................................ 18 -1- CONTRACT AGREEMENT BETWEEN VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK AND [NAME OF SUCCESSFUL BIDDER] FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement THIS CONTRACT AGREEMENT, made as of this [ ] day of November 2022, by and between the Village of Oak Brook 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 a municipal corporation, and [NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUCCESSFUL BIDDER], a [FORM OF ORGANIZATION], W I T N E S S E T H: In consideration of the mutual promises contained in this Contract Agreement, it is agreed by and between Owner and Contractor as follows: ARTICLE I THE WORK 1.1 Performance of the Work Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense: 1. Labor, Equipment, Materials, and Supplies. Provide, perform, and complete at the Work Site and in the manner described and specified in this Contract all necessary work, labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other means and items necessary for the design, if any, construction, and installation of the Harger Road Watermain Replacement, together with related attachments, equipment, and appurtenances thereto. 2. Permits. Unless otherwise stated in the Special Conditions of Contract, procure and furnish all permits, licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith. 3. Bonds and Insurance. Procure and furnish all Bonds and all certificates and policies of insurance specified in this Contract. 4. Taxes. Pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes. CONTRACT AGREEMENT -2- 5. Miscellaneous. Do all other things required of Contractor by this Contract. 6. Quality. Provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional and construction practices and in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract, and with the greatest economy, efficiency, and expedition consistent therewith. 1.2 Contract Documents The Contract Documents consist of the following component parts, all of which are attached to this Contract Agreement and are, by this reference, made a part of this Contract Agreement as though fully set forth herein: 1. Contractor’s Certification; 2. Schedule of Prices; 3. General Conditions of Contract; 4. Special Conditions of Contract; 5. Contract Drawings; 6. Specifications; 7. Form of Performance Bond; 8. Form of Labor and Material Payment Bond; 9. Prevailing Wage Ordinance; and 10. Addenda Nos. Engineer may, during construction, furnish to Contractor such additional Contract Drawings and Specifications or such other explanations as Engineer may consider necessary to illustrate or explain the Work in further detail. Contractor shall comply with the requirements of all such additional Contract Drawings and Specifications or other explanations, all of which shall be considered part of the Contract Documents and shall not be considered as indicating additional Work. 1.3 Interpretation of Contract Documents A. Definitions. Whenever used in this Contract Agreement or in the Contract Documents: 1. General Definitions. Except for the terms specially defined in Paragraph 1.3A2 below, all capitalized terms shall have the meanings given to them in Article VII of the General Conditions of Contract. 2. Special Definitions. The following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings: CONTRACT AGREEMENT -3- a. Contractor. The Person first identified above with whom Owner has executed this Contract Agreement and its duly authorized officers, employees, agents, and representatives. b. Engineer. _______________________, __________, ______, or such additional or different Person as Owner may from time to time designate in writing to perform any or all of the functions of the Engineer under this Contract as well as the duly authorized officers, employees, agents, and representatives of any such Person. c. Owner. Village of Oak Brook and its duly authorized officers, employees, agents, and representatives. d. Work. All matters described, exhibited, contemplated, implied, or embraced in this Article I of this Contract Agreement and in Article I of the General Conditions of Contract, including all risks and changes in the Work that Contractor is responsible for dealing with under this Contract without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time, and all matters described, exhibited, contemplated, implied, or embraced in any Change Order issued pursuant to Section 2.1 of the General Conditions of Contract. e. Work Site. Rt. 83 & I-88 B. Rules of Interpretation. This Contract shall be interpreted so that: 1. Requirements Cumulative. Each requirement imposed on Contractor shall be cumulative of every other requirement imposed on Contractor, and any Work required to be performed by any one component part of this Contract shall be performed to the same extent as if required by all component parts of this Contract. 2. Details to be Assumed. The Work shall be provided, performed, and completed in every detail whether or not every item of detail is particularly set forth in the Contract Documents. 3. Priority of Contract Provisions. In the event of a discrepancy, error, omission, ambiguity, or conflict in the application or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Contract, the terms of this Contract Agreement and of the General Conditions of Contract shall govern over the terms and provisions of all other Contract Documents. 4. Engineer’s Interpretation. Subject to Paragraphs 1.3B1, B2, and B3 above, Engineer shall determine which provision or provisions of this Contract Agreement and the Contract Documents best promotes or promote the overall objectives, and best fulfill the intents and purposes, of this Contract, and such provision or provisions shall govern. Such determination of Engineer shall be final. C. Contractor’s Duty to Report Discrepancies. Contractor shall carefully review this Contract Agreement and each of the Contract Documents before performing CONTRACT AGREEMENT -4- the Work, and each part thereof, and shall promptly call to the attention of Engineer any discrepancy, error, omission, ambiguity, or conflict that may exist among any of the component parts of this Contract or among any of the provisions of any one of such component parts before proceeding with any part of the Work affected by such discrepancy, error, omission, ambiguity, or conflict. Contractor shall be responsible for all corrective Work required resulting from Contractor’s failure to give such notice and shall bear all damages and costs associated therewith, arising therefrom, or resulting from such matters first discovered during the progress of the Work, including, but not limited to, damages or costs resulting from, arising out of, or in any way related to, increases in time-related costs; increases in costs of labor, equipment, materials, or supplies; costs of additional personnel; costs of additional equipment; costs of additional premium time for personnel or equipment; lower labor productivity; lost profits or alternative income; effects on other contracts; and costs of demobilization and remobilization. Information pertaining to subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, buried structures, utility locations or conditions, conditions of existing structures, and similar site information or data and other investigations shown or indicated on the Contract Drawings, provided by Owner or Engineer, or otherwise made available to Contractor is not part of this Contract and, therefore, any discrepancy, error, omission, ambiguity, or conflict in such site information or data does not constitute a discrepancy, error, omission, ambiguity, or conflict in this Contract. ARTICLE II CONTRACT TIME 2.1 Commencement Date Contractor shall commence the Work immediately upon execution of this Contract Agreement by Owner. 2.2 Completion Date Contractor shall diligently and continuously prosecute the Work from the Commencement Date at such a rate as will allow the Work to be fully provided, performed, and completed in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract, and the Work shall be fully provided, performed, and completed in full compliance with this Contract, not later than 120 Days following the Commencement Date. 2.3 Time of the Essence The time of commencement, rate of progress, and time of completion are of the essence of this Contract. CONTRACT AGREEMENT -5- ARTICLE III CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTIES AND REPRESENTATIONS 3.1 Warranties and Representations In order to induce Owner to enter into this Contract, Contractor hereby warrants and represents to Owner as follows: A. Review of Contract. Contractor has carefully examined, reviewed, and accepted this Contract Agreement and all of the Contract Documents prior to submission of its Bidder’s Proposal and execution of this Contract and there are no discrepancies, errors, omissions, ambiguities, or conflicts in this Contract that are material to Contractor’s provision, performance, or completion of the Work, the Contract Price or the Contract Time that have not already been clarified in writing by Owner to the satisfaction of Contractor. For claims based upon discrepancies, errors, omissions, ambiguities, or conflicts in this Contract, Contractor shall hereafter have no claim for payment or compensation in excess of the Contract Price based upon discrepancies, errors, omissions, ambiguities, or conflicts in this Contract. Contractor shall be entitled only to a possible extension of the Contract Time, if applicable, as provided in this Contract and then only in those cases where Contractor can show that such discrepancies, errors, omissions, ambiguities, or conflicts (1) could not have been discovered by Contractor prior to execution of this Contract or prior to the performance of any of the Work affected by such discrepancy, error, omission, ambiguity, or conflict and (2) has caused an unavoidable delay. Information pertaining to subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, buried structures, utility locations or conditions, conditions of existing structures, and similar site information or data and other investigations shown or indicated on the Contract Drawings, provided by Owner or Engineer, or otherwise made available to Contractor is not part of this Contract and, therefore, shall not constitute the basis for claims based upon discrepancies, errors, omissions, ambiguities, or conflicts in this Contract. B. Investigation of Work Site. Contractor has had a sufficient opportunity to conduct a thorough inspection and investigation of the Work Site and the surrounding area and has completed such inspection and investigation to its satisfaction. Contractor has included in the Contract Price allowances and contingency amounts for difficulties or obstructions that may arise or be encountered in the performance of the Work, including without limitation adverse weather conditions, equipment breakdowns, subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, buried structures, utility locations or conditions, adverse soil conditions, and changed site conditions due to work by other contractors, and Contractor hereby waives all claims for, and hereafter shall have no claim for, payment or compensation in excess of the Contract Price based upon such difficulties or obstructions, or conditions at the Work Site or in the surrounding area except as expressly provided, and only to the limited extent set forth, in Sections 2.1 through 2.3 of the General Conditions of Contract. Contractor is responsible for dealing with conditions found at, and in the vicinity of, the Work Site, including subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, buried structures, utility CONTRACT AGREEMENT -6- locations or conditions, adverse soil conditions, changed conditions due to work by other contractors, and similar site conditions without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price except as expressly provided, and only to the limited extent set forth, in Sections 2.1 through 2.3 of the General Conditions of Contract. C. Authorization; Enforceable Obligations. This Contract constitutes the legal, valid, and binding obligation of Contractor, is fully enforceable against Contractor in accordance with its terms, will not violate any judgment, Law, or organizational or operating document and will not cause or constitute a default under any contractual obligation of Contractor or any lien, charge, encumbrance, or security interest upon any assets of Contractor. D. Contractor’s Certification. All the facts and information submitted by Contractor in connection with this Contract and its procurement are true and correct in all respects and, in particular, the statements contained in Contractor’s Certification are true and correct. E. Technical Ability to Perform. Contractor is sufficiently experienced and competent, and has the necessary capital, facilities, plant, organization, and staff, to provide, perform, and complete the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. F. Financial Ability to Perform. Contractor is financially solvent, and Contractor has the financial resources necessary to provide, perform, and complete the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. G. Time. Contractor is ready, willing, able, and prepared to begin the Work on the Commencement Date and the Contract Time is sufficient time to permit completion of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract for the Contract Price, all with due regard to all natural and man-made conditions that may affect the Work or the Work Site and all difficulties, hindrances, and delays that may be incident to the Work. H. Acceptance of Allocation of Risks and Changes. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that risks are inherent in the Work of this Contract and changes are to be expected. Contractor acknowledges that this Contract contains specific allocations of responsibility for such risks and changes. Contractor acknowledges, agrees to, and accepts such risks and changes that are allocated to it and that Contractor is responsible for dealing with under this Contract without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time. I. No Collusion. The only Persons interested in this Contract as principals are those disclosed as such in the Bidder’s Sworn Acknowledgment submitted to Owner by Contractor, and this Contract is made without collusion with any other Person. CONTRACT AGREEMENT -7- J. No Default. Contractor is not in arrears to Owner upon any debt or contract and is not a defaulter as surety, contractor, or otherwise to any Person. K. Not Barred. Contractor is not barred by law from contracting with Owner or with any unit of state or local government, and neither Contractor nor any Person affiliated with Contractor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an interest in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is acting, directly or indirectly, for or on behalf of any Person, group, entity or nation named by the United States Treasury Department as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person, or for or on behalf of any Person, group, entity or nation designated in Presidential Executive Order 13224 as a person who commits, threatens to commit, or supports terrorism, and neither Contractor nor any Person affiliated with Contractor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an interest in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is, directly or indirectly, engaged in, or facilitating, the Work on behalf of any such Person, group, entity or nation. L. Taxes and Benefits. Contractor has excluded from the Contract Price all state and local sales, use, and excise taxes. Contractor has included in the Contract Price, and has or will pay or cause to be paid out of the Contract Price, all other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits for Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ employees. M. Patent Costs. Contractor has included in the Contract Price, and has or will pay or cause to be paid out of the Contract Price, all costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, or the incorporation into, the Work of patented equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions. 3.2 Affirmation of Other Warranties and Representations In addition to the foregoing warranties and representations, Contractor hereby acknowledges that Contractor has carefully read, reviewed, and understood, and hereby agrees to honor, the Warranty of the Work contained in Article III of the General Conditions of Contract as well as all other warranties and representations set forth in the Contract Documents. ARTICLE IV FINANCIAL ASSURANCES 4.1 Bonds A. Bonds Required. Contemporaneous with Contractor’s execution of this Contract Agreement, Contractor shall provide a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond, in the forms included in the Contract Documents, from a surety CONTRACT AGREEMENT -8- company licensed to do business in the State of Illinois with a general rating of A minus and a financial size category of Class X or better in Best’s Insurance Guide, each in the penal sum of the Contract Price, and such other bonds as and when required by Owner. Contractor shall, at all times while providing, performing, or completing the Work, including, without limitation, at all times while repairing, correcting, or replacing all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or that fails to meet warranty subject to correction by Contractor pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 of the General Conditions of Contract, maintain and keep in force, at Contractor’s expense, the Bonds required hereunder. B. No Release of Bond Obligations. No changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of either Owner or Contractor to the other in or to the terms of this Contract, in or to the Contract Drawings or Specifications, in or to the schedules, methods, or manner of performance of the Work, in or to Owner-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services, or sites, or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefor, shall operate in any way to release Contractor or any surety or affect the obligation of either of them under any Bond required to be provided by Contractor. All notice of any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances, and all notice of any and all defaults by Contractor, and all notice of Owner’s termination of Contractor shall be waived by every surety under every Bond provided pursuant to this Contract. 4.2 Insurance A. Insurance Required. Contemporaneous with Contractor’s execution of this Contract Agreement, Contractor shall provide certificates and policies of insurance evidencing the insurance coverages set forth in Article IV of the General Conditions of Contract and Section 4 of the Special Conditions of Contract. For good cause shown, Owner may extend the time for submission of the required policies of insurance upon such terms, and with such assurances of complete and prompt performance, as Owner may impose in the exercise of its sole discretion. B. Additional Insureds. The insurance coverages required pursuant to this Contract shall name Owner, including its Board members and elected and appointed officials, its officers, employees, agents, attorneys, consultants, and representatives, and the Persons identified in Section 4 of the Special Conditions of Contract as additional insured parties (the “Additional Insureds”). The coverage afforded the Additional Insureds shall be primary and non-contributory insurance for the Additional Insureds with respect to claims arising out of operations performed by or on behalf of Contractor. If the Additional Insureds have other insurance which is applicable to the loss, such other insurance shall be on an excess or contingent basis. The amount of the insurance companies’ liability under the insurance policies Contractor maintains shall not be reduced by the existence of such other insurance. CONTRACT AGREEMENT -9- 4.3 Indemnification Contractor shall indemnify, save harmless, and defend Owner, Engineer, and the Additional Insureds against any and all lawsuits, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and administrative expenses, that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with Contractor’s, or its Subcontractors’ or Suppliers’, performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereof, whether or not due or claimed to be due in whole or in part to the active, passive, or concurrent negligence or fault of Contractor, except to the extent caused by the sole negligence of Owner, Engineer, or the Additional Insureds, as the case may be, including, without limitation lawsuits, claims, demands, liabilities, losses, and expenses for or on account of: 1. Any delays or interference or damage to other contractors; and 2. Labor, equipment, materials, or supplies furnished under this Contract, including all liens or notices of liens on account thereof or Contractor’s failure to remove or discharge same; and 3. Contractor’s failure to obtain any required permits, licenses, approvals, or authorizations; and 4. Bodily injury, sickness, disease, or death sustained by any Person or Persons or injury or damage to, or loss or destruction of, any property; and 5. Any act or omission of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Suppliers, including but not limited to any failure to fulfill the terms of, or comply with, any Laws or to pay any taxes, contributions, or premiums; and 6. Infringement, alleged infringement, or use of patent rights in connection with the Work and the use by Owner of any equipment, materials, supplies, processes, or inventions furnished under this Contract. The indemnification obligations of Contractor under this Section 4.3 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for Contractor or any such Subcontractor or Supplier under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. CONTRACT AGREEMENT -10- 4.4 Penalties Contractor shall be solely liable for any fines or civil penalties that are imposed by any governmental or quasi-governmental agency or body that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with Contractor’s, or its Subcontractors’ or Suppliers’, performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereof. Contractor may contest any such fines or penalties in administrative or court proceedings; provided, however, that Contractor shall pay such fines or civil penalties prior to such protest if payment is required prior to making such protest. Contractor shall be solely responsible for all costs, including attorneys’ fees and administrative expenses, of protesting any such fines or civil penalties. ARTICLE V CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENT 5.1 Contract Price Owner shall pay to Contractor, in full satisfaction for providing, performing, and completing the Work, including such risks and changes in the Work that Contractor is responsible for dealing with under this Contract without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price, subject to any additions or deductions provided for in this Contract, in current funds, the lump sum amount or amounts, if any, stated in the Schedule of Prices and, for each acceptable unit of each Unit Price Item, if any, installed and complete in place, measured on the basis provided in the Contract Drawings and Specifications, the Unit Price for such Unit Price Item stated in the Schedule of Prices. 5.2 Acceptance as Full Payment and Satisfaction Contractor shall accept the Contract Price in full satisfaction and payment for well and faithfully providing, performing, and completing within the Contract Time all the Work in compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract, including such risks and changes in the Work that Contractor is responsible for dealing with under this Contract without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time. The acceptance by Contractor of Final Payment shall operate as a full and complete release of Owner and Engineer of and from any and all lawsuits, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, losses, and expenses of, by, or to Contractor for anything done, furnished for, arising out of, relating to, or in connection with the Work or for or on account of any act or neglect of Owner or Engineer arising out of, relating to, or in connection with the Work, except the claim against Owner for the unpaid balance, if any, of any amounts retained by Owner pursuant to the Special Conditions of Contract. 5.3 Method of Payment Progress and Final Payments shall be made to Contractor in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in, Article V of the General Conditions of Contract. CONTRACT AGREEMENT -11- ARTICLE VI LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS AND REQUIREMENTS 6.1 Binding Effect This Contract shall be binding upon Owner and Contractor and upon their respective heirs, executors, administrators, personal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns. Contractor agrees that if Contractor is a joint venture, then each Person participating in such joint venture shall be individually, personally, severally, and jointly responsible and liable, financially, legally, and in all other respects, for the full and proper performance of each and every provision and requirement of this Contract, notwithstanding any arrangement, understanding, or agreement to the contrary, if any, whether disclosed to Owner or not, entered into by, between or among the Persons participating in such joint venture. 6.2 Relationship of the Parties Contractor, and its Subcontractors and Suppliers, shall act as independent contractors in providing, performing, and completing the Work. No right of supervision, requirement of approval, or other provision of this Contract and no subsequent conduct of Owner or Contractor shall be construed (1) to create the relationship of principal and agent, partners, or joint venturers between Owner and Contractor, or (2) except as provided in Paragraph 6.6B6 of the General Conditions of Contract, to create any relationship between Owner and any Subcontractor or Supplier of Contractor. The rights of Owner under this Contract, either directly or through Engineer, in the control of the quality and completeness of the Work shall not make Contractor, or any Subcontractor or Supplier of Contractor, an agent of Owner, and the liability of Contractor, and of all Subcontractors and Suppliers of Contractor, for all damages to persons or to public or private property arising from the provision, performance, or completion of the Work by Contractor, or any Subcontractor or Supplier of Contractor, shall not be lessened because of the existence, exercise, or the non-exercise of such rights. 6.3 Assignment A. Assignment by Contractor. Contractor shall not (1) assign this Contract in whole or in part, (2) assign any of Contractor’s rights or obligations under this Contract, or (3) assign any payment due or to become due under this Contract, without the prior express written consent of Owner, which consent may be withheld in the sole and unfettered discretion of Owner; provided, however, that Owner’s prior written consent shall not be required for assignments of accounts, as defined in the Commercial Code, if to do so would violate Section 9-318 of the Commercial Code, 810 ILCS 5/9-318. Any attempted or purported assignment made by Contractor without the written consent of Owner shall be void and of no force or effect and shall constitute a default under this Contract for which Owner shall have the right to invoke any of its remedies under Section 6.6 of the General CONTRACT AGREEMENT -12- Conditions of Contract. In no event shall Owner’s consent to any assignment of this Contract or of any of Contractor’s rights under this Contract, whether in whole or in part, operate as a release or satisfaction of Contractor’s responsibility and liability for the provision, performance, and completion of the Work in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract on or before the Completion Date, or for the proper performance of all other obligations of Contractor under this Contract, or for Contractor’s liability on all representations and warranties made in or pursuant to this Contract. Contractor shall remain as fully responsible and liable for the acts, omissions, and performance of Contractor’s assignee as Contractor is for its own acts, omissions, and performance. B. Assignment by Owner. Owner may assign this Contract, in whole or in part, or any or all of its rights or obligations under this Contract, without the consent of Contractor. In the event of an assignment by Owner of any or all of its rights or obligations under this Contract, Owner shall be released from all liability with respect to the rights or obligations so assigned. 6.4 Confidential Information All information supplied by Owner or Engineer to Contractor for or in connection with this Contract or the Work shall be held confidential by Contractor and shall not, without the prior express written consent of Owner, be used for any purpose other than performance of the Work. Neither Contractor nor any Subcontractor or Supplier shall own or be entitled to claim a copyright in the Contract or other documents prepared by Owner or Engineer. Contractor shall identify any information supplied by it in providing, performing and completing the Work that is considered by it to be confidential or proprietary. Owner and Engineer shall not disclose any such designated confidential or proprietary information, unless such disclosure will not cause competitive harm, or such information was actually known to Owner or Engineer prior to its submission by Contractor, or such information was properly obtained or developed independently by Owner or Engineer, or Contractor consents to such disclosure. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor acknowledges that Owner is subject to the Illinois Freedom of Information Act, 5 ILCS 140/1 et seq., and that no disclosure made in good faith by Owner pursuant to such Act shall be deemed to violate this Section. 6.5 Publicity Owner’s name or insignia, photographs of the Work or the Work Site, or any other publicity pertaining to the Work shall not be used in any magazine, trade paper, newspaper, or other medium without the express written consent of Owner. By entering the Work Site, Contractor personnel, including Subcontractor and Supplier personnel, irrevocably authorize and grant to Owner, and to its successors, agents, representatives, and assigns, the irrevocable and unrestricted right, permission, CONTRACT AGREEMENT -13- and authority to: 1. Use the likeness and/or voice of such personnel in photographs, time-lapse photography, film, video, digital recordings, and other media in any magazine, trade paper, newspaper, or other medium, whether now known or hereafter existing, including newsletters, brochures, viewbooks, movies, tapes, diskettes, promotional items, and websites, without prior approval or inspection, without payment, compensation, or any other consideration, including royalties, and without liability; and 2. Use, edit, alter, copy, exhibit, publish, broadcast, distribute, and otherwise reproduce, modify, and display such likenesses and/or voices, in whole or in part, for purposes of publicizing Owner’s activities and for any other lawful purpose in any manner, media, and medium. Contractor shall, upon request of Owner, execute, acknowledge, and deliver such further instruments and take such action as may be necessary, desirable, or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Section 6.5. 6.6 No Waivers No examination, inspection, investigation, test, measurement, review, determination, decision, certificate or approval by Owner or Engineer, nor any order by Owner for the payment of money, nor any payment for, or use, occupancy, possession, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the Work by Owner, nor any extension of time granted by Owner, nor any delay by Owner in exercising any right under this Contract, nor any other act or omission of Owner or Engineer shall constitute or be deemed to be an acceptance of any defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming or incomplete Work, equipment, materials, or supplies, nor operate to waive or otherwise diminish the effect of any warranty or representation made by Contractor; or of any requirement or provision of this Contract; or of any remedy, power, or right of Owner. No notices required to be given to Owner under this Contract are intended to be waived by Owner, and no action or inaction by Owner or Engineer shall be construed as waiving any such notice. CONTRACT AGREEMENT -14- 6.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries No claim as a third party beneficiary under this Contract by any Person other than Contractor shall be made or be valid against Owner and Owner shall not be liable for or be held to pay any money to any such Person. 6.8 Notices All notices required or permitted to be given under this Contract shall be in writing and shall be deemed received by the addressee thereof when delivered in person on a business day at the address set forth below or on the third business day after being deposited in any main or branch United States post office, for delivery at the address set forth below by properly addressed, postage prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notices and communications to Owner shall be addressed to, and delivered at, the following address: Village of Oak Brook 1200 Oak Brook Road Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 Attention: Rick Valent, Public Works Director Notices and communications to Contractor shall be addressed to, and delivered at, the following address: [NAME OF SUCCESSFUL BIDDER] [ADDRESS OF SUCCESSFUL BIDDER] __________________________________________ __________________________________________ Attention: The foregoing shall not be deemed to preclude the use of other non-oral means of notification or to invalidate any notice properly given by any such other non-oral means. By notice complying with the requirements of this Section, Owner and Contractor each shall have the right to change the address or addressee or both for all future notices to it, but no notice of a change of address shall be effective until actually received. 6.9 Governing Laws This Contract and the rights of Owner and Contractor under this Contract shall be interpreted according to the internal Laws, but not the conflict of Laws rules, of the State of Illinois; venue for any action related to the this Contract will be the Circuit Court of DuPage County, Illinois. CONTRACT AGREEMENT -15- 6.10 Changes in Laws Unless otherwise explicitly provided in this Contract, any reference to Laws shall include such Laws as they may be amended or modified from time to time. 6.11 Compliance with Laws and Grants A. Compliance with Laws. Contractor shall give all notices, pay all fees, and take all other action that may be necessary to ensure that the Work is provided, performed, and completed in accordance with the requirements of all governmental permits, licenses, or other approvals or authorizations that may be required in connection with providing, performing, and completing the Work and with all applicable Laws, including, without limitation, the Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq. (if the Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing rate of hourly wages to be paid, the revised rate shall apply to this Contract); any other prevailing wages Laws; the Fair Labor Standards Act; any Laws regarding qualification to do business; any Laws requiring preference to laborers of specified classes; the Steel Products Procurement Act, 30 ILCS 565/1 et seq.; any Laws prohibiting discrimination because of, or requiring affirmative action based on, race, creed, color, national origin, age, sex, or other prohibited classification, including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, 42 U.S.C. §§ 12101 et seq., the Illinois Human Rights Act, 775 ILCS 5/1-101 et seq. and the Public Works Employment Discrimination Act, 775 ILCS 10/1 et seq.; any Laws respecting the assumption of liability for taxes, contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits for Contractor’s and Subcontractors’ employees; and any Laws regarding safety or the performance of the Work, including the Illinois Structural Work Act, the Illinois Underground Utility Facilities Damage Prevention Act, and the Occupational Safety and Health Act. Contractor shall keep itself fully informed of all Laws affecting this Contract; affecting those engaged or employed on the Work; affecting the equipment, materials, and supplies used in the Work; affecting the conduct of the Work; and affecting the rights, duties, powers, or obligations of Owner or of Contractor; and shall also keep itself fully informed of all orders, decrees, and other requirements of bodies or tribunals having any jurisdiction or authority over any of the foregoing. Contractor shall display all permits, licenses, and other approvals and authorizations as required by Law. B. Compliance by Subcontractors and Suppliers. Contractor shall, at all times, cause all of its Subcontractors and Suppliers to observe and comply with all such Laws. C. Noncompliance of Contract Documents. Contractor shall promptly examine the Contract Drawings and Specifications and other Contract Documents and report to Owner any respects in which it appears that any of them may fail to conform to any applicable Laws. CONTRACT AGREEMENT -16- D. Verification of Compliance. At or before the time of Owner’s Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall deliver to Owner all certificates, receipts, or other evidences of approval, acceptance, or payment of fees that may be required to establish the compliance of the Work with all applicable Laws, permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations, or other requirements. E. Provisions Deemed Inserted. Each and every provision required by Law to be inserted in this Contract shall be deemed to be inserted herein, and this Contract shall be read and enforced as though all such provisions were set out in full in this Contract. If through mistake or otherwise any such provision is not set out in this Contract, or is not correctly set out in this Contract, then upon the application of either Owner or Contractor, this Contract shall forthwith be physically amended to correctly set out such provision. F. Compliance With Grant Conditions. Contractor shall comply with all conditions of, and all Laws applicable to, and all policies, practices, and procedures of Owner applicable to, any federal, state, or local grant received by Owner or by Contractor at any time with respect to this Contract or with respect to the provision, performance, or completion of the Work. G. Regulatory Authority. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed to waive or limit any aspect of Owner's lawful authority to regulate the activities of Contractor, its Subcontractors, or any other Person or to regulate the Work, the Work Site, or any other matter falling within its lawful regulatory jurisdiction and powers. No review, inspection, test, audit, measurement, order, determination, decision, disapproval, approval, payment for, or use or acceptance of, the Work, or any other act or omission of Owner shall imply, create any interest in, be deemed to be the issuance of, or require Owner to issue any license or permit to Contractor or any Subcontractor. 6.12 Compliance with Patents A. Patent Rights. Contractor shall do all things necessary to obtain such rights and licenses as may be necessary in connection with all costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, or the incorporation into, the Work of patented equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions. B. Effect of Contractor Being Enjoined. Should Contractor be enjoined from furnishing or using any equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions supplied or required to be supplied or used under this Contract, Contractor shall promptly offer substitute equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions in lieu thereof, of equal efficiency, quality, suitability, and market value, for review by Owner. If Owner should disapprove the offered substitutes and should elect, in lieu of a substitution, to have supplied, and to retain and use, any such equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions as may by this Contract be required to be supplied, Contractor shall pay such royalties and secure such valid licenses as may be requisite and necessary for Owner to CONTRACT AGREEMENT -17- use such equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions without being disturbed or in any way interfered with by any proceeding in law or equity on account thereof. Should Contractor neglect or refuse to make any approved substitution promptly, or to pay such royalties and secure such licenses as may be necessary, then Owner shall have the right to make such substitution, or Owner may pay such royalties and secure such licenses and charge the cost thereof against any money due Contractor from Owner or recover the amount thereof from Contractor and its surety or sureties notwithstanding that Final Payment may have been made. 6.13 Severability The provisions of this Contract shall be interpreted when possible to sustain their legality and enforceability as a whole. In the event any provision of this Contract shall be held invalid, illegal, or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, in whole or in part, neither the validity of the remaining part of such provision, nor the validity of any other provisions of this Contract, shall be in any way affected thereby. The unenforceability of any provision of this Contract in a specific situation shall not affect the enforceability of that provision in any other situation. 6.14 Entire Agreement This Contract sets forth the entire agreement of Owner and Contractor with respect to the accomplishment of the Work and the payment of the Contract Price therefor, and there are no other understandings or agreements, oral or written, between Owner and Contractor with respect to the Work and the compensation therefor, nor was the making and execution of this Contract induced by any representation, statement, warranty, agreement, or action other than those expressed or explicitly referenced herein. 6.15 Amendments No modification, addition, deletion, revision, alteration or other change to this Contract shall be effective unless and until such change is reduced to writing and executed and delivered by Owner and Contractor. 6.16 Counterparts This Contract is being executed in five original counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have caused this Contract Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first written above. Attest/Witness: VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK By: ______________________ By: _______________________________ CONTRACT AGREEMENT -18- Title: ______________________ Title: Village President Attest/Witness: [NAME OF SUCCESSFUL BIDDER] By: ______________________ By: _______________________________ [NAME OF CONTRACTOR’S EXECUTING OFFICER] Title: ______________________ Title: [TITLE OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTING OFFICER] SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SECTION 8, FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS STATE OF ILLINOIS ) ) SS COUNTY OF __________ ) CONTRACTOR’S CERTIFICATION [CONTRACTOR’S EXECUTING OFFICER], being first duly sworn on oath, deposes and states that all statements made herein are made on behalf of Contractor, that this deponent is authorized to make them, and that the statements contained herein are true and correct. Contractor deposes, states, and certifies that Contractor is not barred from contracting with a unit of state or local government as a result of (i) a violation of either Section 33E-3 or Section 33E-4 of Article 33 of the Criminal Code of 1961, 720 ILCS 5/33E-1 et seq.; or (ii) a violation of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 107 Public Law 56 (October 26, 2001) (the “Patriot Act”) or other statutes, orders, rules, and regulations of the United States government and its various executive departments, agencies and offices related to the subject matter of the Patriot Act, including, but not limited to, Executive Order 13224 effective September 24, 2001. DATED this [ ] day of [MONTH], 20___. Attest/Witness: [NAME OF SUCCESSFUL BIDDER] By: ______________________ By: _______________________________ [NAME OF CONTRACTOR’S EXECUTING OFFICER] Title: ______________________ Title: [TITLE OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTING OFFICER] Subscribed and Sworn to My Commission Expires: ________________ before me this ____ day of _____________, 20___. _____________________________ [SEAL] Notary Public SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SECTION 8, FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement SCHEDULE OF PRICES [TO BE INSERTED FROM THE BIDDER'S PROPOSAL OF THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER TO WHOM THIS CONTRACT IS AWARDED] -i- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Page ARTICLE I PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK ............................................................ 1 1.1 Performance Standards and Obligations ................................................... 1 1.2 Engineer’s Authority ................................................................................... 4 1.3 Required Submittals .................................................................................. 5 1.4 Administration of the Work ......................................................................... 7 1.5 Conditions at the Work Site; Record Drawings .......................................... 8 1.6 Safety of the Work Site .............................................................................. 9 1.7 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs .............................................. 11 1.8 Damage to the Work, the Work Site, and Other Property ........................ 12 1.9 Subcontractors and Suppliers .................................................................. 12 1.10 Simultaneous Work By Others ................................................................. 15 1.11 Occupancy Prior to Final Payment .......................................................... 16 1.12 Suspension or Termination of Work for Convenience .............................. 17 1.13 Charge for Overtime Engineering ............................................................ 17 ARTICLE II CHANGES AND DELAYS ....................................................................... 18 2.1 Changes .................................................................................................. 18 2.2 Equitable Adjustments ............................................................................. 19 2.3 Contract Price Adjustments ..................................................................... 20 2.4 Extensions of Contract Time .................................................................... 24 2.5 Constructive Change Orders ................................................................... 25 2.6 No Waiver and Release ........................................................................... 26 2.7 No Other Compensation .......................................................................... 26 2.8 Specific References Exemplary ............................................................... 27 ARTICLE III CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE WORK ........... 27 3.1 Inspection; Testing; Correction of Defects ............................................... 27 3.2 Warranty of Work ..................................................................................... 28 3.3 Contractor Duty to Correct Without Delay ................................................ 29 3.4 Owner’s Right to Correct .......................................................................... 29 3.5 Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties ................................................... 29 -ii- ARTICLE IV INSURANCE ......................................................................................... 30 4.1 Required Coverages ................................................................................ 30 4.2 Insurance Companies and Policies .......................................................... 30 4.3 Minimum Coverages ................................................................................ 31 4.4 Additional Coverages ............................................................................... 33 4.5 Subcontractor Insurance .......................................................................... 33 ARTICLE V PAYMENT .............................................................................................. 34 5.1 Progress Payments ................................................................................. 34 5.2 Final Acceptance and Final Payment ...................................................... 36 5.3 Title to Work and Liens ............................................................................ 38 5.4 Deductions ............................................................................................... 39 5.5 Application of Payments .......................................................................... 39 5.6 Work Entire .............................................................................................. 39 ARTICLE VI DISPUTES AND REMEDIES ................................................................ 40 6.1 Notice of Dispute ..................................................................................... 40 6.2 Negotiation of Disputed Decisions ........................................................... 40 6.3 Owner’s Final Decision ............................................................................ 40 6.4 Contractor’s Final Demand ...................................................................... 41 6.5 Contractor’s Remedies ............................................................................ 41 6.6 Owner’s Remedies .................................................................................. 41 ARTICLE VII DEFINITIONS ....................................................................................... 44 7.1 Defined Terms ......................................................................................... 44 7.2 Word Usage ............................................................................................. 48 -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ARTICLE I PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK 1.1 Performance Standards and Obligations A. Quality of Work. 1. General Standard. All Work shall be provided, performed, and completed in a proper and workmanlike manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional and construction practices and in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract, and with the greatest economy, efficiency, and expedition consistent therewith. All equipment, materials, and supplies incorporated into the Work shall be new and undamaged and shall be the best of their respective kinds for their intended use. 2. Referenced Standards. References to standards, specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to codes of local, state or federal authorities, shall mean the latest standard, specification, manual or code adopted and published at the date of the Bidder’s Proposal, unless specifically stated otherwise. However, no provision of any referenced standard, specification, manual or code shall change the duties and responsibilities of Owner, Engineer, or Contractor from those set forth in this Contract. 3. Proprietary Standards and Equivalency. Whenever any equipment, materials or supplies are specified or described in this Contract by using the name or other identifying feature of a proprietary product or the name or other identifying feature of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the specific item mentioned shall be understood as establishing the type, function and quality desired. Other manufacturers’ or vendors’ products may be accepted, provided sufficient information is submitted to allow Engineer to determine that the products proposed are equivalent in substance and function to those named. The equivalency of any product proposed shall be determined by Engineer, in its sole and absolute discretion, and no such product shall be purchased, fabricated or installed until equivalency shall have been determined, in writing, by Engineer. Engineer’s written decision with respect to equivalency shall be final. GENERAL CONDITIONS -2- B. Timeliness of Work. 1. Time is of the Essence. The time of beginning, rate of progress, and time of completion of the Work is of the essence of this Contract. Contractor shall be solely responsible for completing the Work in a timely fashion. Contractor shall promptly, continuously, diligently, vigorously, and systematically provide and perform the Work, and all component parts of the Work, within such time or times as may be set forth in this Contract or in the Approved Schedule and to the ends that, and at a rate, with due allowances and contingencies for difficulties or obstructions that may arise out of, or be encountered as a result of, adverse weather conditions, equipment breakdowns, subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, buried structures, utility locations or conditions, adverse soil conditions, and changed site conditions due to work by other contractors, that assures that, all Work, and all component parts of the Work, will be completed and ready for inspection and testing when required pursuant to this Contract and that all Work will be completed in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract within the Contract Time. Contractor shall cooperate with Owner and Engineer to assure maximum coordination and efficiency in the progress of the Work. 2. Approved Schedule. Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions of Contract or the Specifications, Contractor shall submit to Engineer, within 30 Days after the execution of this Contract, a detailed schedule of the Work showing the time of beginning and completion for at least every major component of the Work. Such schedule shall be presented in graphical form using the bar graph method or a time-sequence method, but not a critical path method. Such schedule shall logically and realistically relate the performance of each component of the Work to each other component of the Work and to the whole of the Work so as to demonstrate that sufficient time has been allowed for the completion of each component without interference or delay from or to any other component and with due allowances and contingencies for difficulties or obstructions that may arise out of, or be encountered as a result of, adverse weather conditions, equipment breakdowns, subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, buried structures, utility locations or conditions, adverse soil conditions, and changed site conditions due to work by other contractors. The schedule shall demonstrate Contractor’s ability to comply with the requirements of Paragraph 1.1B1 above. Engineer shall return a copy of the schedule to Contractor with such exceptions noted as Engineer may deem appropriate and Contractor shall submit a revised schedule to Engineer within two business days. If acceptable, Engineer shall return a copy of the schedule to Contractor with no exceptions noted or an equivalent notation (“Approved Schedule”). Engineer may require the Approved Schedule to be revised or updated as frequently as Engineer may deem necessary prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. 3. No Liability. Review and stamping of any Approved Schedule by Engineer shall not constitute approval or acceptance of the schedule or an extension or waiver of the Contract Time and no review by Engineer, no noting of an exception by Engineer, and no failure to note an exception by Engineer shall relieve Contractor of the GENERAL CONDITIONS -3- entire responsibility for the performance of the Work in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract within the Contract Time. Engineer’s review and stamping, with or without exceptions noted, of any Approved Schedule shall not be regarded as an any assumption of risk or liability by Owner or Engineer. Contractor shall have no claim under this Contract on account of any error, omission, or defect in, or revealed by, any Approved Schedule so reviewed and stamped or any failure, partial failure, or inefficiency of any Approved Schedule so reviewed and stamped. Engineer’s stamping of any Approved Schedule with no exception noted or an equivalent notation shall be considered to mean merely that Engineer has no objection to Contractor proceeding, upon its own full responsibility and liability, with the schedule or schedules proposed. 4. Acceleration. If, at any time, the Work, or any component part of the Work, is behind the Approved Schedule, Contractor shall initiate immediate and definite procedures for accelerating the Work as required to bring the Work, and all component parts of the Work, into compliance with the Approved Schedule. Owner shall not be subject to any claims, demands, or liability for Contractor’s acceleration damages or costs incurred to keep the Work in compliance with the Approved Schedule, including, but not limited to, damages or costs resulting from, arising out of, or in any way related to increases in time- related costs; increases in costs of labor, equipment, materials, or supplies; costs of additional personnel; costs of additional equipment; costs of additional premium time for personnel or equipment; increase in costs for Bond or insurance premiums; lower labor productivity; lost profits or alternative income; effects on other contracts; and costs of demobilization and remobilization. Failure of Owner or Engineer to inform Contractor that Contractor is behind the Approved Schedule or to direct and enforce procedures to ensure compliance with the Approved Schedule shall not relieve Contractor of the entire responsibility for the performance of the Work in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract within the Contract Time. 5. Owner’s Right to Perform Work. Any failure of Contractor to comply with this Subsection 1.1B shall entitle Owner to perform or have performed all Work necessary for compliance with this Subsection and to withhold or recover from Contractor the cost of such Work. C. Completeness of Work. Except for such items as are expressly and specifically required by this Contract to be furnished by Owner, Contractor shall provide at the Work Site, and at no charge to Owner other than the Contract Price, all personnel, equipment, materials, supplies, and other things required to provide, perform and complete the Work described, shown, or reasonably implied, or inferred from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the results intended, in this Contract. If any personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies that are not directly or indirectly set forth in this Contract are nevertheless necessary to the proper provision, performance, and completion of the whole of the Work in accordance with the intent of this Contract, Contractor shall understand such personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies to be implied and shall provide such personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies as fully as if it were particularly described. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor, at its sole cost and expense, shall: (1) arrange for a supply of water, heat, light, power, GENERAL CONDITIONS -4- telecommunications, and other services needed for the Work and for testing, including the installation of temporary utility lines, wiring, switches, fixtures, hoses, connections, and meters; (2) provide and maintain sanitary conveniences of sufficient number to accommodate all workers and all personnel of Owner and Engineer engaged in or about the Work; and (3) provide and maintain a clean, weather-tight office, temporary in character, at a central location at the Work Site, with telephone facilities and service, for use as a field office by Contractor, for storage of Contract Drawings and Specifications, for storage of permits and Required Submittals reviewed with no exception noted, and for shelter of workers. D. Conformity of Work. Contractor shall, at no increase in the Contract Price, provide workmanship, equipment, materials, and supplies that fully conform to this Contract, notwithstanding the fact that Contractor may have based its Bidder’s Proposal on workmanship, equipment, materials, or supplies that do not so conform. When the equipment, materials, or supplies furnished by Contractor cannot be installed as specified in the Contract Drawings or Specifications, Contractor shall, without any increase in the Contract Price, make all modifications required to properly install the equipment, materials, or supplies. Any such modification shall be subject to the prior review and consent of Engineer. 1.2 Engineer’s Authority Engineer has been employed as an independent contractor to represent Owner during the term of this Contract and to observe the Work in progress on behalf of Owner. To prevent delays and disputes and to discourage litigation, it is agreed by Owner and Contractor that Engineer shall, in all cases, determine the amount, quality, acceptability, and fitness of the several kinds of Work that are to be paid for under this Contract; determine all disputes in relation to the true construction, meaning, and intent of the Contract Drawings and Specifications; and determine all disputes in relation to the execution of the Work, the classifications and measurements of quantities and materials, the suitability of equipment, materials, and supplies, and the fulfillment of this Contract. In interpreting this Contract, Engineer shall be subject to Section 1.3 of the Contract Agreement. Engineer shall have the power to reject or condemn all Work that is defective, flawed, unsuitable, or nonconforming to the terms of this Contract. Engineer’s determination in all matters shall be a condition precedent to an appeal by Contractor to Owner, to the right of Contractor to receive, demand, or claim any money or other compensation under this Contract, and to any liability on the part of Owner to Contractor on account of this Contract. 1.3 Required Submittals A. Submittals Required. Contractor shall submit to Engineer all documents, data, and information specifically required to be submitted by Contractor GENERAL CONDITIONS -5- under this Contract and shall, in addition, submit to Engineer all such drawings, specifications, descriptive information, and engineering documents, data, and information as may be required, or as may be requested by Engineer, to show the details of the Work, including a complete description of all equipment, materials, and supplies to be provided under this Contract (“Required Submittals”). Such details shall include, but shall not be limited to, the kind, size, arrangement and operations of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorages, and supports required; performance characteristics; test data; concrete reinforcement; structural details; dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other equipment, materials, and supplies; principal dimensions, weight, structural and operating features; space required; clearances; utility connections; wiring and control diagrams; type and/or brand of finish or shop coat; adequate operation and maintenance information for all equipment requiring maintenance or other attention; and all similar matters, for all components of the Work. When it is customary to do so, when the dimensions are of particular importance, or for equipment and materials, the Required Submittals shall be certified by the Supplier as correct for, and in full compliance with, this Contract and meeting intended functions. B. Number and Format. Except as otherwise provided in the Specifications: Contractor shall provide seven complete sets for each Required Submittal with suitable identification; all Required Submittals, except drawings, shall be prepared on white 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch paper; all prints of drawings shall be folded to 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches, or less; and all drawings shall be clearly marked in the lower right-hand corner with the names of Owner, Engineer, and Contractor. C. Verification by Contractor. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining Required Submittals complying with the foregoing from its Subcontractors and Suppliers and returning reviewed documents to them. Contractor shall check and approve all Required Submittals before submitting them to Engineer for review. Contractor shall check and verify, or resubmit for correction, all Required Submittals prepared by a Subcontractor or Supplier, before submitting them to Engineer. Verification and submission of Required Submittals by Contractor shall be deemed to mean that Contractor has, in fact, reviewed and coordinated the information in the Required Submittals with the requirements of the Work and this Contract. Any Required Submittals submitted to Engineer which have not been checked, reviewed, and stamped “Verified by Contractor” (or its equivalent), will be returned unprocessed. D. Time of Submission. All Required Submittals shall be provided to Engineer no later than the time, if any, specified in this Contract for their submission or, if no time for submission is specified, in sufficient time, in Engineer’s sole opinion, to permit Engineer to review the same prior to the commencement of the part of the Work to which they relate and prior to the purchase of any equipment, materials, or supplies that they describe. E. Engineer’s Review. Engineer shall review all Required Submittals as soon as reasonably possible after their submission and shall have the right to require GENERAL CONDITIONS -6- resubmittal of, and such corrections in and additions to, any or all Required Submittals as may be necessary to make the Required Submittals conform to this Contract. F. Responsibility for Delay and Costs of Additional Review. Contractor shall be responsible for any delay in the Work due to delay in providing Required Submittals conforming to this Contract. In the event more than one re-submittal of any Required Submittal is necessary to make such Required Submittal conform to this Contract, Contractor shall be charged the total cost incurred by Engineer for all subsequent reviews of Required Submittals. If the amount due Contractor is not sufficient to cover such costs, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for such costs upon demand. G. Condition Precedent to Performance of Work. No Work with respect to which any Required Submittal is required or has been requested, and no Work dependent on any such Work, shall be provided or performed unless and until the Required Submittal for such Work has been reviewed and stamped by Engineer with no exception noted or an equivalent notation. No equipment, materials, or supplies shall be purchased, fabricated, or installed until all Required Submittals pertaining thereto have been reviewed and stamped by Engineer with no exception noted or an equivalent notation. Where samples are required, the samples reviewed and stamped by Engineer with no exception noted or its equivalent notation shall be kept at the Work Site for comparison with, and to establish the standards of acceptance for, equipment, materials or supplies proposed for incorporation into the Work. H. Incorporation After Review With No Exception Noted. Every Required Submittal that is reviewed and stamped by Engineer with no exception noted or an equivalent notation shall immediately thereupon become a part of the Contract Documents, and the Work shown or described thereby shall be performed in conformity therewith unless otherwise required by Engineer. I. No Liability. Review and stamping of any Required Submittal by Engineer shall be for the sole purpose of examining the general arrangement, design, and details of the proposed Work, and no review by Engineer, no noting of an exception by Engineer, and no failure to note an exception by Engineer shall relieve Contractor of the entire responsibility for the performance of the Work in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract. Engineer’s review and stamping, with or without exceptions noted, of any Required Submittal shall not constitute an approval of any part of the Work shown in such Required Submittal and shall not be regarded as any assumption of risk or liability by Owner or Engineer. Contractor shall have no claim under this Contract on account of any error, omission or defect in, or revealed by, any Required Submittal so reviewed and stamped. Engineer’s stamping of any Required Submittal with no exception noted or an equivalent notation shall be considered to mean merely that Engineer has no objection to Contractor proceeding, upon its own full responsibility and liability, with the Work as shown on such Required Submittal. GENERAL CONDITIONS -7- 1.4 Administration of the Work A. Contractor’s Duty to Administer the Work. Contractor shall have full and sole responsibility for administration of the Work. Contractor’s field organization shall include fully qualified and adequate management, supervisory and technical personnel to insure competent and expeditious handling of all matters related to the Work. Contractor shall have full and sole responsibility for keeping all personnel, equipment, materials, supplies, and other things required to provide, perform, and complete the Work within the designated construction area limits of the Work Site and out of areas not designated for Contractor’s use. On all other lands, Contractor shall have no rights unless it obtains them from the proper parties. Owner shall have the authority to order Contractor to remove from the Work Site any of Contractor’s employees or any Subcontractors’ employees who fail to discharge responsibilities, refuse to obey instructions, or who are incompetent, abusive, threatening, or disorderly in their conduct. Any such Person so removed shall not be employed again on the Work. No adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time shall be made as a result of such removal. All Subcontractors and Suppliers shall be directly responsible to Contractor and shall be subject to Contractor’s supervision and control. Contractor shall have the duty to coordinate all Subcontractors and Suppliers so as to avoid hindrance or interference among them and to ensure that the Work will be completed in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract and within the Contract Time. Contractor shall attend, and shall cause any Subcontractor or Suppliers whose attendance is requested to attend, any pre-construction meetings or construction progress meetings as may be necessary for the orderly performance of the Work, as determined by Owner or Engineer. B. Contractor’s Superintendent. Contractor shall appoint and employ throughout the performance of the Work a competent superintendent who shall be approved by Owner in writing and who shall have complete charge of the Work on behalf of Contractor. Contractor’s superintendent shall be at the Work Site at all times during performance of the Work. Contractor shall, before beginning the Work, and at all times during the performance of the Work, keep Owner advised in writing of such superintendent’s name and address, and of telephone numbers where such superintendent may be reached at all times. Such superintendent shall not be changed without the consent of Owner unless the individual serving in that capacity leaves Contractor’s employ or becomes unable to serve due to circumstances beyond the control of Contractor, which shall in no event be construed to include the necessity of employing such Person on any other contract or work. Any substitute superintendent proposed by Contractor shall be approved by Owner in writing. In any case where Owner determines the performance of Contractor’s superintendent is unsatisfactory or unacceptable to Owner, Owner shall have the right to require Contractor to remove such superintendent and to replace such superintendent with a new superintendent satisfactory to Owner. GENERAL CONDITIONS -8- 1.5 Conditions at the Work Site; Record Drawings Contractor shall be fully responsible for conditions found at, and in the vicinity of, the Work Site. Contractor shall have no claim for damages, for compensation in excess of the Contract Price except as expressly provided, and only to the limited extent set forth, in Sections 2.1 through 2.3 of these General Conditions of Contract, or for a delay or extension of the Contract Time based upon conditions found at, or in the vicinity of, the Work Site. When information pertaining to subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, buried structures, utility locations or conditions, conditions of existing structures, and similar site information or data and other investigations is or has been shown or indicated on the Contract Drawings, is or has been provided by Owner or Engineer, or is or has been otherwise made available to Contractor by Owner or Engineer, such information is or has been shown, indicated, provided, or made available solely for the convenience of Contractor and is not part of this Contract. Owner assumes no responsibility whatever in respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of such information, and there is no guaranty or warranty, either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing throughout the Work or the Work Site, or that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing at any particular location, or that contractors working on other projects may not change the conditions indicated at, and in the vicinity of, the Work Site, or that unanticipated conditions may not be present. Contractor shall be solely responsible for locating all existing underground installations by prospecting no later than two workdays prior to any scheduled excavation or trenching or 200 lineal feet in advance of such excavation or trenching, whichever is earlier. Contractor shall, prior to any excavation, notify the Joint Utility Locating Information for Excavators (J.U.L.I.E.), (1-800-892-0123), and, with respect to owners or operators of underground utility facilities who are not members of J.U.L.I.E., shall directly notify such non-member owners or operators and shall otherwise fully comply with the Illinois Underground Utility Facilities Damage Prevention Act, 220 ILCS 50/1 et seq. Contractor shall check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities shown on the Contract Drawings and Specifications within the same time period as set forth above for prospecting underground installations. Contractor shall lay out the Work in accordance with the Contract Drawings and Specifications and shall establish and maintain such locations, lines and levels, except that wherever pre-existing work is encountered, Contractor shall verify and be responsible for dimensions and locations of such pre- existing work. Contractor shall notify Engineer of any discrepancy between the dimensions, elevations and quantities shown on the Contract Drawings and Specifications and the conditions of the Work Site or any other discrepancies which Contractor may discover during such inspections. Contractor shall make any necessary adjustments in the alignment or grade of the Work, subject to Engineer’s approval, to pass around, over, or under any obstruction discovered without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Time or, except as expressly provided, and only to the limited extent set GENERAL CONDITIONS -9- forth, in Sections 2.1 through 2.3 of these General Conditions of Contract, the Contract Price. Contractor shall maintain, during the progress of the Work, up-to-date copies of all Contract Drawings and Specifications and a continuous record of all field deviations from the Contract Drawings. Before Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor shall submit to Owner two printed sets of Drawings of Record, unless a greater number is specified elsewhere in this Contract, indicating all necessary additions and corrections to the Contract Drawings to show record conditions for verification of Engineer’s drawings of record. Upon acceptance of Contractor’s printed Drawings of Record, Contractor shall also submit to Owner electronic Drawings of Record in electronic CADD files and/or other electronic file format acceptable to Owner operating on an IBM compatible microcomputer under a Windows operating system. Each such drawing and electronic drawing file shall be plainly marked “Drawing of Record” near the title block and shall be certified as to correctness by Contractor. 1.6 Safety of the Work Site A. Contractor’s Responsibility. Contractor shall be solely and completely responsible for providing and maintaining safe conditions at the Work Site, including the safety of all Persons and property during performance of the Work. This requirement shall apply continuously and shall not be limited to normal working hours. Contractor shall take all safety precautions as shall be necessary to comply with all applicable Laws, regulations, and guidelines, including without limitation OSHA, and to prevent injury to Persons and damage to property. Contractor shall employ or hire a competent safety representative or Subcontractor, who is capable of identifying predictable and existing conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to Persons or property, to devise, supervise and ensure compliance with all safety precautions and programs as shall be necessary to comply with all applicable Laws, regulations, and guidelines, including without limitation OSHA, and to prevent injury to Persons and damage to property. Contractor shall advise Owner, in writing, of such safety representative’s name, address, and telephone number or numbers where such safety representative may be reached at all times, 24 hours per Day, and such safety representative shall have full and complete authority to promptly correct or eliminate any such unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous conditions. Neither Owner nor Engineer shall be responsible for conditions at the Work Site, nor for the safety of Persons or property, during the performance of the Work. Contractor is advised that potentially hazardous conditions described in the Illinois Health and Safety Act, federal OSHA Regulations and Guidelines, ANSI Standard B30.5-1968 as amended, ANSI Standard Z117.1-1995 as amended, and Illinois Department of Labor Rules and Regulations, could be encountered during the performance of the Work, including without limitation energized electrical facilities and overhead wires; cranes, derricks, and other hoisting machinery with operational and use limitations, special hazard warnings and instructions, and revolving superstructures requiring proper barricading; underground utility facilities requiring protection, support, or GENERAL CONDITIONS -10- removal to safeguard employees; excavations requiring, among other things, safe means of egress and protection from cave-ins, fall-ins, hazardous atmospheres, hazardous substances, and other hazardous conditions; and confined or enclosed spaces that are subject to the accumulation of hazardous substances or toxic or flammable contaminants or that have oxygen deficient or other hazardous atmospheres, requiring, among other things, independent fall protection, respiratory equipment, ventilation, two-way communication with the outside, and safe means of egress. Contractor should take special notice of the potentially hazardous conditions identified in this paragraph and take all necessary precautions to guard against such potential hazards, including without limitation conducting employee safety training and education, posting warnings and instructions, testing and inspecting, and utilizing adequate protective and emergency systems, equipment, and devices, in as much safety remains Contractor’s sole responsibility under this Contract. Contractor is directed to the Illinois Health and Safety Act, federal OSHA Regulations and Guidelines, including without limitation Occupational Safety & Health Standards and Construction Industry Safety & Health Regulations as outlined in Parts 1910 and 1926 of US Dept. of Labor Chapter XVII - Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Title 29, and US Dept. of Labor Document OSHA 2202 “OSHA Safety and Health Standards Digest,” ANSI Standard B30.5-1968 as amended, ANSI Standard Z117.1-1995 as amended, and Illinois Department of Labor Rules and Regulations for a further description of these potentially hazardous conditions and the regulations applicable thereto. Contractor is being notified of these potentially hazardous conditions so that Contractor may independently assess the potentially hazardous conditions and take the necessary precautions to ensure a safe workplace pursuant to this Contract and Contractor’s legal obligations. Owner’s notification of these potentially hazardous conditions should not be construed to be, nor interpreted as, an exclusive listing of the potentially hazardous conditions that could be encountered during the performance of the Work but, rather, such notice shall be construed to be, and interpreted as, exemplary only. Owner’s notification of these potentially hazardous conditions should not be construed or interpreted as waiving Contractor’s sole and complete responsibility for conditions at the Work Site or for providing and maintaining safe conditions at the Work Site, including the safety of all Persons and property during performance of the Work. This notification of potentially hazardous conditions is provided solely to assist Contractor in the performance of these duties, in the interest of maximum safety. B. Traffic. Contractor shall conduct all of its operations without interruption of or interference with vehicular and pedestrian traffic on public and private rights-of-way, unless it has obtained permits therefor from the proper authorities. All public and private rights-of-way not closed by permission of the proper authorities shall be maintained passable and safe by Contractor, who shall assume and have full responsibility for the adequacy and safety or provisions made therefor. If any public or private right-of-way shall be rendered unsafe by Contractor’s operations, Contractor shall make such repairs or provide such temporary ways or guards as shall be acceptable to the proper authorities. GENERAL CONDITIONS -11- Contractor shall, at least 48 hours in advance, notify the proper authorities in writing, with a copy to Engineer, if the closure of any public or private right-of-way is necessary. Contractor shall cooperate with the proper authorities in the establishment of alternate routes and shall provide adequate detour signs, plainly marked and well lighted, in order to minimize confusion. C. Fire Protection. Access to sources of water for fire protection shall be identified and be available at all times. Fire hydrants and stop valves adjacent to the Work shall be kept clear and readily accessible to fire apparatus and no materials or other obstruction shall be placed, parked or stored within 15 feet of any hydrant or stop valve except by special permission of the proper authorities. Only construction procedures that minimize fire hazards to the extent practicable shall be used. There shall be no open burning or confined trash fires. Combustible debris and waste materials shall be collected or removed from the Work Site each workday. Fuels, solvents, and other volatile or flammable materials shall be stored away from construction and storage areas in well-marked, safe containers. Good housekeeping, essential to fire prevention, shall be practiced by Contractor throughout the Work. D. Accident Records; Insurance Adjusters. Contractor shall maintain an accurate record of all accidents and other incidents resulting in death, injury, or occupational disease to any Person or in damage to, or loss of, any property and shall promptly report any such accident or incident to Owner and shall provide Owner with copies of all correspondence and pleadings related thereto, including insurance claims and settlements. Contractor shall arrange for Contractor’s insurance adjuster to meet with any Person affected by any such accident or other incident promptly and, in all events, within 48 hours after Contractor’s receipt of notice from such Person, and a report of the insurance adjuster’s findings shall be delivered to such Person within 10 days thereafter, copies of which shall be provided to Owner and Engineer. 1.7 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs Contractor shall keep the Work Site and adjacent areas clean at all times during performance of the Work and shall remove and properly dispose of all waste and surplus materials from the Work Site each workday in such a manner as may be necessary to conform to Law. Contractor shall sweep and clean, and shall remove from the Work Site all hoses, cables, extension cords and similar materials, as may be necessary to leave the Work Site and adjacent areas in a clean and orderly condition at the end of each workday. If Contractor fails to comply with its obligations under this Section, Owner shall have the right to perform, or to have performed, such obligations and to withhold or recover the cost thereof from Contractor. GENERAL CONDITIONS -12- 1.8 Damage to the Work, the Work Site, and Other Property The Work and everything pertaining thereto shall be provided, performed, completed, and maintained at the sole risk and cost of Contractor from the Commencement Date until Final Payment. Contractor shall be responsible and liable for any damages, losses, and injuries resulting from its operations. Contractor shall be fully responsible for the protection of all public and private property and all Persons. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, (1) provide temporary heating, covering and enclosures, to the satisfaction of Engineer, as necessary to protect the Work against damage by dampness and cold, to dry out the Work, and to facilitate the completion of the Work; (2) provide all permanent and temporary shoring, anchoring and bracing required by the nature of the Work, in order to make all parts absolutely stable and rigid, even when such shoring, anchoring and bracing is not explicitly specified; and (3) support and protect all buildings, bridges, roadways, conduits, wires, water pipes, gas pipes, sewers, pavements, curbs, sidewalks, fixtures and landscaping of all kinds and all other public or private property that may be encountered or endangered in providing, performing and completing the Work. Contractor shall have no claim against Owner because of any damage or loss to the Work or to Contractor’s equipment, materials, or supplies from any cause whatever, including damage or loss due to simultaneous work by others. Contractor shall, promptly and without charge to Owner, repair or replace, to the satisfaction of Owner, any damage done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work and any damage done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work Site or other property as a result of the Work. No specific provision of this Contract to the effect that Contractor shall be responsible and liable at its sole risk and cost for the Work or any part thereof or for damage, loss, or injury caused by Contractor shall be construed to be an exclusive listing of the circumstances in which Contractor bears such responsibility and liability, but, rather, all such provisions shall be construed to be exemplary only. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, Contractor’s obligations under this Section shall exist without regard to, and shall not be construed to be waived by, the availability or unavailability of any insurance, either of Owner or Contractor, to indemnify, hold harmless, or reimburse Contractor for the cost of any repair or replacement work required by this Section. 1.9 Subcontractors and Suppliers A. Approval and Use of Subcontractors and Suppliers. Contractor shall perform the Work with its own personnel and under the management, supervision, and control of its own organization unless otherwise approved by Owner in writing, which approval Owner may exercise and revoke in its sole discretion. All Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Subcontracts used by Contractor shall be acceptable to, and approved in GENERAL CONDITIONS -13- advance by, Owner. All Persons engaged in the Work, whether or not as approved Subcontractors, shall be deemed to be employees of Contractor for all purposes and Contractor hereby assumes, in addition to any liability imposed by law upon Contractor for its Subcontractors, full responsibility and liability for such Subcontractors as if they were the employees of Contractor. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between Owner and any Subcontractor or Supplier. All relations with approved Subcontractors and Suppliers shall be the responsibility of Contractor, and Owner shall not be responsible or obligated to deal directly with any Subcontractor or Supplier. Contractor is responsible for providing, performing, and completing all Work that meets or exceeds specified requirements notwithstanding specific references in the Contract Drawings or Specifications to duties and obligations of other contractors, Subcontractors, Suppliers, manufacturers, trades, etc., all at no extra cost to Owner other than the Contract Price. All such duties and obligations specifically imposed upon such other contractors, Subcontractors, Suppliers, manufacturers, trades, etc., shall be deemed to be imposed upon Contractor. Owner’s approval of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or Subcontract shall not relieve Contractor of full responsibility and liability for the provision, performance, and completion of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract on or before the Completion Date or for the proper performance of all other requirements of this Contract, or for Contractor’s liability on all representations and warranties made in or pursuant to this Contract. Contractor shall remain as fully responsible and liable for the acts, omissions, and performance of all Subcontractors and Suppliers as Contractor is for its own acts, omissions, and performance. If Owner refuses to approve any Subcontractor or Supplier, or, having once approved a Subcontractor or Supplier, thereafter advises Contractor that such Subcontractor or Supplier is no longer acceptable to Owner, then Contractor shall undertake the Work itself or propose another Subcontractor or Supplier for Owner’s approval. No adjustment of the Contract Price or Contract Time shall be made as a result of Owner’s refusal to approve, or Owner’s revocation of any approval of, any Subcontractor or Supplier. This Section shall not be construed to prohibit Owner, if and when it exercises any of its rights under Section 6.6 of these General Conditions of Contract, from entering into an independent contractual relation with any Subcontractor or Supplier employed by Contractor, and no such relation shall be construed as interfering with any Subcontract or other relation Contractor may have with such Subcontractors and Suppliers. B. Subcontractor and Supplier Requirements. In addition to any and all conditions and other requirements that may be imposed by Owner in its approval of any Subcontractor or Supplier, all Work performed under any Subcontract shall be subject to GENERAL CONDITIONS -14- the same provisions set forth in this Contract for the Work performed by Contractor. Furthermore, every Subcontract shall include at least the following provisions: 1. Flow-down. A statement that this Contract has been reviewed by the Subcontractor or Supplier; that Subcontractor or Supplier agrees to be bound by the terms, provisions and conditions of this Contract so far as they are applicable to the Work under its Subcontract; that Subcontractor or Supplier agrees to assume all obligations and responsibilities of Contractor under this Contract; and that Subcontractor or Supplier agrees to be bound by and governed by any change or alteration in this Contract. 2. Discrimination. The provisions of the Public Works Employment Discrimination Act, 775 ILCS 10/1 et seq., shall be printed or otherwise inscribed on the face of the Subcontract. 3. Laws. A statement substantially identical to Section 6.11 of the Contract Agreement requiring Subcontractor or Supplier to comply with all Laws. 4. Application of Payments. A statement that Subcontractor or Supplier agrees that all funds received directly or indirectly from Owner shall be applied to the payment or reimbursement of the costs for which they were paid and not to any preexisting or unrelated debt between Contractor and Subcontractor or Supplier. 5. No Compensation for Delay. A statement substantially identical to Subsection 2.3D of these General Conditions of Contract to the effect that there shall be no payment, compensation, damages, or adjustment of any kind, other than an extension of time, because of hindrances or delays, whether avoidable or unavoidable, from any cause in the commencement, provision, performance, or completion of the Work under the Subcontract. 6. Termination for Convenience of Contractor. A statement that the Subcontract may be terminated for the convenience of Contractor, if this Contract is terminated for any reason by Owner or if Owner exercises its right to require termination of the Subcontract; provided, however, that no such termination shall defeat Owner’s rights under Paragraph 1.9B7 below. GENERAL CONDITIONS -15- 7. Conditional Assignment. A statement that Subcontractor or Supplier agrees to the assignment of the Subcontract to Owner, at Owner’s option exercised by written notice to Subcontractor or Supplier and without further action, if this Contract is terminated by Owner and that no such assignment shall be construed as interfering with Subcontractor’s or Supplier’s Subcontract with Contractor. 8. Dispute Resolution. A statement that in case of any dispute or claim between Subcontractor or Supplier and Contractor involving Owner, or between Contractor and Owner involving Subcontractor or Supplier, Subcontractor or Supplier agrees to be bound by the provisions in this Contract pertaining to the resolution of disputes to the same extent that Contractor is bound to Owner by the terms of this Contract; and that Subcontractor or Supplier agrees to be bound by any and all decisions or determinations made thereunder as authorized in this Contract; and that Subcontractor or Supplier agrees to join in, or consolidate any claim it may have with, any related pending dispute resolution proceeding or to allow such joinder or consolidation of other related claims with its claim; and that Subcontractor or Supplier agrees that, pending the final disposition of any dispute or claim under or in any way relating to the Subcontract, Subcontractor or Supplier shall proceed diligently with all Work to be performed by it under its Subcontract. 9. Representations and Warranties. A statement of representations and warranties substantially identical to Article III of the Contract Agreement. 1.10 Simultaneous Work By Others A. By Owner. Owner shall have the right to perform or have performed such other work as Owner may desire in, about, or near the Work Site during the performance of the Work by Contractor. B. Coordination. Contractor shall make every reasonable effort to perform the Work in such manner as to enable both the Work and such other work to be completed without hindrance or interference from each other. Contractor shall keep itself informed of the progress and the detail of such other work; shall afford Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity for the execution of such other work; shall properly connect and coordinate the Work with such other work; and shall notify Engineer immediately of lack of progress or defective workmanship in the provision, performance, or completion of such other work in any case where such lack of progress or defective workmanship will or may interfere with the Work or the operations of Contractor or its GENERAL CONDITIONS -16- Subcontractors. Whenever there is a conflict between the Work and such other work, Engineer shall, upon request of Contractor or the Person performing such other work, determine the manner in which such conflict shall be resolved or accommodated. Contractor shall proceed at its own risk in the event Contractor fails to request such determination from Engineer. C. By Others. Contractor acknowledges that other contractors not under the direction or control of Owner may be encountered in the performance of the Work by Contractor. Contractor shall perform the Work in such a manner as to enable both the Work and the work of such other contractors to be completed without hindrance or interference from each other. D. Changes. If other contractors, regardless of whether such contractors are under the direction or control of Owner or are not under the direction or control of Owner, change the conditions found at, or in the vicinity of, the Work Site, both Contractor and Owner shall treat the new conditions as if they were previously existing conditions. Owner shall not be entitled to any credits and Contractor shall not be entitled to any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price as a result of such changes except as expressly provided, and only to the limited extent set forth, in Sections 2.1 through 2.3 of these General Conditions of Contract. E. Claims. If the Work or any of Contractor’s operations or property is damaged by any other Person, Contractor shall make its claim directly against such Person. If a dispute develops between Contractor and any such other Person concerning the responsibility for any such damage, the dispute shall be resolved with such other Person by whatever method may be available and appropriate, but such dispute shall not be cause for delay in the restoration of the damaged Work, and Contractor shall restore the Work immediately. Failure of Contractor to comply with this Subsection shall entitle Owner to perform, or to have performed, all Work necessary for compliance with this Subsection and to withhold or recover from Contractor the cost of such Work. 1.11 Occupancy Prior to Final Acceptance Owner shall have the right, at its election, to occupy, use, or place in service any part of the Work prior to Final Acceptance of the Work. Such occupancy, use, or placement in service shall be conducted in such manner as not to damage any of the Work or to unreasonably interfere with the progress of the Work. No such occupancy, use, or placement in service shall be construed as an acceptance of any of the Work or a release or satisfaction of Contractor’s duty to insure and protect the Work, nor shall it be considered as an interference with Contractor’s provision, performance, or completion of the Work. 1.12 Suspension or Termination of Work for Convenience A. Suspension for Convenience. Owner shall have the right at any time, by Change Order, for its convenience, to suspend, for such period of time as may be GENERAL CONDITIONS -17- determined by Owner to be necessary or desirable for the convenience of Owner, and thereafter to require resumption of, the whole or any part of the Work, without invalidating the provisions of this Contract. Contractor shall not be entitled to any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price as a result of any such suspension for convenience of Owner. B. Termination for Convenience. Owner shall have the right at any time, by Change Order, for its convenience, to terminate the Work in whole or in part. C. Owner’s and Contractor’s Obligations. Every Change Order issued pursuant to Subsection 1.12A or Subsection 1.12B shall state the extent and effective date of such termination or suspension. On such effective date, Contractor shall, as and to the extent directed, stop Work under this Contract, cease all placement of further orders or Subcontracts, terminate or suspend Work under existing orders and Subcontracts, cancel any outstanding orders or Subcontracts that can be canceled, and take any action necessary to protect any property in its possession in which Owner has or may acquire any interest and to dispose of such property in such manner as may be directed by Owner. D. Payments for Completed Work. In the event of any termination pursuant to Subsection 1.12B above, Owner shall pay Contractor (1) such direct costs, determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting practices in the construction industry, consistently applied, and excluding overhead, as Contractor shall have paid or incurred for all Work done in compliance with, or as required by or pursuant to, this Contract up to the effective date of termination, together with ten percent of such costs for overhead and profit; and (2) such other costs pertaining to the Work, exclusive of overhead and profit, as Contractor may have reasonably and necessarily incurred as the result of any such termination. The total payment to be made to Contractor by reason of such termination shall not in any event exceed a percentage of this Contract equal to the proportion that the Work completed prior to the effective date of termination bears to the total Work required by this Contract. Any such payment shall be offset by any prior payment or payments and shall be subject to Owner’s rights to withhold or deduct as provided in this Contract. 1.13 Charge for Overtime Engineering Owner shall have the right to charge Contractor for engineering and inspection services in connection with any Overtime Work. [Such charge shall be equal to the total cost incurred by Engineer for the number of Engineer’s personnel reasonably required to be present during such Overtime Work.] OR [Such charge shall be [$60.00] for each hour of Overtime Work multiplied by the number of Engineer’s personnel reasonably required to be present during such Overtime Work.] If the amount due Contractor is not sufficient to cover such charge, Contractor shall reimburse Owner upon demand. For purposes of this provision, Overtime Work shall mean any Work conducted beyond the [regular eight-hour workday, or at any time on Saturdays, Sundays, or federal, state or local holidays] [working hours specified in the Special Conditions of Contract]. GENERAL CONDITIONS -18- ARTICLE II CHANGES AND DELAYS 2.1 Changes A. Field Adjustments. No equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price, and no Change Order, other than a possible Balancing Change Order pursuant to Paragraph 5.1C2 of these General Conditions of Contract, shall be issued, for field adjustments in the Work ordered by Owner or resulting from, arising out of, or in any way related to, conditions found at, or in the vicinity of, the Work Site, including subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, buried structures, utility locations or conditions, adverse soil conditions, changed site conditions due to work by other contractors, and similar site conditions, that, in combination with all Change Orders and all other field adjustments, increase the quantity of any Unit Price Item by 20 percent or less of the approximate quantity for that Unit Price Item set forth in the Schedule of Prices, or increase the quantity of discrete units comprising any lump sum component part of the Work by 20 percent or less of the quantity of discrete units comprising that lump sum component part of the Work set forth in the Breakdown Schedule, as the case may be. Contractor shall be solely responsible for dealing with such field adjustments and Owner shall not be entitled to any credits and Contractor shall not be entitled to any equitable adjustments in the Contract Price as a result of such field adjustments. For Work to be paid on a Unit Price basis, any such increases in the quantity of any Unit Price Item shall be paid for at the respective Unit Price for each such Unit Price Item set forth in the Schedule of Prices. For lump sum Unit Prices, the percentage of increase, and the amount to be paid for such field adjustments, shall be determined on the basis of the number of discrete units comprising such lump sum Unit Price Item set forth in the Breakdown Schedule for that lump sum Unit Price Item. For Work to be paid on a lump sum basis, no amounts shall be paid for such increases in any lump sum component part of the Work other than the lump sum amount included in the Breakdown Schedule for that lump sum component part of the Work. B. Change Orders. Owner shall have the right to issue Change Orders to Contractor without the consent of Contractor and without notice to any surety of Contractor. Owner shall also issue Change Orders making an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price for any field adjustment as set forth in Subsection 2.1A above that, in combination with all Change Orders and all other field adjustments pursuant to Subsection 2.1A above, increase the quantity of any Unit Price Item by more than 20 percent of the approximate quantity for that Unit Price Item set forth in the Schedule of Prices, or increase the quantity of discrete units comprising any lump sum component part of the Work by more than 20 percent of the quantity of discrete units comprising that lump sum component part of the Work set forth in the Breakdown Schedule, as the case may be, but only for that portion of Work that exceeds 120 percent of said quantity or discrete units comprising a lump sum component part of the Work. For lump sum Unit Prices, the percentage of increase shall be determined on the basis of the number of discrete units comprising such lump sum Unit Price Item set forth in the Breakdown Schedule for that lump sum Unit Price Item. GENERAL CONDITIONS -19- Contractor shall promptly comply with every Change Order, notwithstanding any disputes or objections concerning such Change Order. No Change Order shall be construed to invalidate this Contract not to entitle Contractor to additional compensation except and only to the extent provided in Sections 2.2 and 2.3 below. No Balancing Change Order issued pursuant to Paragraph 5.1C2 of these General Conditions of Contract shall constitute, be deemed to be, or operate as, an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price. C. Classification. For purposes of Subsections 2.1A and 2.1B above, in determining whether an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price shall be made based upon any field adjustment, any increase in any component part of the Work included or subsumed within a Unit Price Item as defined in the Contract Drawings and Specifications, or included or subsumed within a discrete unit comprising a lump sum component part of the Work set forth in the Breakdown Schedule, as the case may be, shall be classified under such Unit Price Item or discrete unit, and the fact that Contractor uses a different method of providing, performing, and completing such field adjustment than originally contemplated shall not be a basis for not classifying such Work under one or more of the Unit Price Items set forth in the Schedule of Prices, or under one or more of such discrete units set forth in the Breakdown Schedule, as the case may be. 2.2 Equitable Adjustments Subject to the limitations set forth in this Article II, if any Change Order causes an increase or decrease in the amount of the Work or if a Change Order is required to be issued for certain field adjustments as set forth in Subsection 2.1B above, an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time may, upon the request of either Owner or Contractor, be made pursuant to Section 2.3 or Section 2.4 of these General Conditions of Contract. Any Change Order issued that does not include an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time shall be construed to be a determination by Owner that Contractor is not entitled to any equitable adjustment by reason of such Change Order. All claims by Contractor for an equitable adjustment in either the Contract Price or the Contract Time based on a Change Order shall be made, whenever feasible, before Contractor proceeds with any Work pursuant to such Change Order and shall, in all events, be made no later than two business days after receipt of such Change Order. All such claims shall, if not made prior to such time, be conclusively deemed to have been waived. Any claims by Contractor for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time that have not been included, or fully included, in a Change Order shall not relieve Contractor of its responsibility to proceed without delay to perform the Work in compliance with the Change Order. No equitable adjustment shall be made in the Contract Price or Contract Time on the basis that the Work is, or has become, more difficult than Contractor’s Price Proposal would reflect or because of any risk or change in the Work that Contractor is GENERAL CONDITIONS -20- responsible for dealing with under this Contract without any equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time as set forth in Subsection 2.1A above and in Subsection 2.4A below. 2.3 Contract Price Adjustments A. Increased Work. If any Change Order causes an increase in the amount of the Work or if a Change Order is required to be issued for certain field adjustments as set forth in Subsection 2.1B above (“Increased Work”), then Engineer shall determine, and include in such Change Order, subject to the limitations of Sections 2.1 and 2.2 above, the amount of the equitable adjustment in Contract Price, if any, to be allowed. Such determination shall be made as follows: 1. Unit Prices. If the Schedule of Prices provides Unit Prices and if the Increased Work or any part thereof that can be classified under one or more of the Unit Price Items set forth in the Schedule of Prices, then such Increased Work or part thereof classified under such Unit Price Item shall be paid for at the Unit Price listed in the Schedule of Prices for such Unit Price Item unless, for good cause shown, Contractor and Owner agree upon either a greater or lesser Unit Price for such Increased Work or part thereof or unless Owner, in its sole discretion, elects not to pay for the Increased Work or part thereof on the basis of Unit Prices, in which event, such Increased Work shall be paid for as set forth in either Paragraph 2.3A2 or Paragraph 2.3A3 below. 2. Agreed Prices. If the Schedule of Prices does not provide Unit Prices or if the Increased Work or any part thereof cannot be classified under one or more of the Unit Price Items set forth in the Schedule of Prices or if Owner elects, pursuant to Paragraph 2.3A1 above, not to pay for the Increased Work or part thereof on the basis of Unit Prices, then such Increased Work or part thereof shall be paid for on the basis of such lump sum price or such time and material prices as Owner and Contractor may agree prior to the commencement of such Increased Work unless Owner elects, in its sole discretion, to pay for such Increased Work or part thereof as set forth in Paragraph 2.3A3 below. 3. Reasonable Cost Plus. Any Increased Work or part thereof not paid for pursuant to Paragraphs 2.3A1 or 2.3A2 above shall, to the extent entitled to be paid for pursuant to this Contract, be paid for at the reasonable cost of such Increased GENERAL CONDITIONS -21- Work or part thereof, as determined by Engineer, in the manner provided in this Paragraph. Except as hereinafter limited, the reasonable cost of Increased Work shall include the reasonable cost, as determined by Engineer, to Contractor of all personnel employed and all equipment, materials, and supplies used, on the Increased Work for the period of such employment or use. The reasonable cost of Increased Work shall include amounts paid, if any, for Social Security, insurance such as workers’ compensation, other direct assessments upon Contractor’s payroll by authorized public agencies, and other approved assessments such as union benefits not normally included in payments made directly to employees but customarily recognized as part of the payroll cost of doing the Work. The reasonable cost of Increased Work shall not include insurance not directly related to payroll expenses such as liability insurance or property damage insurance. The reasonable cost of Increased Work shall not include the cost of any purchase or rental of any buildings or small tools. The reasonable cost of Increased Work shall not include the cost of any personnel above the level of foreman or the cost of Contractor’s office and engineering staff. The reasonable cost of all equipment used on the Increased Work shall be based upon the monthly rental rates set forth in the most recent edition of “RENTAL RATE BLUEBOOK FOR CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT” published by Nielson/DATAQUEST or a similar publication approved by Engineer (the “Approved Rate”). The reasonable hourly cost of equipment shall be calculated by multiplying the Approved Rate (without consideration of overtime charges or charges for fuel and oil) by 12 and dividing the product by 2,080. If the Increased Work requires the use of equipment not already on the Work Site, or not already required to be provided at the Work Site under the terms of this Contract, the cost of transportation, not exceeding a distance of 100 miles, of such equipment to and from the Work Site shall be considered part of the reasonable cost of the Increased Work. Contractor may add a maximum of fifteen percent of the reasonable costs set forth above to cover the costs of use of GENERAL CONDITIONS -22- capital, overhead, and profit, including premiums on any Bonds or insurance on account of the Increased Work (except as hereinbefore permitted for direct reimbursement), and profit and overhead of any and all Subcontractors and Suppliers performing all or any part of the Increased Work. Contractor shall keep a daily record of all Increased Work provided, performed, or completed by Contractor or any Subcontractor or Supplier. The daily record shall include the nature of the Increased Work performed, the names of all personnel employed and the hours worked by each, the equipment, materials and supplies used, including, where appropriate, the quantities used and the hours of use. To constitute verification that Increased Work was provided, performed, or completed, the daily record for each Day must be signed by both Contractor and Engineer not later than the end of the following business day. Contractor’s failure to so keep and so verify such a daily record shall constitute a waiver of any claim for compensation for Increased Work. In the event of any dispute as to the reasonableness of the method or manner of performing any Increased Work, or the cost thereof, including, but not limited to, personnel or equipment requirements to perform the Increased Work, Contractor shall provide all supporting documentation, including cancelled checks, payroll documentation, and any relevant union requirements or regulations. In the absence of such supporting documentation, Engineer’s determination of the reasonableness of the chosen method or manner of performing the Increased Work, of the cost thereof, and, if unreasonable, of the reasonable cost of providing, performing, and completing the Increased Work if a reasonable method or manner or cost had been chosen, shall be conclusive and binding on Contractor. 4. For purposes of Paragraphs 2.3A1 and 2.3A2, in determining whether the Increased Work or any part thereof can be classified under one or more of the Unit Price Items set forth in the Schedule of Prices, any increase in any component part of the Work included or subsumed within a Unit Price Item as defined in the Contract Drawings and Specifications shall be classified under such Unit Price Item and the fact that Contractor uses a different method of providing, performing, and completing Increased Work than Contractor originally contemplated shall not be a basis for not classifying Increased GENERAL CONDITIONS -23- Work under one or more of the Unit Price Items set forth in the Schedule of Prices. 5. Except as set forth above, no claim for compensation in excess of the Contract Price shall be made or allowed on account of Increased Work. B. Decreased Work. If any Change Order causes a decrease in the amount of the Work (“Decreased Work”), then Engineer shall determine, and include in such Change Order, (1) the amount of the equitable adjustment in the Contract Price to be credited to Owner based on the value of the Decreased Work determined in accordance with Subsection 5.1C of these General Conditions of Contract and (2) the allowance, if any, due Contractor for any actual loss incurred in connection with the purchase, delivery, and subsequent disposal of equipment, materials, or supplies that would have been used on the Work but for the Change Order and that could not be returned to their source for credit or used in any part of the Work as actually provided, performed and completed. In no event shall any Decreased Work entitle Contractor to make a claim for damages, anticipated profits, or any other compensation except the aforesaid allowance for actual loss incurred for such unused and unreturned equipment, materials, or supplies. Ownership of any such unused equipment, materials, or supplies paid for by Owner shall, at Owner’s option, be conveyed to Owner. C. Netting of Price Adjustments. When both Increased Work and Decreased Work result from a single Change Order, the allowance for overhead and profit pursuant to the reasonable cost method of Paragraph 2.3A3 above, if utilized, shall be figured on the basis of the net increase, if any, in the Work. D. No Compensation for Delays. Contractor shall not claim or be entitled to any payment, compensation, damages, or adjustment of any kind, other than a possible extension of the Contract Time, if applicable, as provided for in Subsection 2.4C below, because of hindrances or delays, whether avoidable or unavoidable, from any cause in the commencement, provision, performance, or completion of the Work, including but not limited to: 1. Any act, error, omission or interference of Owner, Engineer, or any other Person, including, without limitation, late, changed, or erroneous Bidding Documents or Contract Documents; changes in sequence, suspensions, accelerations, or de-accelerations of the Work; lack of access, rights-of-way, or easements for the Work; lack of approvals, decisions, or payments; issuance of Change Orders; or occupancy, use, or placement into service of the Work prior to Final Acceptance; 2. Differing or unanticipated conditions at, or in the vicinity of, the Work Site; GENERAL CONDITIONS -24- 3. The simultaneous presence and operations of other contractors; 4. Strikes, lockouts, or labor or material shortages; 5. Fires or other casualties; 6. Delays in transportation; and 7. Acts of God or natural phenomena, whether or not such phenomena are unusual or unusually severe considering the time of year and the particular locality involved. Contractor expressly agrees that it will accept in full satisfaction for all such delays and hindrances a possible extension of the Contract Time, if applicable, as provided in Subsection 2.4C below and that it will make no claim for, nor be entitled to, equitable adjustment of the Contract Price; or any compensatory, acceleration, or disruption damages; or any other damages or costs of any kind or nature for any such delays or hindrances, including, but not limited to, damages or costs resulting from, arising out of, or in any way related to increases in time-related costs; increases in costs of labor, equipment, materials, or supplies; costs of additional personnel; costs of additional equipment; costs of additional premium time for personnel or equipment; increase in costs for Bond or insurance premiums; lower labor productivity; lost profits or alternative income; effects on other contracts; and costs of demobilization and remobilization. 2.4 Extensions of Contract Time A. Anticipated Delays. Difficulties or obstructions that may arise out of, or be encountered as a result of, adverse weather conditions, equipment breakdowns, subsurface, underground or other concealed conditions or obstructions, buried structures, utility locations or conditions, adverse soil conditions, and changed site conditions due to work by other contractors are inherent in the nature of the Work of this Contract. Allowances and contingencies for dealing with such difficulties or obstructions are to be allowed for in Contractor’s schedule and shall not be treated as unavoidable delays pursuant to Subsection 2.4C below. Changes in the sequence in which the Work is provided, performed, and completed resulting from delays or hindrances that affect only part of the Work but not the provision, performance, or completion of other parts of the Work, nor completion of the whole of the Work, are also inherent in the nature of the Work of this Contract. Allowances and contingencies for such changes are to be allowed for in Contractor’s schedule and shall not be treated as unavoidable delays pursuant to Subsection 2.4C below. B. Extensions for Increased Work. Subject to Subsection 2.4A above, when a Change Order causes an increase in the time required to complete the Work, an extension of the Contract Time shall be granted as part of such Change Order for a period of time equal to the additional time required to complete the Work. GENERAL CONDITIONS -25- C. Extensions for Unavoidable Delays. Subject to Subsection 2.4A above, for any delay or hindrance in completing the Work that may result from causes that could not be avoided or controlled by Contractor, as determined by Owner, Contractor shall upon timely written application, immediately upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to such unavoidable delay and, in any event, no later than two business days thereafter, be entitled to issuance of a Change Order providing for an extension of the Contract Time for a period of time equal to the delay resulting from such unavoidable cause. D. Extensions for Suspensions. If Owner orders Contractor to suspend the whole of the Work or to suspend a part of the Work that increases the time required to complete the Work, Owner shall, unless such suspension was due to Contractor’s failure to perform in accordance with the requirements of this Contract, extend the Contract Time for a period of time equal to the delay caused by such suspension. 2.5 Constructive Change Orders Sections 2.2 through 2.4 set forth the sole means by which an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time shall be allowed. No claims for equitable adjustments in the Contract Price or Contract Time shall be made or allowed unless embodied in a Change Order initiated by Owner pursuant to Section 2.1 or requested by Contractor, and approved by Owner, pursuant to this Section 2.5. If Owner fails to issue a Change Order including, or fully including, an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time to which Contractor claims it is entitled under Sections 2.2 through 2.4, Contractor may assert a claim that it is entitled to a constructive change order for, but only for, the equitable adjustment due under said Sections pursuant to the procedures of this Section 2.5. If Contractor believes that any requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision of Owner or Engineer entitles Contractor to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time under Sections 2.2 through 2.4 that has not been included, or fully included, in a Change Order, then Contractor shall submit to Engineer, with a copy to Owner, a written request for the issuance of, or revision of, a Change Order, including the equitable adjustment, or the additional equitable adjustment, in the Contract Price or Contract Time that Contractor claims has not been included, or fully included, in a Change Order. Such request shall, whenever feasible, be submitted before Contractor proceeds with any Work for which Contractor claims an equitable adjustment is due and shall, in all events, be submitted no later than two business days after receipt of notice of such requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision. Upon receipt by Engineer of any such request, the parties shall proceed as provided in Article VI of these General Conditions of Contract pertaining to disputes and remedies. Notwithstanding the submission of any such request, Contractor shall proceed without delay to perform the Work as required, directed, instructed, interpreted, or decided by Owner or Engineer and shall, pending a final resolution of the issue, keep a daily record of such Work in the manner provided in Paragraph 2.3A3 above. Unless Contractor submits such a request within two business days after receipt of notice of such requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision, Contractor shall be conclusively deemed (1) to GENERAL CONDITIONS -26- have agreed that such requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision does not entitle Contractor to an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time and (2) to have waived all claims based on such requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision. 2.6 No Waiver and Release Except to the extent embodied in a Change Order, neither the provisions of this Article II nor any communication between or among Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall operate to relieve Contractor of its duty to perform the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract, within the Contract Time, and for the Contract Price, or to release or discharge Contractor from any duty arising under this Contract. 2.7 No Other Compensation No payments, compensation, damages, reimbursements, or monetary consideration of any kind shall be paid or owing to Contractor in connection with, or arising out of, this Contract other than, and subject to deduction as provided for in this Contract, the lump sum amount or amounts stated in the Schedule of Prices, for Work to be paid on a lump basis, the Unit Price stated in the Schedule of Prices for each acceptable unit of each Unit Price Item installed and complete in place, measured on the basis defined in the Contract Drawings and Specifications or, in the absence of such definition, on the basis determined by Engineer, for Work to be paid on a Unit Price basis, the equitable adjustment in the Contract Price included in any Change Order, and any bonuses provided for, and only to the extent provided in, the Special Conditions of Contract. Contractor shall not claim or be entitled to any other payment, compensation, damage, reimbursement, or monetary consideration of any kind for the provision, performance, or completion of the Work. 2.8 Specific References Exemplary No specific provision of this Contract to the effect that there shall be no change or adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time shall be construed to be an exclusive listing of the circumstances in which there shall be no adjustment in Contract Price or Contract Time, but, rather, all such provisions shall be construed to be exemplary only. ARTICLE III CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTIVE WORK 3.1 Inspection; Testing; Correction of Defects A. Inspection. Until Final Payment, all parts of the Work shall be subject to inspection and testing by Owner, by Engineer, by any public authority having GENERAL CONDITIONS -27- jurisdiction, and by any other Person designated by Owner. Contractor shall furnish, at its own expense, all reasonable access, assistance, and safe and proper facilities required by such Persons for such inspection and testing, both at the Work Site and at any Subcontractor’s or Supplier’s plant or other source of supply, with full permission to take samples of any materials or supplies that may or might be used in the Work, at Contractor’s own expense. Contractor shall notify Owner and Engineer of the readiness of any part of the Work for any inspection or test that may be required by or pursuant to this Contract or applicable Laws. Owner and Engineer shall perform all of their inspections and tests so as not to delay the Work unduly, but Contractor shall schedule the Work in light of the need for time to perform such inspections and tests. No part of the Work as to which any specific inspection or test is required shall be covered or closed until such inspection or test has been completed. If such Work is covered or closed, then it shall be uncovered or opened and, after the inspection or test, recovered or reclosed, by Contractor, all at Contractor’s expense. B. Additional Inspections. If any Work for which an inspection or test is not required by this Contract has been covered or closed so as to prevent inspection or testing, Owner shall nevertheless have the right to order such Work to be inspected or tested and, if so ordered, such Work shall be uncovered or opened by Contractor. If the Work thus uncovered or opened is found to be free from defects, damage, and flaws and to be suitable for its intended purpose and to be otherwise in conformity with this Contract, then Owner shall pay the cost of uncovering, opening, re-inspecting, re-testing, covering, or closing, as the case may be. If the Work uncovered or opened is not free from defects, damage, and flaws or is not suitable for its intended purpose or is otherwise not in conformity with this Contract, then Contractor shall pay all such costs. C. Re-Inspections. Re-inspection and re-testing of any Work may be ordered by Owner at any time, and, if so ordered, any covered or closed Work shall be uncovered or opened by Contractor. If the Work thus uncovered or opened is found to be free from defects, damage, and flaws and to be suitable for its intended purpose and to be otherwise in conformity with this Contract, then Owner shall pay the cost of uncovering, opening, re-inspecting, re-testing, covering, or closing, as the case may be. If the Work uncovered or opened is not free from defects, damage, and flaws or is not suitable for its intended purpose or is otherwise not in conformity with this Contract, then Contractor shall pay all such costs. D. Correction. Until Final Payment, Contractor shall, promptly and without charge, repair, correct, or replace all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, or unsuitable or that in any way fails to conform strictly to the requirements of this Contract and shall pay to Owner all resulting costs, expenses, losses, or damages suffered by Owner as a result of any such defect, damage, flaw, unsuitability or nonconformity. E. No Waiver. No inspection or test, failure to inspect or test, or waiver of inspection or testing by Owner or Engineer shall relieve Contractor of its duty to complete the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this GENERAL CONDITIONS -28- Contract. Failure or neglect on the part of Engineer to condemn Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, or nonconforming shall not be construed as acceptance of such Work nor as a waiver of compliance with the requirements of this Contract. 3.2 Warranty of Work A. Scope of Warranty. Contractor warrants that the Work and all of its components shall be free from defects and flaws in design, workmanship, and materials; shall strictly conform to the requirements of this Contract; and shall be fit, sufficient, and suitable for the purposes expressed in, or reasonably inferred from, this Contract. Contractor further warrants that the strength of all parts of all equipment, materials, and supplies incorporated into the Work shall be adequate and as specified and sufficient to meet the performance requirements of this Contract. The warranty herein expressed shall not be the sole and exclusive warranty but, rather, shall be in addition to any other warranties expressed in this Contract, or expressed or implied by Law, which are hereby reserved unto Owner. B. Repairs; Extension of Warranty. Contractor shall, promptly and without charge, correct any failure to fulfill the above warranty that may be discovered or develop at any time within two years after Final Payment or such longer period as may be prescribed in the Contract Drawings and Specifications, in the Special Conditions of Contract, or by Law. The above warranty shall be extended automatically to cover all repaired and replacement parts and labor provided or performed under such warranty and Contractor’s obligation to correct Work shall be extended for a period of two years from the date of such repair or replacement. Nothing contained in this Subsection 3.2B shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations that Contractor has under this Contract. The time period established in this Subsection 3.2B relates only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct Work and has no relationship to the time within which the obligations to comply with this Contract may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish Contractor’s liability with respect to Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. 3.3 Contractor Duty to Correct Without Delay In the event of any claim by Owner pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 above that the Work is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or that the Work fails to fulfill the above warranty, Contractor shall be given a reasonable opportunity to confirm the validity of such claim, but Contractor shall not, unless authorized in writing by Owner, delay correction of the claimed defect, damage, flaw, unsuitability, nonconformity, or failure while making such determination. In the event any such claim is shown to be invalid following such correction by Contractor, Owner shall pay the cost of such correction. GENERAL CONDITIONS -29- 3.4 Owner’s Right to Correct If, within two business days after Owner gives Contractor notice of any defect, damage, flaw, unsuitability, nonconformity, or failure to meet warranty subject to correction by Contractor pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 above, Contractor fails, refuses, or neglects to make, or to undertake with due diligence to make, the necessary corrections, then Owner shall be entitled to make, either with its own forces or with contract forces, the corrections and to recover from Contractor all resulting costs, expenses, losses, or damages, including attorneys’ fees and administrative expenses. If in the judgment of Owner, the delay required to give Contractor the aforesaid two business days notice would cause serious damage or loss that could be avoided by immediate action, Owner shall have the right, without giving prior notice to Contractor, to perform, or to have performed, all work necessary to make the corrections and to recover from Contractor the cost of such corrections. In such event, Contractor shall be notified as promptly as possible and shall assist, whenever possible, in making the necessary corrections. 3.5 Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties Whenever the Special Conditions of Contract or the Specifications require a Subcontractor or Supplier to provide a guaranty or warranty, Contractor shall be solely responsible for obtaining said guaranty or warranty in form satisfactory to Owner and assigning said warranty or guaranty to Owner. Acceptance of any assigned warranties or guaranties by Owner shall be a precondition to Final Payment and shall not relieve Contractor of any of its guaranty or warranty obligations under this Contract. Whenever the Special Conditions of Contract or the Specifications require a Subcontractor or Supplier to provide a guaranty or warranty, Contractor shall be solely responsible to obtain from the guarantying or warranting Person a written certification, in form satisfactory to Owner, that (1) all things required for the successful operation of the warranted item in accordance with the Specifications have been designed, manufactured and installed in accordance with all requirements of the guarantying or warranting Person; (2) all requirements and conditions necessary to validate the guaranty or warranty, whether specified in this Contract or not, have been complied with; and (3) all procedures necessary to maintain the guaranty or warranty in full force and effect during the applicable guaranty or warranty period, including but not limited to maintenance obligations and storage conditions, have been provided to Owner in writing and written acknowledgments of all such disclosed procedures have been provided by Owner to the warranting or guarantying Person. Acceptance of any such certification by Owner shall be a precondition to Final Payment and shall not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations under this Contract to provide additional or other certifications. ARTICLE IV INSURANCE GENERAL CONDITIONS -30- 4.1 Required Coverages Contractor shall, prior to and at all times while providing, performing, or completing the Work, including, without limitation, at all times while repairing, correcting, or replacing all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or that fails to meet warranty subject to correction by Contractor pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 of these General Conditions of Contract, procure, maintain, and keep in force, at Contractor’s expense, all insurance necessary to protect and save harmless Owner, the Work, the Work Site, and all property located at or about the Work Site, including but not limited to the insurance coverages specified in Section 4.3 below and in Section 4 of the Special Conditions of Contract (“Required Coverages”). 4.2 Insurance Companies All Required Coverages shall be provided by insurance companies rated A minus or better in Best’s Insurance Guide and otherwise acceptable to, and approved by, Owner. Required Coverages may be in any combination of primary, excess, and umbrella policies. Any excess or umbrella policy must provide excess coverage over underlying insurance on a following-form basis such that when any loss covered by the primary policy exceeds the limits under the primary policy, the excess or umbrella policy becomes effective to cover such loss. No policy may have a deductible or self-insured retention of more than one percent of the policy limit. Contractor shall furnish to Owner two copies of a certificate of insurance for each Required Coverage. Each such certificate and policy shall be in a form satisfactory to Owner and shall provide that no change, modification in, or cancellation of the insurance represented by it shall become effective until the expiration of 30 Days after written notice thereof shall have been given by the insurance company to Owner and any Additional Insured. 4.3 Insurance Minimum Coverages Certificates of Insurance shall be presented to the Village within fifteen (15) days after the receipt by the contractor of the Notice of Award and the unexecuted contract, it being understood and agreed that the Village will not approve and execute the contract, nor will the bid guarantee be returned until acceptable insurance certificates are received and approved by the Village. Each contractor performing any work pursuant to a contract with the Village of Oak Brook and each permittee working under a permit as required pursuant to the provisions of Article III of Chapter 12 of the Code of Ordinances of the Village of Oak Brook (hereinafter referred to as "Insured") shall be required to carry such insurance as specified herein. Such contractor and permittee shall procure and maintain for the duration of the contract or permit insurance against claims for injuries to persons or damages to property, which may arise from or in connection with the performance of the work under the contract or permit, by either the contractor, permittee, or their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors. A contractor or permittee shall maintain insurance with limits no less than: GENERAL CONDITIONS -31- A. General Liability - $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, personal injury and property damage, provided that when the estimated cost of the work in question does not exceed $5,000, the required limit shall be $500,000; B. Automobile Liability (if applicable) - $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident for bodily injury and property damage; C. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability - Worker's Compensation limits as required by the Labor Code of the State of Illinois and Employer's Liability limits of $1,000,000 per accident. Any deductibles or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved by the Village. At the option of the Village, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or self-insured retention as respects the Village, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents; or the Insured shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations, claim administration and defense expenses to the extent of such deductible or self-insured retention. The policies shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions: D. General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage - (1) The Village, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered as additional insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed by or on behalf of the Insured; premises owned, occupied or used by the Insured. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of protection afforded to the Village, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents. (2) The Insured's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respects the Village, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers. Any insurance or self-insurance maintained by the Village, its officers, officials, employees or volunteers shall be in excess of the Insured's insurance and shall not contribute with it. (3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect coverage provided to the Village, its officers, officials, employees or volunteers. (4) The Insured's insurance shall apply separately to each covered party against whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the insurer's liability. E. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Coverage GENERAL CONDITIONS -32- The policy shall waive all rights of subrogation against the Village, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers for losses arising from work performed by the insured for the Village. Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended, voided, canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30) days prior written notice by certified mail has been given to the Village. Each insurance policy shall name the Village, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers and agents as additional Insureds. Insurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of no less than A: VII. Each Insured shall furnish the Village with certificates of insurance and with original endorsements effecting coverage required by this provision. The certificate and endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and endorsements are to be on forms approved by the Village and shall be subject to approval by the Village Attorney before work commences. The Village reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of all required insurance policies, at any time. Each insured shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall furnish separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein. 4.4 Additional Coverages The insurance coverages and limits required by Section 4.3 above shall be deemed to be minimum coverages and limits and shall not be construed in any way as a limitation on Contractor’s duty to carry adequate insurance as required by Section 4.1 above or on Contractor’s liability for losses and damages under this Contract. Contractor shall at all times carry such additional coverages and limits as may be necessary to fully comply with this Contract. 4.5 Subcontractor Insurance Unless otherwise provided in the Special Conditions of Contract or unless otherwise approved by Owner in a Change Order, Contractor shall not allow any Subcontractor to commence or continue any part of the Work until and unless such Subcontractor provides and has in force Commercial General Liability insurance coverage equal to $2,000,000 or the amount of its Subcontract, whichever is greater, and Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability and Commercial Motor Vehicle Liability insurance coverages equal to those required of Contractor by this Article. GENERAL CONDITIONS -33- ARTICLE V PAYMENT 5.1 Progress Payments A. General. Owner shall pay to Contractor in monthly installments, subject to any additions, deductions, or withholdings provided for in this Contract, 90 percent of the Value of the Work, determined in the manner set forth in Subsection 5.1C below, installed and complete up to the Day before the Pay Request, less the aggregate of all previous Progress Payments. The total amount of Progress Payments made prior to Final Acceptance by Owner shall not exceed 90 percent of the Contract Price. B. Pay Requests. Contractor shall, as a condition precedent to its right to receive each Progress Payment, submit to Engineer four (unless otherwise provided in the Specifications) originally executed copies of a request for payment in the form provided by Owner and accompanied by such supporting data and documentation as may be required by this Contract or by Owner or Engineer (“Pay Request”). The first Pay Request shall be submitted not sooner than 30 Days following the Commencement of the Work. Owner may, by written notice to Contractor, designate a specific Day of each month on or before which Pay Requests must be submitted. Pay Requests shall include the following minimum data and documentation, all of which shall be on forms supplied by, or otherwise acceptable to, Owner: (i) Contractor’s certification of the Value of the Work for which payment is then requested. If such certification is accepted by Engineer, it shall constitute the Value of the Work for the purpose of determining the amount of the current Progress Payment. If such certification is not accepted by Engineer, and if Engineer and Contractor are unable to agree as to the Value of the Work in question, such value shall, for the purpose of determining the amount of the current Progress Payment, be determined by Engineer in accordance with Subsection 5.1C below. (ii) Contractor’s certification that all prior Progress Payments have been properly applied to the payment or reimbursement of the costs with respect to which they were paid. (iii) Contractor’s Sworn Statement. (iv) Contractor’s partial or final waiver of lien. (v) Subcontractors’ and Suppliers’ Sworn Statements. (vi) Subcontractors’ and Suppliers’ partial or final waivers of lien. GENERAL CONDITIONS -34- (vii) Such other receipts, releases, affidavits, certificates, and other evidence as may be necessary to establish, to Owner’s satisfaction, Contractor’s, and its Subcontractors’ and Suppliers’, entitlement to the Progress Payment being requested, prior payment for all labor, equipment, materials, supplies, and other things covered by the Pay Request; and the absence of any interest, whether in the nature of a Lien or otherwise, of any Person in the Work, the Work Site, or any other property belonging to, or being held by, Owner. C. Value of Work. The Value of the Work shall be determined as follows: 1. Lump Sum Items. For all Work to be paid on a lump sum basis, Contractor shall, not later than 10 days after execution of the Contract Agreement unless otherwise provided in the Specifications and, in all events, before submitting its first Pay Request, submit to Engineer a schedule showing the value of each component part of such Work, and the quantity of discrete units comprising such component part of the Work, in form and with substantiating data and documentation acceptable to Engineer (“Breakdown Schedule”). The sum of the items listed in the Breakdown Schedule shall equal the amount or amounts set forth in the Schedule of Prices for lump sum Work. Overhead and profit shall not be listed as separate items in the Breakdown Schedule. An unbalanced Breakdown Schedule providing for overpayment of Contractor on component parts of the Work to be performed first will not be accepted. The Breakdown Schedule shall be revised and resubmitted until acceptable to Engineer. No payment shall be made for any lump sum Work until Contractor has submitted, and Engineer has approved, an acceptable Breakdown Schedule. Engineer may require that the approved Breakdown Schedule be revised based on developments occurring during the provision and performance of the Work. If Contractor fails to submit a revised Breakdown Schedule that is acceptable to Engineer, Owner shall have the right either to suspend Progress and Final Payments for lump sum Work or to make such Payments based on Engineer’s determination of the value of the Work completed. 2. Unit Price Items. For all Work to be paid on a Unit Price basis, the value of such Work shall be determined by Engineer on the basis of the actual number of acceptable units of Unit Price Items installed and complete in place, multiplied by the applicable unit price set forth in the Schedule of Prices. The actual number of acceptable units installed and complete in place shall be measured on the basis defined in the Contract Drawings and Specifications or, in the absence of such definition, on the basis determined by Engineer. For lump sum Unit Prices, Contractor shall submit, as and when required pursuant to Paragraph 5.1C1 above, a Breakdown Schedule for such lump sum Unit Price Items. The number of units of Unit Price Items stated in the Schedule of Prices are Engineer’s estimate only and shall not be used in establishing the Progress and Final GENERAL CONDITIONS -35- Payments due Contractor. The Contract Price shall be adjusted, by a Balancing Change Order, to reflect the actual number of acceptable units of Unit Price Items installed and complete in place upon Final Acceptance. D. Date of Payment. Contractor shall be paid no later than 45 Days following Owner’s approval of each Pay Request, and the amount of the Progress Payment requested, at a meeting of Owner’s governing body. Owner shall have no obligation to approve any Pay Request that is not in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract. 5.2 Final Acceptance and Final Payment A. Notice of Completion. When the Work has been completed and is ready in all respects for acceptance by Owner, Contractor shall notify Engineer, with a copy to Owner, and request a final inspection (“Notice of Completion”). Contractor’s Notice of Completion shall be given sufficiently in advance of the Completion Date to allow for scheduling of the final inspection and for completion or correction before the Completion Date of any items identified by such inspection as being defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, incomplete, or otherwise not in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract (“Punch List Work”). Before giving its Notice of Completion, Contractor shall satisfy itself that the whole Work, and every part thereof, has been completed in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract, that all defects, damage, flaws, and non-conformities have been corrected, and that the Work Site and adjacent areas are fully restored, clean, and in good order. B. Punch List and Final Acceptance. The Work shall be finally accepted when, and only when, the whole and all parts thereof shall have been completed to the satisfaction of Owner in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract and the Work Site and adjacent areas shall have been fully restored, cleaned, and placed in good order and in at least the same condition as immediately prior to commencement of the Work. Upon receipt of Contractor’s Notice of Completion and at a time mutually agreeable to Owner, Engineer, and Contractor, Engineer shall make a review of the Work and shall either notify Contractor in writing of all Punch List Work, if any, to be completed or corrected (“Punch List”) and of the time, not later than the Completion Date, by which Contractor shall complete or correct all Punch List Work or, if the Work is complete in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract and the Work Site and adjacent areas are fully restored, clean, and in good order and in at least the same condition as immediately prior to commencement of the Work, prepare and deliver to Owner a written recommendation that the Work be finally accepted. Following Contractor’s completion or correction of all Punch List Work, Engineer shall make another review of the Work and shall either prepare and deliver to Contractor another Punch List or, if the Work is complete in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract and the Work Site and adjacent areas are fully restored, clean, and in good order and in at least the same condition as immediately prior to commencement of the Work, prepare and deliver to Owner a written recommendation that the Work be finally accepted. GENERAL CONDITIONS -36- The failure of Engineer to list any item on a Punch List shall not relieve Contractor of its obligation to provide, perform and complete the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. Whenever any permit, license, site agreement, or other approval or authorization that may be required in connection with the Work requires that the Work within public or private property not owned by Owner be installed, and the property restored, to a condition satisfactory to such approving or authorizing Person, Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining a written acknowledgment of the acceptance of such Person in form satisfactory to Owner. Acceptance of any such acknowledgment by Owner shall be a precondition to Owner’s final acceptance of the Work and shall not relieve Contractor of any of its obligations under this Contract to provide additional or other acknowledgments. In the event more than two inspections and Punch Lists are required before Engineer is prepared to deliver to Owner its written recommendation that the Work be finally accepted, Contractor shall be charged the total cost incurred by Engineer for all subsequent inspections and the preparation of such additional Punch Lists. If the amount due Contractor is not sufficient to cover such costs, Contractor shall reimburse Owner for such costs upon demand. Upon being satisfied that the Work and Work Site are ready for final acceptance pursuant to the requirements of this Contract, Owner shall issue its written notice of final acceptance of the Work to Contractor (“Final Acceptance”). C. Final Payment. As soon as practicable, but not more than 60 Days, after Final Acceptance, Contractor shall submit to Engineer four originally executed copies of a Pay Request requesting Final Payment (“Final Pay Request”) for Engineer’s review and recommendation of appropriate payment. Owner shall pay to Contractor the balance of the Contract Price, as determined by Engineer, after deducting therefrom all charges against Contractor as provided for in this Contract and all amounts, if any, to be retained under the Special Conditions of Contract (“Final Payment”). Final Payment shall be made not later than 15 Days after the expiration of the time within which claims for labor performed or equipment, materials, or supplies provided must be filed under any applicable Law pertaining to Liens, or the expiration of 30 Days after Owner approves the Final Pay Request, whichever is later; provided, however, that Owner shall not be obligated to make Final Payment unless and until Contractor has submitted and has caused its Subcontractors and Suppliers to submit all required data and documentation to Owner and all such data and documentation is complete and in proper form. 5.3 Title to Work and Liens A. Title. Nothing in this Contract shall be construed as vesting in Contractor any right of property in any equipment, materials, supplies and other items provided under this Contract after they have been installed in, incorporated into, attached to, or affixed to, the Work or the Work Site. All such equipment, materials, supplies and GENERAL CONDITIONS -37- other items shall, upon being so installed, incorporated, attached or affixed, become the property of Owner, but such title shall not release Contractor from its duty to insure and protect the Work in accordance with the requirements of this Contract. B. Waivers of Lien. Contractor shall, from time to time, at Owner’s request and in any event prior to Final Payment, furnish to Owner such receipts, releases, affidavits, certificates, and other evidence as may be necessary to establish, to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner, that no liens against the Work or the public funds held by Owner exist in favor of any Person whatsoever for or by reason of any equipment, material, supplies, or other item furnished, labor performed, or other thing done in connection with the Work or this Contract (“Lien”) and that no right to file any Lien exists in favor of any Person whatsoever. C. Removal of Liens. If at any time any notice of any Lien is filed for or by reason of any equipment, materials, supplies, or other item furnished, labor performed, or other thing done in connection with the Work or this Contract, then Contractor shall, promptly and without charge, discharge, remove, or otherwise dispose of such Lien, or, if permitted by Owner, furnish a Bond or other collateral satisfactory to Owner to indemnify Owner against such Lien. Until such discharge, removal or disposition, or furnishing of any permitted Bond or other collateral, Owner shall have the right to retain from any money payable under this Contract an amount that Owner, in its sole judgment, deems necessary to satisfy such Lien and to pay the costs and expenses, including attorneys’ fees and administrative expenses, of any actions brought in connection therewith or by reason thereof. D. Protection of Owner Only. This Section shall not operate to relieve Contractor’s surety or sureties from any of their obligations under the Bonds, nor shall it be deemed to vest any right, interest or entitlement in any Subcontractor or Supplier. Owner’s retention of funds pursuant to this Section shall be deemed solely for the protection of its own interests pending removal of such Liens by Contractor, and Owner shall have no obligation to apply such funds to such removal but may, nevertheless, do so where Owner’s interests would thereby be served. 5.4 Deductions A. Owner’s Right to Withhold. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract and without prejudice to any of Owner’s other rights or remedies, Owner shall have the right at any time or times, whether before or after approval of any Pay Request, to deduct and withhold from any Progress or Final Payment that may be or become due under this Contract such amount as may reasonably appear necessary to compensate Owner for any actual or prospective loss due to: (1) Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete; (2) damage for which Contractor is liable under this Contract; (3) state or local sales, use, or excise taxes from which Owner is exempt; (4) Liens or claims of Lien regardless of merit; (5) claims of Subcontractors, Suppliers, or other Persons regardless of merit; (6) delay in the progress or completion of the Work; (7) inability of Contractor to complete the Work; (8) reasonable GENERAL CONDITIONS -38- doubt that this Contract can be completed for the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid; (9) reasonable doubt that the balance of the Contract Price then unpaid is not adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages, if any; (10) failure of Contractor to properly complete or document any Pay Request; (11) any other failure of Contractor to perform any of its obligations under this Contract; (12) the cost to Owner, including attorneys’ fees and administrative expenses, of correcting any of the aforesaid matters or exercising any one or more of Owner’s remedies set forth in Section 6.6 of these General Conditions of Contract; or (13) engineering and inspection charges imposed pursuant to Subsection 1.3F, Section 1.13, or Subsection 5.2B of these General Conditions of Contract. B. Use of Withheld Funds. Owner shall be entitled to retain any and all amounts withheld pursuant to Subsection 5.4A above until Contractor shall have either performed the obligation or obligations in question or furnished security for such performance satisfactory to Owner. Owner shall be entitled to apply any money withheld or any other money due Contractor under this Contract to reimburse itself for any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, suits, judgments, awards, attorneys’ fees, and administrative expenses incurred, suffered, or sustained by Owner and chargeable to Contractor under this Contract. 5.5 Application of Payments All Progress and Final Payments made by Owner to Contractor shall be applied to the payment or reimbursement of the costs with respect to which they were paid and not to any preexisting or unrelated debt between Contractor and Owner or between Contractor and any other Person. 5.6 Work Entire This Contract and the Work are entire and the Work as a whole is of the essence of this Contract. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, each and every part of this Contract and of the Work are interdependent and common to one another and to Owner’s obligation to pay all or any part of the Contract Price or any other consideration for the Work. Any and all Progress Payments made pursuant to this Article are provided merely for the convenience of Contractor and for no other purpose. ARTICLE VI DISPUTES AND REMEDIES 6.1 Notice of Dispute If Contractor disputes or objects to any requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision of Owner or Engineer (“Disputed Decision”), Contractor may, immediately upon receiving any such Disputed Decision, notify Engineer in writing, with a copy to Owner, of its dispute or objection and of the amount of any equitable adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time to which Contractor claims it will be entitled as a result thereof (“Notice of Dispute”); provided, however, that Contractor GENERAL CONDITIONS -39- shall, nevertheless proceed without delay to perform the Work as required, directed, instructed, interpreted, determined, or decided by Owner or Engineer without regard to such dispute or objection and such Notice of Dispute. Unless Contractor so notifies Engineer not later than two business days after receipt of such Disputed Decision, and, whenever feasible, prior to taking any action based upon such Disputed Decision, Contractor shall be conclusively deemed (1) to have agreed to and accepted such Disputed Decision as being fair, reasonable, and finally determinative of Contractor’s obligations and rights under this Contract; (2) to have waived all grounds for dispute of or objection to such Disputed Decision; and (3) to have waived all claims for damages and equitable adjustments to the Contract Price and Contract Time based on such Disputed Decision. 6.2 Negotiation of Disputed Decisions To avoid and settle without litigation any Disputed Decision, Owner and Contractor agree to engage in good faith negotiations as provided in this Section. Within three business days after Engineer’s receipt of any Notice of Dispute, Engineer shall deliver to Contractor, with a copy to Owner, Engineer’s preliminary written response either rejecting Contractor’s claim, recommending to Owner approval of Contractor’s claim, suggesting a compromise of Contractor’s claim, or requesting additional information. Within three business days after Contractor’s receipt of Engineer’s preliminary written response, Contractor shall deliver to Engineer any additional information requested and notify Engineer whether Contractor is withdrawing, modifying or reaffirming its Notice of Dispute. Within three business days after Engineer’s receipt of Contractor’s reply, a conference among Owner, Engineer, and Contractor shall be held to resolve the dispute. 6.3 Owner’s Final Decision Within three business days after the end of the conference required pursuant to Section 6.2 above, Engineer shall deliver to Contractor Owner’s final written decision. 6.4 Contractor’s Final Demand If Contractor objects to Owner’s final decision, Contractor shall, within three business days of the receipt thereof, give Owner written notice of such objection and shall, in such notice, state its final demand for settlement of the Disputed Decision. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner, Contractor shall be conclusively deemed (1) to have agreed to and accepted Owner’s final decision and (2) to have waived all claims based on such final decision. 6.5 Contractor’s Remedies If Owner fails or refuses to satisfy a final demand made by Contractor pursuant to Section 6.4 above, or to otherwise resolve the Disputed Decision which is the subject of such demand to the satisfaction of Contractor, within 15 Days following receipt of such demand, Contractor shall be entitled to pursue such remedies, not inconsistent GENERAL CONDITIONS -40- with the provisions of this Contract, as it may have in law or equity; provided, however, that Contractor agrees that its compliance with the dispute resolution procedures set out in Sections 6.1 through 6.4 above shall be a condition precedent to the initiation of any legal action concerning any matter subject to the provisions of said Sections; and provided further, however, that Contractor agrees that any claim for an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time or both, as the case may be, shall be conditioned upon Contractor having first complied with the procedures set out in Section 2.5 of these General Conditions of Contract and shall in no event exceed, and shall be further limited to, the amount of equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or Contract Time or both, as the case may be, included in Contractor’s written request submitted in accordance with Section 2.5 of these General Conditions of Contract. 6.6 Owner’s Remedies A. Events of Default. Each of the following acts or omissions of Contractor shall be a default by Contractor of its obligations under this Contract (“Event of Default”) and the occurrence or existence of any such Event of Default shall entitle Owner to invoke any or all of the remedies set forth in Subsection 6.6B below: 1. Contractor’s initiation of, acquiescence in, or failure to have withdrawn any voluntary or involuntary petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or for relief from its creditors or for any similar relief. 2. Contractor’s initiation of, acquiescence in, or failure to have withdrawn any action or agreement for the appointment of a receiver for its business or any of its property. 3. Contractor being or becoming insolvent, making a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, or assigning its right to any or all payments due under this Contract or to any part of the Work. 4. Contractor’s failure or refusal to pay any of its debts as they come due, including failure to pay when due any money owed to any Subcontractor or Supplier. 5. Contractor’s failure, refusal, or delay to prosecute the Work, or any part thereof, diligently at a rate that assures completion of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract on or before the Completion Date. 6. Contractor’s failure, refusal, or delay to provide, perform, and complete the Work, or any part thereof, free from defects, damage, and flaws; in strict conformity to the requirements of this Contract; and in a manner suitable for its intended purposes. GENERAL CONDITIONS -41- 7. Contractor falsely making, or being found to have falsely made, any representation or warranty in any Bidding Document or in or pursuant to this Contract. 8. Contractor executing the Work in bad faith. 9. Contractor’s failure, refusal, or delay to perform, to satisfy, or to be in full compliance with, any other requirement of this Contract. B. Owner’s Remedies for Contractor’s Default. If it should appear at any time prior to Final Payment, whether as a result of any inspection or test or otherwise, that an Event of Default has occurred or is in existence, and if Contractor should fail to cure and eliminate such Event of Default within five business days after Contractor’s receipt of Owner’s written notice of such Event of Default, then Owner shall have the right, at its election and without prejudice to any other remedies provided by law or equity, to pursue any one or more of the following remedies: 1. Owner may require Contractor, within such reasonable time as may be fixed by Owner, to complete or correct all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete; to remove from the Work Site any such Work; to accelerate all or any part of the Work; and to take any or all other action necessary to bring Contractor and the Work into strict compliance with this Contract. 2. Owner may perform or have performed all Work necessary for the accomplishment of the results stated in Paragraph 6.6B1 above and withhold or recover from Contractor all the cost and expense, including attorneys’ fees and administrative costs, incurred by Owner in connection therewith. 3. Owner may accept the defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, incomplete, or dilatory Work or part thereof and make an equitable reduction in the Contract Price. 4. Owner may terminate this Contract without liability for further payment of amounts due or to become due under this Contract. 5. Owner may, without terminating this Contract, terminate Contractor’s rights under this Contract and, for the purpose of completing or correcting the Work, evict Contractor and take possession of all equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, plans, specifications, schedules, manuals, drawings, and other papers relating to the Work, whether at the Work Site or elsewhere, and either complete or correct the Work with its own forces or contracted forces, all at Contractor’s expense. GENERAL CONDITIONS -42- 6. Upon any termination of this Contract or of Contractor’s rights under this Contract, and at Owner’s option exercised in writing, any or all Subcontracts of Contractor shall be deemed to be assigned to Owner without any further action being required, but Owner shall not thereby assume any obligation for payments due under such Subcontracts for any Work provided or performed prior to such assignment. 7. Owner may withhold from any Progress Payment or Final Payment, whether or not previously approved, or may recover from Contractor, any and all costs, including attorneys’ fees and administrative expenses, incurred by Owner as the result of any Event of Default or as a result of actions taken by Owner in response to any Event of Default. 8. Owner may recover any damages suffered by Owner. C. Owner’s Special Remedy for Delay. If the Work is not completed by Contractor, in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract, within the Contract Time as such time may be extended by Change Order, then Owner may invoke its remedies under Subsection 6.6B above or may, in the exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, permit Contractor to complete the Work but charge to Contractor, and deduct from any Progress or Final Payments, whether or not previously approved, [a per diem charge for each Day completion of the Work is delayed beyond the Completion Date computed on the basis of $_____ per Day, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty; it being understood that it will be difficult and impracticable to ascertain and determine the amount of damage that Owner will sustain by reason of such failure] OR [administrative expenses and costs for each Day completion of the Work is delayed beyond the Completion Date computed on the basis of a per diem charge of $500.00 per Day, as well as any additional damages caused by such delay or any liquidated damages provided for in the Special Conditions of Contract]. Notwithstanding an election made pursuant to this Subsection, Owner may thereafter exercise any of its remedies under Subsection 6.6B above if Owner at any time is not, in Owner’s opinion, adequately assured of prompt completion of the Work. D. Remedies Cumulative. Each of the remedies listed in this Section shall be deemed to be cumulative of all other remedies listed in this Section or elsewhere in this Contract and to exist in addition to every other such remedy and in addition to all other remedies provided by law or equity. E. Provisions Exemplary. Any reference in this Contract to Owner’s right to invoke the remedies of this Section are not intended to be, nor shall they be construed to be, an exclusive listing of the circumstances under which these remedies may be exercised, but rather they are intended to be only exemplary. F. Termination or Suspension Deemed for Convenience. Any termination or suspension of Contractor’s rights under this Section 6.6 for an alleged GENERAL CONDITIONS -43- Event of Default that is ultimately held unjustified shall be deemed a termination or suspension for the convenience of Owner under Section 1.12 of these General Conditions of Contract. ARTICLE VII DEFINITIONS 7.1 Defined Terms A. Addendum. Any written or graphic instrument issued prior to the execution of this Contract, dated and signed by Owner or Engineer, that modifies, interprets, or corrects the Bidding Documents or this Contract. B. Additional Insureds. The Persons identified in Section 4 of the Special Conditions of Contract. C. Approved Rate. See Paragraph 2.3A3 of these General Conditions of Contract. D. Approved Schedule. See Paragraph 1.1B2 of these General Conditions of Contract. E. Balancing Change Order. See Paragraph 5.1C2 of these General Conditions of Contract. F. Bid Package. The bound set of documents based upon which Owner solicited proposals for this Contract, consisting of the Bidding Documents and this Contract. G. Bidder’s Proposal. The proposal to enter into this Contract, completed and executed by Contractor, and based upon which this Contract was awarded by Owner to Contractor. H. Bidding Documents. The documents incorporated by reference in Section 3 of the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals and included in the Bid Package. I. Bond. Performance Bond, Labor and Material Payment Bond, and any other instrument of security, furnished, or required by this Contract to be furnished, by Contractor or its surety or sureties. J. Breakdown Schedule. See Paragraph 5.1C1 of these General Conditions of Contract. K. Change Order. A written order to Contractor executed by Owner authorizing or directing a change in this Contract; an addition to, deletion from, or revision in the Work or the Work Site; or an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Time. GENERAL CONDITIONS -44- L. Commencement Date. The date set forth in Section 2.1 of the Contract Agreement. M. Completion Date. The date set forth in Section 2.2 of the Contract Agreement. N. Contract. The Contract Agreement and all Contract Documents. O. Contract Agreement. The contract agreement executed by Owner and Contractor. P. Contract Documents. The documents listed in Section 1.2 of the Contract Agreement. Q. Contract Drawings. All (i) drawings furnished with the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals, (ii) supplementary drawings furnished to clarify and to define in greater detail the intent of the drawings and specifications furnished with the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals, (iii) drawings submitted by Contractor to Engineer pursuant to this Contract and reviewed and stamped by Engineer with no exception noted or an equivalent notation, and (iv) drawings submitted to Contractor by Engineer during the progress of the Work as provided for in this Contract. R. Contract Price. The lump sum amount or amounts, if any, stated in the Schedule of Prices and, for each acceptable unit of each Unit Price Item, if any, installed and complete in place, measured on the basis provided for in the Contract Drawings and Specifications, the Unit Price for such Unit Price Item stated in the Schedule of Prices, subject to any additions or deductions provided for in this Contract. S. Contract Time. The period of time allowed, including the Commencement Date and Completion Date, pursuant to Article II of the Contract Agreement for Contractor to provide, perform, and complete the Work, as such period of time may be modified by Change Order. T. Contractor. See Subparagraph 1.3A2(a) of the Contract Agreement. U. Day. Except where otherwise expressly defined, a calendar day of 24 hours, measured from midnight to the next midnight. V. Decreased Work. See Subsection 2.3B of these General Conditions of Contract. W. Disputed Decision. See Section 6.1 of these General Conditions of Contract. X. Engineer. See Subparagraph 1.3A2(b) of the Contract Agreement. GENERAL CONDITIONS -45- Y. Event of Default. See Section 6.6 of these General Conditions of Contract. Z. Final Acceptance. See Subsection 5.2B of these General Conditions of Contract. AA. Final Pay Request. See Subsection 5.2C of these General Conditions of Contract. BB. Final Payment. See Subsection 5.2C of these General Conditions of Contract. CC. General Instructions to Bidders. The instructions to bidders included in the Bid Package. DD. Increased Work. See Subsection 2.3A of these General Conditions of Contract. EE. Invitation for Bidder’s Proposal. The invitation for bidder’s proposals included in the Bid Package and by which Owner invited proposals to enter into this Contract. FF. Laws. All laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, orders, decrees and other legal requirements, whether federal, state or local existing on or after the date of execution of this Contract. GG. Lien. See Subsection 5.3B of these General Conditions of Contract. HH. Notice of Completion. See Subsection 5.2A of these General Conditions of Contract. II. Notice of Dispute. See Section 6.1 of these General Conditions of Contract. JJ. Overtime Work. See Section 1.13 of these General Conditions of Contract. KK. Owner. See Subparagraph 1.3A2(c) of the Contract Agreement. LL. Pay Request. See Subsection 5.1B of these General Conditions of Contract. MM. Person. Any corporation, partnership, individual, joint venture, trust, estate, association, business, enterprise, proprietorship or other legal entity of any kind, either public or private, and any legal successor, agent, representative or authorized assign of the above. GENERAL CONDITIONS -46- NN. Price Proposal. The total compensation proposed to be accepted by Contractor for the Work in the Bidder’s Proposal and from which the Contract Price is derived. OO. Progress Payment. The monthly installment payment to be made by Owner to Contractor in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in, Article V of these General Conditions of Contract. PP. Punch List. See Subsection 5.2B of these General Conditions of Contract. QQ. Punch List Work. See Subsection 5.2A of these General Conditions of Contract. RR. Required Coverages. See Section 4.1 of these General Conditions of Contract. SS. Required Submittals. See Subsection 1.3A of these General Conditions of Contract. TT. Specifications. All (i) specifications furnished with the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals, (ii) supplementary specifications furnished to clarify and to define in greater detail the intent of the drawings and specifications furnished with the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposals, (iii) specifications submitted pursuant to this Contract by Contractor to Engineer and reviewed and stamped by Engineer with no exception noted or an equivalent notation, and (iv) specifications submitted to Contractor during the progress of the Work as provided for in this Contract. Unless otherwise noted, the term “Specifications” as used in this Contract shall not refer to any other standard specifications. UU. Subcontract. Any written or oral contract between Contractor and a Subcontractor or Supplier. VV. Subcontractor. Any Person, other than Contractor, that provides, performs or completes any part of the Work at the Work Site, and the duly authorized officers, employees, agents, and representatives of any such Person. WW. Supplier. Any Person, other than Contractor, that supplies equipment, materials or supplies for the Work, including that fabricated to a special design, but that does not provide or perform labor at the Work Site, and the duly authorized officers, employees, agents, and representatives of any such Person. XX. Unit Price. The price set forth in the Schedule of Prices to be paid for each acceptable unit of each Unit Price Item, if any, installed and complete in place, measured on the basis provided for in the Contract Drawings and Specifications. GENERAL CONDITIONS -47- YY. Unit Price Items. The items set forth in the Schedule of Prices, if any, to be paid for on a Unit Price basis. ZZ. Value of the Work. The value of the Work, determined in accordance with Subsection 5.1C of these General Conditions of Contract, for purposes of determining the then current amount of any Progress Payment to be made by Owner under this Contract. AAA. Work. See Subparagraph 1.3A2(d) of the Contract Agreement. BBB. Work Site. See Subparagraph 1.3A2(e) of the Contract Agreement. 7.2 Word Usage A. Tense and Form. Words used or defined in one tense or form shall include other tenses and derivative forms. B. Number. Words in the singular number shall include the plural number, and words in the plural number shall include the singular number. C. Shall and May. The word “shall” is mandatory. The word “may” is permissive. D. Subjective Standards. Whenever in this Contract the terms “as ordered,” “as directed,” “as required,” “as allowed,” “as approved,” or terms of like effect or import, or the adjectives “reasonable,” “suitable,” “acceptable,” “proper,” or “satisfactory,” or adjectives of like effect or import, are used to describe a requirement, direction, review, or judgment of Owner or Engineer as to the Work, it is intended that such requirement, direction, review, or judgment shall be solely to evaluate the Work for compliance with this Contract, shall not relieve Contractor of the entire responsibility for the performance of the Work in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract, and shall not be regarded as any assumption of risk or liability by Owner or Engineer. E. Headings. In case of any difference of meaning or implication between any provision of this Contract and any heading, the Contract provision shall control and no heading shall be construed to limit the scope or intent of any provision of this Contract. -i- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Page 1. Scheduling ............................................................................................................ 1 2. Special Construction Requirements ..................................................................... 1 3. Special Technical Requirements .......................................................................... 1 4. Special Financial Assurances ............................................................................... 1 -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT 1. Scheduling 2. Special Construction Requirements 3. Special Technical Requirements 4. Special Financial Assurances A. Additional Insureds/Indemnities. As provided in Subsection 4.2 and Section 4.3 of the Contract Agreement, the following Persons, including the elected and appointed officers, agents, employees, and officials of said Persons (the “Additional Insureds”) shall be named as additional insureds on the Commercial General Liability insurance required pursuant to this Contract, and the hold harmless and indemnification protection specified in Section 4.3 of the Contract Agreement shall be extended to such Additional Insureds as third-party beneficiaries thereof: 1) Village of Oak Brook, its officers, officials, employees, and volunteers are listed as additional insured. 2) Trotter and Associates, Inc. are listed as additional insured -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement LIST OF CONTRACT DRAWINGS SHEET NOS. SHEET TITLES DATE LAST REVISED Cover Cover Sheet 11/02/2022 G.1 General Notes and Legend 11/02/2022 C.1 – C.3 Water Main Plan and Profiles 11/02/2022 C.4 – C.5 Restoration Plans 11/02/2022 C.6 – C.8 Details 11/02/2022 VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement SPECIFICATIONS Refer to Specifications - Table of Contents -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement PERFORMANCE BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that [FULL NAME, ADDRESS AND ORGANIZATION OF CONTRACTOR], as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and [FULL NAME AND ADDRESS OF SURETY], as Surety, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of [INCORPORATION], hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Village of Oak Brook, as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the full and just sum of [CONTRACT PRICE] Dollars ($[CONTRACT PRICE]), for the payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents, said amount to include payment of actual costs and damages and for attorneys’ fees, architectural fees, design fees, engineering fees, accounting fees, testing fees, consulting fees, administrative costs, court costs, interest and any other fees and expenses resulting from or incurred by reason of Contractor’s failure to promptly and faithfully perform its contract with Owner, said contract being more fully described below, and to include attorneys’ fees, court costs and administrative and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing performance of the obligation of Surety under this bond. WHEREAS, Contractor has entered into a written agreement dated [DATE OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT], with Owner entitled “Contract Agreement Between Village of Oak Brook and [CONTRACTOR’S NAME] for the Construction of Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement” (the “Contract”), the terms and conditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if Contractor shall well, truly, and promptly perform all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions, and agreements of said Contractor under the Contract, including, but not limited to, Contractor’s obligations under the Contract: (1) to provide, perform and complete at the Work Site and in the manner specified in the Contract all necessary work, labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other means and items necessary for the design, if any, construction, and installation of the Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement, together with related attachments, equipment, and appurtenances thereto; (2) to procure and furnish all permits, licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith except as otherwise expressly provided in the Special Conditions of Contract; (3) to procure and furnish all bonds and certificates and policies of insurance specified in the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes; (5) to do all other things required of PERFORMANCE BOND -2- Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with, and as required by and pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the “Work,” whether or not any of said Work enter into and become component parts of the improvement contemplated, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of either Owner or Contractor to the other in or to the terms of said Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings, or specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services, or sites; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefor, shall in any way release Contractor and Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of Surety on this bond, all notice of any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances, and notice of any and all defaults by Contractor or of Owner’s termination of Contractor being hereby waived by Surety. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing paragraph, in no event shall the obligations of Surety under this bond in the event of Contractor’s default be greater than the obligations of Contractor under the Contract in the absence of such Contractor default. In the event of a default or defaults by Contractor, Owner shall have the right to take over and complete the Contract upon 30 calendar days’ written notice to Surety, in which event Surety shall pay Owner all costs incurred by Owner in taking over and completing the Contract. At its option, Owner may instead request that Surety take over and complete the Contract, in which event Surety shall take reasonable steps to proceed promptly with completion no later than 30 calendar days from the date on which Owner notifies Surety that Owner wants Surety to take over and complete the Contract. Owner shall have no obligation to actually incur any expense or correct any deficient performance of Contractor in order to be entitled to receive the proceeds of this bond. No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other than Owner or the heirs, executors, administrators, or successors of Owner. PERFORMANCE BOND -3- Signed and sealed this ___ day of ______, 20___. Attest/Witness: PRINCIPAL: [NAME OF CONTRACTOR] By: ____________________ By: _______________________________ [NAME OF CONTRACTOR’S EXECUTING OFFICER] Title: ______________________ Title: [TITLE OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTING OFFICER] Attest/Witness: SURETY: [NAME OF SURETY] By: ____________________ By: _______________________________ Title: ______________________ Title: _______________________________ Telephone: __________________________ SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SECTION 8, FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS -1- VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: that [FULL NAME, ADDRESS AND ORGANIZATION OF CONTRACTOR], as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor, and [FULL NAME AND ADDRESS OF SURETY], as Surety, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of [INCORPORATION], hereinafter called Surety, are held and firmly bound unto the Village of Oak Brook, as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use and benefit of itself and of claimants as hereinafter defined, in the full and just sum of [CONTRACT PRICE] Dollars ($[CONTRACT PRICE]), to be paid to it or the said claimants or its or their assigns, to which payment well and truly to be made Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents, said amount to include attorney’s fees, court costs, and administrative and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing performance of the obligation of Surety under this bond. WHEREAS, Contractor has entered into a written agreement dated [DATE OF CONTRACT AGREEMENT], with Owner entitled “Contract Agreement Between Village of Oak Brook and [CONTRACTOR’S NAME] for the Construction of Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement” (the “Contract”), the terms and conditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though fully set forth herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if Contractor shall promptly pay or cause to be paid all sums of money that may be due to any claimant with respect to Contractor’s obligations under the Contract: (1) to provide, perform, and complete at the Work Site and in the manner specified in the Contract all necessary work, labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other means and items necessary for design, if any, construction, and installation of the Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement, together with related attachments, equipment, and appurtenances thereto; (2) to procure and furnish all permits, licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith except as otherwise expressly provided in the Special Conditions of Contract; (3) to procure and furnish all bonds and certificates and policies of insurance specified in the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes; (5) to do all other things required of Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with, and as required by and pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the “Work,” whether or not any of said Work enter into and become component parts of the improvement PAYMENT BOND -2- contemplated, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. For purpose of this bond, a claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with Contractor or with a subcontractor of Contractor to provide, perform or complete any part of the Work. Contractor and Surety hereby jointly and severally agree that every claimant who has not had all just claims for the furnishing of any part of the Work paid in full, including, without limitation, all claims for amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, rentals of, or service or repairs on, machinery, equipment, and tools consumed or used in connection with the furnishing of any part of the Work, may sue on this bond for the use of such claimant, may prosecute the suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due such claimant, and may have execution therein; provided, however, that Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit. The provisions of 30 ILCS 550/1 and 30 ILCS 550/2 shall be deemed inserted herein, including the time limits within which notices of claim must be filed and actions brought under this bond. Contractor and Surety hereby jointly agree that Owner may sue on this bond if Owner is held liable to, or voluntarily agrees to pay, any claimant directly, but nothing in this bond shall create any duty on the part of Owner to pay any claimant. Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of Owner or Contractor to the other in or to the terms of said Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings, or specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner-furnished facilities, equipment, materials, services, or sites; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefor shall in any way release Contractor and Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of said Surety on this bond, all notice of any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances and notice of any and all defaults by Contractor or of Owner’s termination of Contractor being hereby waived by Surety. PAYMENT BOND -3- Signed and sealed this ___ day of ______, 20___. Attest/Witness: PRINCIPAL: [NAME OF CONTRACTOR] By: ____________________ By: _______________________________ [NAME OF CONTRACTOR’S EXECUTING OFFICER] Title: ______________________ Title: [TITLE OF CONTRACTOR'S EXECUTING OFFICER] Attest/Witness: SURETY: [NAME OF SURETY] By: ____________________ By: _______________________________ Title: ______________________ Title: _______________________________ Telephone: __________________________ SEE GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS, SECTION 8, FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement PREVAILING WAGE ORDINANCE Certified Payrolls. Contractor shall, in accordance with Section 5 of the Illinois Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/5, submit to the Department of Labor, on a monthly basis, a certified payroll. The certified payroll shall consist of a complete copy of those records required to be made and kept by the Prevailing Wage Act. The certified payroll shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the Contractor or subcontractor which certifies that: (1) such records are true and accurate; (2) the hourly rate paid is not less than the general prevailing rate of hourly wages required by the Prevailing Wage Act; and (3) Contractor or subcontractor is aware that filing a certified payroll that he or she knows to be false is a Class A misdemeanor. A general contractor may rely upon the certification of a lower tier subcontractor, provided that the general contractor does not knowingly rely upon a subcontractor's false certification. Upon seven business days' notice, Contractor and each subcontractor shall make available for inspection and copying at a location within this State during reasonable hours, the records required to be made and kept by the Act to: (i) the Village, its officers and agents; (ii) the Director of Labor and his deputies and agents; and (iii) to federal, State, or local law enforcement agencies and prosecutors. Prevailing Wage. Pursuant to Section 4 of the Illinois Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/4, Contractor agrees and acknowledges that not less than the applicable rate of prevailing of wages, as found or ascertained by the Department of Labor and made available on the Department’s official website or determined by the court on review, shall be paid for each craft or type of worker needed to execute this contract or to perform such work, and it shall be mandatory upon the contractor to whom the contract is awarded and upon any subcontractor under him, to pay not less than the specified rates to all laborers, workers and mechanics employed by them in the execution of this contract. PREVAILING WAGE AFFIDAVIT I, ___________________________(name of signatory), on oath hereby state and certify that _____________________________ (name of Contractor), pursuant to a Contract dated ___________, 2022, with the Village of Oak Brook for the ______________ Project, has complied and will comply with all laws, including those relating to the employment of labor, the payment of the current general prevailing rate of hourly wages for each craft or type of worker or mechanic needed to execute the Contract or perform such work, and also the current general prevailing rate for legal holiday and overtime work, as ascertained by the Illinois Department of Labor for DuPage County, Illinois, and those prevailing rates are paid and shall be paid for each craft or type of worker or mechanic needed to execute the aforesaid Contract or to perform such work. _____________________________ (name of Contractor) has also complied and will comply with all record keeping requirements established in the Prevailing Wage Act (820 ILCS 130/0.01, et seq. CONTRACTOR: By: _____________________________________ Title: ___________________________________ SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN TO BEFORE ME THIS _____ DAY OF _______________, 2022 ________________________________________ NOTARY PUBLIC VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK CONTRACT FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF Rt. 83 & I-88 Watermain Replacement ADDENDA NOS. November 2, 2022 Table of Contents - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SPECIFICATIONS Table of Contents DIVISION 01 – GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01 10 00 SUMMARY TAI 01 20 00 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES TAI 01 21 00 PAY ITEMS TAI 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES TAI 01 30 00 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS TAI 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES TAI 01 42 19 REFERENCE STANDARDS TAI 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS TAI 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS TAI 01 70 00 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS TAI DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK 31 05 13 SOILS FOR EARTHWORK TAI 31 05 16 AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK TAI 31 23 16 EXCAVATION TAI 31 23 16.13 TRENCHING TAI 31 23 18 SITE BACKFILLING TAI 31 23 23 FILL TAI 31 25 00 EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROL TAI DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 32 11 23 AGGREGATE BASE COURSES TAI 32 12 16 ASPHALT PAVING TAI 32 91 13 SOIL PREPARATION TAI 32 91 19 LANDSCAPE GRADING TAI 32 92 19 SEEDING TAI DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES 33 05 13 MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES TAI 33 05 23.13 HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING TAI 33 11 13 33 41 00 PUBLIC WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING TAI TAI November 2, 2022 Table of Contents - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 DIVISION 40 – PROCESS INTERCONNECTIONS 40 05 19 DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE TAI 40 05 31 THERMOPLASTIC PROCESS PIPE TAI 40 05 61 GATE VALVES TAI APPENDIX GEOTECHNICAL REPORT DIVISION 01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 01 10 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 10 00 - SUMMARY PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Contract description. 2. Work by Owner or other Work at the Site. 3. Owner-furnished products. 4. Contractor's use of Site. 5. Future work. 6. Work sequence. 7. Permits. 8. Specification conventions. 1.2 CONTRACT DESCRIPTION A. Contract Description and Scope of Work is set forth in the Invitation for Bidder’s Proposal. B. Perform Work of Contract under stipulated Unit Price Contract with Owner according to Conditions of Contract 1.3 WORK BY OWNER OR OTHERS A. Coordinate Work with utilities of Owner and public or private agencies. 1.4 OWNER-FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Owner's Responsibilities: 1. Arrange for and deliver Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples to Contractor. 2. Arrange and pay for delivery to Site. 3. Upon delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor. 4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient items. 5. Arrange for manufacturers' warranties, inspections, and service. B. Contractor's Responsibilities: 1. Review Owner-reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. 2. Receive and unload products at Site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with Owner. 3. Handle, store, install, and finish products. November 2, 2022 01 10 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt. 1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF SITE A. Limit use of Site and premises to allow: 1. Owner occupancy. 2. Owner and engineer access. 3. Work by Others and Work by Owner. B. Access to Site: Limited to 7:00 AM to 6:00 PM, Monday through Friday, and 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM Saturdays without 48 hours advance notice to the Owner. C. Maintain all Emergency Building Exits during Construction. D. Construction Operations: Limited to areas indicated on Drawings. E. Utility Outages and Shutdown: 1. Coordinate and schedule electrical and other utility outages with Owner at least 48 hours in advance. 2. Outages: Allowed only at previously agreed upon times. 3. At least one week before scheduled outage, submit Outage Request Plan to Engineer itemizing the dates, times, and duration of each requested outage. F. Construction Plan: Before start of construction, submit three copies of construction plan regarding access to Work, use of Site, and utility outages for acceptance by Owner. After acceptance of plan, construction operations shall comply with accepted plan unless deviations are accepted by Owner in writing. 1.6 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work in order to accommodate Owner's occupancy requirements during construction period. Coordinate construction schedule and operations with Engineer and Owner: B. Coordinate Sequencing of Construction Plan with Construction Progress Schedule in Section 01 32 16 - Construction Progress Schedule. C. Sequencing of Construction Plan: Before start of construction, submit three copies post electronic file to Project website of construction plan regarding phasing of demolition, renovation, and new Work for acceptance by Owner. After acceptance of plan, construction sequencing shall comply with accepted plan unless deviations are accepted by Owner in writing. 1.7 PERMITS A. Furnish all necessary permits for construction of Work. November 2, 2022 01 10 00 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.8 SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS A. These Specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form. This imperative language is directed to Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise. The words "shall be" are included by inference where a colon (:) is used within sentences or phrases. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01 10 00 November 2, 2022 01 10 00 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 01 20 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 20 00 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Drawings and Contract Documents for Contractor Use. B. Schedule of Values. C. Application for Payment. D. Change procedures. E. Defect assessment. 1.2 DRAWINGS AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS FOR CONTRACTOR USE A. Refer to General Conditions. B. Contractor shall pick up all “no charge” documents within 10 days from date of Notice to Proceed. C. Additional documents requested after the “no charge” documents have been distributed will be furnished to Contractor by Engineer at cost plus fifteen percent (15%). 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit a printed Schedule of Values on AIA form(s) G702/703. A sample of the printout should be submitted as an attachment to the Owner-Contractor Agreement. 1. For lump sum projects, the Schedule of Values must correspond to the activities provided on the contractor’s cost-loaded construction schedule. That is to say, the items listed in the Scheduled of Values and the items on the construction schedule, should match line for line. More detail and information is beneficial. 2. For unit price projects, the Schedule of Values must exactly match the listing of Pay Items in the Bid Form. B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 15 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement. C. Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this section. D. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment. November 2, 2022 01 20 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.4 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit electronic (compatible with Microsoft Excel) schedule of values for initial review prior to submittal of hard copies. See above section for requirements of schedule of values. B. Submit three copies of each Application for Payment on AIA G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment and AIA G703 - Continuation Sheet for G702. Contractor's electronic media driven form may be acceptable provided that it contains similar detail to AIA From G702 and if approved by Owner. C. Content and Format: Use Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. D. Submit updated construction schedule with each Application for Payment. E. Payment Period: Submit at intervals stipulated in the Agreement. F. Submit submittals with transmittal letter as specified in Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. G. Submit signed copies of current waivers of lien. H. Submit one (1) signed and three (3) copies of Certified Payroll reports for all contractors working during the payment period. I. Submit backup information for request of material payment. Backup information should include items such as delivery tickets, Purchase Orders, Invoices, etc. Backup information should include the project name printed from shipping entity on each document. J. All Waivers of Lien and Certified Payroll information shall be kept current for each Payment Application Period. Failure to do so may result in delaying the processing of the Payment Application. K. Substantiating Data: When Engineer requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. Include the following with Application for Payment: 1. Partial release of liens from major Subcontractors and vendors. 2. Record Documents as specified in Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements, for review by Owner, which will be returned to Contractor. 3. Affidavits attesting to off-Site stored products. 4. Construction Progress Schedule, revised and current as specified in Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. 1.5 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. Submittals: Submit name of individual who is authorized to receive change documents and is responsible for informing others in Contractor's employ or Subcontractors of changes to the Work. B. Carefully study and compare Contract Documents before proceeding with fabrication and installation of Work. Promptly advise Engineer of any error, inconsistency, omission, or apparent discrepancy. November 2, 2022 01 20 00 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 C. Requests for Interpretation (RFI) and Clarifications: Allot time in construction scheduling for liaison with Engineer; establish procedures for handling queries and clarifications. 1. Use AIA G716 - Request for Information for requesting interpretations. 2. Engineer may respond with a direct answer on the Request for Interpretation form, AIA G710 - Architect's Supplemental Instruction, or AIA G709 - Work Changes Proposal Request. D. Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment to Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time by issuing supplemental instructions in writing on AIA G710. E. Engineer may issue a Contract Modification Request (CMR) including a detailed description of proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and Specifications. Contractor shall complete the request form indicating any change in Contract Price and changes in Contract Time for executing the change. Contractor will prepare and submit estimate within 14 days. F. Contractor may propose changes by submitting a request for change to Engineer, describing proposed change and its full effect on the Work. Include a statement describing reason for the change and the effect on Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation and a statement describing effect on the Work by separate or other Contractors. G. Document requested substitutions according to Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures. H. Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Contract Modification Request (CMR) and Contractor's fixed price quotation or Contractor's request for Change Order as approved by Engineer. I. Unit Price Change Order: For Contract unit prices and quantities, the Change Order will be executed on a fixed unit price basis. For unit costs or quantities of units of that which are not predetermined, execute Work under Work Directive Change. Changes in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time will be computed as specified for Time and Material Change Order. J. Work Directive Change: Engineer may issue directive, on a Contract Modification Request (CMR) signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. Promptly execute change. K. Time and Material Change Order: Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion of change, within time limits indicated in Conditions of the Contract. Engineer will determine change allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in Contract Documents. L. Maintain detailed records of Work done on time and material basis. Provide full information required for evaluation of proposed changes and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work. M. Document each quotation for change in Project Cost or Time with sufficient data to allow evaluation of quotation. N. Change Order Forms: See Section 00 63 63 – Change Order Form. November 2, 2022 01 20 00 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 O. Execution of Change Orders: Engineer will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. P. Correlation of Contractor Submittals: 1. Promptly revise Schedule of Values and Application for Payment forms to record each authorized Change Order as separate line item and adjust Contract Sum/Price. 2. Promptly revise Progress Schedules to reflect change in Contract Time, revise subschedules to adjust times for other items of Work affected by the change, and resubmit. 3. Promptly enter changes in Record Documents. 1.6 DEFECT ASSESSMENT A. Replace the Work, or portions of the Work, not conforming to specified requirements. B. If, in the opinion of Engineer and/or Owner, it is not practical to remove and replace the Work, the Engineer will direct appropriate remedy or adjust payment. C. The defective Work may remain, but unit sum/price will be adjusted to new sum/price at discretion of Owner. D. Defective Work will be partially repaired according to instructions of Owner, and unit sum/price will be adjusted to new sum/price at discretion of Owner. E. Individual Specification Sections may modify these options or may identify specific formula or percentage sum/price reduction. F. Authority of Engineer and Owner to assess defects and identify payment adjustments is final. G. Nonpayment for Rejected Products: Payment will not be made for rejected products for any of the following reasons: 1. Products wasted or disposed of in a manner that is not acceptable. 2. Products determined as unacceptable, or not approved in accordance with Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements, before or after placement. 3. Products not completely unloaded from transporting vehicle. 4. Products placed beyond lines and levels of the required Work. 5. Products remaining on hand after completion of the Work. 6. Loading, hauling, and disposing of rejected products. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01 20 00 November 2, 2022 01 21 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 21 00 – PAY ITEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Section includes a description of Contract Pay Items as listed on the Bid Form, including a general description of each Pay Item’s scope of work, and methods of measurement and payment. 1. PAY ITEM 1 – WATER MAIN PVC C900 CERTA-LOK, 12” a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the installation of water main piping, fittings, and appurtenances including: saw-cutting and removal of existing HMA pavements and concrete curb and gutter; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; pipe and fittings; installation of pipe and fittings; pipe and fitting restraint; tracer wire and conduit; pipe bedding and cover to 1 foot over the top of the pipe; trench backfill and compaction; disinfection and testing; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning water main installation as shown or specified. 2) All trench backfill and compaction is included in this Pay Item. 3) Boring and receiving pit backfill and compaction is included under this Pay Item. 4) Work includes exploratory trenching to uncover and verify location of existing underground utilities and structures for directional drill installation. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured in lineal feet of the actual water main installed in the work. 2) The work under this Pay Item will be measured through fittings and valves. 3) Trench excavation and backfill, and pavement removal, beyond the pay limits shown on the drawings will be included in the unit price per lineal foot for WATER MAIN PVC C900 CERTA-LOK, 12” and no additional payment will be made. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per lineal foot for WATER MAIN PVC C900 CERTA-LOK, 12”. 2. PAY ITEM 2 – WATER MAIN PVC C900, 8” a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the installation of water main piping, fittings, and appurtenances including: saw-cutting and removal of existing HMA pavements and concrete curb and gutter; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; pipe and fittings; installation of pipe and fittings; pipe and fitting restraint; tracer wire and conduit; pipe bedding and cover to 1 foot November 2, 2022 01 21 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 over the top of the pipe; trench backfill and compaction; disinfection and testing; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning water main installation as shown or specified. 2) All trench backfill and compaction is included in this Pay Item. 3) Work includes exploratory trenching to uncover and verify location of existing underground utilities and structures. 4) Work includes tree protection, root pruning, and tree tunneling as required to protect trees that are to remain. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured in lineal feet of the actual water main installed in the work. 2) The work under this Pay Item will be measured through fittings and valves. 3) Trench excavation and backfill, and pavement removal, beyond the pay limits shown on the drawings will be included in the unit price per lineal foot for WATER MAIN PVC C900, 8” and no additional payment will be made. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per lineal foot for WATER MAIN PVC C900, 8”. 3. PAY ITEM 3 – FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the installation of fire hydrant assemblies including: saw-cutting and removal of existing pavements, curb, gutter, and sidewalks; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; fire hydrant; auxiliary gate valve; pipe couplings and adaptors; installation of fire hydrant assembly; pipe, valve and hydrant restraint; trench backfill and compaction; disinfection and testing; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning fire hydrant assembly installation as shown or specified. 2) All trench backfill and compaction is included in this Pay Item. 3) Fire hydrant assembly piping is included in the Pay. 4) Work includes tree protection, root pruning, and tree tunneling as required to protect trees that are to remain. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured for each FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY installed as part of the work. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per each for FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY. 4. PAY ITEM 4 – CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER MAIN a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes connection of the new water main piping to the existing water main, including: protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; water November 2, 2022 01 21 00 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 main pipe and fittings; installation of pipe and fittings; pipe and fitting restraint; pipe bedding and cover to 1 foot over the top of the pipe; trench backfill and compaction; disinfection and testing; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning non-pressure connection to existing water main installation as shown or specified. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured for each CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER MAIN made as part of the work. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per each for CONNECT TO EXISTING WATER MAIN of the water main connection sizes listed in the Bid Schedule. 5. PAY ITEMS 5 & 6 – GATE VALVE, SPECIFIED DIAMETER, WITH 5’ DIAMETER VALVE VAULT a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the installation of water valves in vaults including: saw-cutting and removal of existing pavements, curb, gutter, and sidewalks; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; gate valve; pipe couplings and adaptors; precast concrete valve vault, including base and riser sections, cones, adjusting rings, and frame and cover; installation of valve and vault; valve restraint; valve vault bedding material; trench backfill and compaction; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning gate valve in vault installation as shown or specified. 2) All trench backfill and compaction is included in this Pay Item. 3) Gate valve and vault diameters are listed in the Bid Schedule. 4) Work includes tree protection, root pruning, and tree tunneling as required to protect trees that are to remain. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured for each GATE VALVE WITH VALVE VAULT installed as part of the work of the valve and vault sizes listed in the Bid Schedule. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per each for GATE VALVE WITH VALVE VAULT of the valve and vault sizes listed in the Bid Schedule. 6. PAY ITEM 7 – TRACER WIRE ACCESS BOX a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes providing materials and labor to install tracer wire access boxes in accordance with the plan details at locations specified on the plan. All excavation, backfill and other work associated with this installation shall be incidental to the installation of the water main. November 2, 2022 01 21 00 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 b. Measurements: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured for each TRACER WIRE ACCESS BOX installed as part of the work. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per each for TRACER WIRE ACCESS BOX. 7. PAY ITEM 8 – VALVE VAULT REMOVAL a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the removal of water valve vaults including: saw-cutting and removal of existing HMA pavements, curb, and sidewalks; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; removal and abandonment of the water main; removal of the existing valve and valve vault; trench backfill and compaction; and all other work necessary for a complete valve vault removal as shown or specified. 2) All trench backfill and compaction is included in this Pay Item. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured for each VALVE VAULT REMOVAL completed as part of the work. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per each for VALVE VAULT REMOVAL. 8. PAY ITEM 9 – ABANDON EXISTING WATER MAIN a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes cutting, filling, and plugging existing water mains that are to be abandoned including: saw-cutting and removal of existing HMA pavements, curb, gutter, and sidewalks; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; pipe plug and plug restraint if required; trench backfill and compaction; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning cut and plug water main as shown or specified. 2) All trench backfill and compaction is included in this Pay Item. 3) Abandoned water main is to be filled with low strength sand/portland cement mixture as approved by the Engineer. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured as a lump sum price for the item ABANDON EXISTING WATER MAIN. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per lump sum for ABANDON EXISTING WATER MAIN of the water main sizes listed in the Bid Schedule. November 2, 2022 01 21 00 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 9. PAY ITEMS 10 & 11– CATCH BASIN TYPE C, 2' DIA. REMOVE AND REPLACE a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes removal and replacement of storm sewer catch basins including: saw-cutting and removal of existing HMA pavements, curb, gutter, and sidewalks; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; catch basin bedding material; catch basin and appurtenances including frames and covers; installation of catch basin and appurtenances; trench backfill and compaction; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning sanitary manhole as shown or specified. 2) All trench backfill and compaction is included in this Pay Item. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured for each CATCH BASIN TYPE C, 2' DIA. REMOVE AND REPLACE installed in the work of the sizes and frame types listed in the Bid Schedule. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per each for CATCH BASIN TYPE C, 2' DIA. REMOVE AND REPLACE of the sizes and frame types listed in the Bid Schedule. 10. PAY ITEM 12 – STORM DRAIN, 1’ X 1’, REMOVE AND REPLACE a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes removal and replacement of the existing storm drain including: removal and disposal of the existing storm drain; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; storm drain bedding material; storm drain and appurtenances; installation of storm drain and appurtenances; trench backfill and compaction; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning storm drain as shown or specified. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured for each STORM DRAIN, 1’ X 1’, REMOVE AND REPLACE. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per each for STORM DRAIN, 1’ X 1’, REMOVE AND REPLACE. 11. PAY ITEM 13 – STORM SEWER PVC C-900, REMOVE AND REPLACE a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes removing existing storm sewer pipes and replacing them with water main quality pipe materials: saw-cutting and removal of existing HMA pavements, curb, gutter, and sidewalks; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; removal of existing storm sewer pipe; new storm sewer pipe; pipe bedding; installation of storm sewer pipe; trench backfill and November 2, 2022 01 21 00 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 compaction; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning storm sewer replacement as shown or specified. 2) All trench backfill and compaction is included in this Pay Item. 3) Work includes tree protection, root pruning, and tree tunneling as required to protect trees that are to remain. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured in lineal feet of the actual STORM SEWER PVC C-900, REMOVE AND REPLACE installed as part of the work of the storm sewer sizes listed in the Bid Schedule. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per lineal foot for STORM SEWER PVC C-900, REMOVE AND REPLACE of the storm sewer sizes listed in the Bid Schedule. 12. PAY ITEM 14 – METAL FLARED END SECTION, REMOVE AND REPLACE a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes removing existing flared end section and replacing them with new metal flared end section: saw-cutting and removal of existing HMA pavements, curb, gutter, and sidewalks; protection of existing utilities and other underground structures; trench excavation and stabilization; removal of existing flared end section; new metal flares end section; bedding; installation of new metal flared end section; trench backfill and compaction; and all other work necessary for a complete and functioning metal flared end section as shown or specified. 2) Work includes tree protection, root pruning, and tree tunneling as required to protect trees that are to remain. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured per each METAL FLARED END SECTION, REMOVE AND REPLACE installed as part of the work of the sizes listed in the Bid Schedule. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per each for METAL FLARED END SECTION, REMOVE AND REPLACE of the sizes listed in the Bid Schedule. 13. PAY ITEM 15 – CHAIN-LINK FENCE, REMOVE AND REPLACE a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes: removing and disposing existing chain-link fence, installing new chain-link fence per the project plans, details, and specifications; and all other work necessary to install the fence to the satisfactory of the owner and engineer. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured in lineal feet of the actual CHAIN-LINK FENCE, REMOVE AND REPLACE installed per the plans, details, and specifications. c. Payment: November 2, 2022 01 21 00 - 7 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per lineal feet for CHAIN-LINK FENCE, REMOVE AND REPLACE. 14. PAY ITEM 16 – TOPSOIL, SEEDING, AND EROSION CONTROL BLANKET a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the restoration of parkways disturbed including: final grading; furnishing and placing of 4″ of top soil; installing seed, fertilizer, and straw blanket as shown or required; erosion control; landscaping; and all other work necessary as shown or specified. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured in square yards for TOPSOIL, SEEDING, AND EROSION CONTROL BLANKET installed as part of the work. 2) Parkway restoration beyond the pay limits shown will be incidental to the Contract and no additional payment will be made. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per square yard for TOPSOIL, SEEDING, AND EROSION CONTROL BLANKET. 15. PAY ITEM 17 – CLASS D PATCH, 6" a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the replacement of pavement removed as part of the work including: subbase preparation; aggregate base course; prime coat; HMA pavement placement and compaction; and all other work necessary as shown or specified. 2) Contractor shall be responsible for maintenance of the temporary trench until the permanent base and surface course pavements are placed. CA-6 or asphalt grindings shall be utilized for the temporary trench patch in order to allow access during construction. 3) HMA pavement removal required for patching shall be included in the cost of all the other work. 4) HMA pavement lifts shall be in accordance with IDOT SSRBC. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured in square yards for CLASS D PATCH, 6" installed as part of the work. 2) Pavement replacement beyond the pay limits shown will be incidental to the Contract and no additional payment will be made. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per square yard for CLASS D PATCH, 6". 16. PAY ITEM 18 – HMA BIKE PATH, REMOVE AND REPLACE a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the removal and replacement of HMA bike path as part of the work including: bike path removal, disposal of November 2, 2022 01 21 00 - 8 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 debris/spoils; subbase preparation; aggregate base course; HMA surface course; and all other work necessary as shown or specified. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured in square yards for HMA BIKE PATH, REMOVE AND REPLACE installed as part of the work. 2) HMA Bike Path removal and replacement beyond the pay limits shown will be incidental to the Contract and no additional payment will be made. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per square yard for HMA BIKE PATH, REMOVE AND REPLACE. 17. PAY ITEM 19 – RIP-RAP, RR-3, REMOVE AND REPLACE a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the removal and replacement of rip- rap including: removal and disposal of existing rip-rap; importing and placing new rip-rap; and all other work necessary as shown or specified. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured in square yards for RIP- RAP, RR-3, REMOVE AND REPLACE installed as part of the work. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per square yard for RIP-RAP, RR-3, REMOVE AND REPLACE. 18. PAY ITEM 20 – WASHED RIVER ROCK, REMOVE AND REPLACE a. Description: 1) The work under this Pay Item includes the removal and replacement of washed river rock including: removal and disposal of existing washed river rock; importing and placing new washed river rock per the plans, details, and specification; and all other work necessary as shown or specified. b. Measurement: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be measured in square yards for WASHED RIVER ROCK, REMOVE AND REPLACE installed as part of the work. c. Payment: 1) The work under this Pay Item will be paid for at the Contract unit price per square yard for WASHED RIVER ROCK, REMOVE AND REPLACE. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01 21 00 November 2, 2022 01 25 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Quality assurance. B. Product options. C. Product substitution procedures. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Contract is based on products and standards established in Contract Documents without consideration of proposed substitutions. B. Products specified define standard of quality, type, function, dimension, appearance, and performance required. C. Substitution Proposals: Permitted for specified products except where specified otherwise. Do not substitute products unless substitution has been accepted and approved in writing by Owner. 1.3 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. See Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements. 1.4 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. Engineer will consider requests for substitutions only within 30 days after date of Owner- Contractor Agreement. B. Substitutions maybe considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of Contractor. C. Document each request with complete data, substantiating compliance of proposed substitution with Contract Documents. D. A request constitutes a representation that Contractor: 1. Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds quality level of specified product. 2. Will provide same warranty for substitution as for specified product. 3. Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work that may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner. November 2, 2022 01 25 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 4. Waives claims for additional costs or time extension that may subsequently become apparent. 5. Will coordinate installation of the accepted substitute, making such changes as may be required for the Work to be complete in all respects. 6. Will reimburse Owner and Engineer for review or redesign services associated with re- approval by authorities having jurisdiction. E. Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawing or Product Data submittals without separate written request or when acceptance will require revision to Contract Documents. F. Substitution Submittal Procedure: 1. Submit three copies of Request for Substitution for consideration. Limit each request to one proposed substitution. 2. Submittal shall include, at a minimum: a. Manufacturer’s name, representative’s contact information, and specification section and/or drawing reference of originally specified product in submittal. b. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and certified test results attesting to the proposed product equivalence. Burden of proof is on the party submitting the proposal. c. Data relating to changes in electrical, mechanical or structural requirements. d. Data relating to changes in construction schedule. e. Data relating to changes in cost. 3. Engineer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject request. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01 25 00 November 2, 2022 01 30 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 30 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Coordination and Project conditions. B. Preconstruction meeting. C. Progress meetings. D. Preinstallation meetings. E. Closeout meeting. F. Alteration procedures. 1.2 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of various Sections of Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. Delays caused by the Contractor by failure to properly order, schedule, coordinate, execute or otherwise reconcile, which result in project delays, shall be the sole burden of the Contractor. Any associated cost shall be absorbed by the Contractor and not passed on to the Owner. B. Verify that utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate Work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing operating equipment in service. C. Coordinate space requirements, supports, and installation of mechanical and electrical Work indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit as closely as practical; place runs parallel with lines of building. Use spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. 1. Coordination Drawings: Prepare as required to coordinate all portions of Work. Show relationship and integration of different construction elements that require coordination during fabrication or installation to fit in space provided or to function as intended. Indicate locations where space is limited for installation and access and where sequencing and coordination of installations are important. D. Coordination Meetings: In addition to other meetings specified in this Section, hold coordination meetings with personnel and Subcontractors to ensure coordination of Work. E. In finished areas except as otherwise indicated, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. November 2, 2022 01 30 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion and for portions of Work designated for Owner's partial and permanent occupancy. G. After Owner's occupancy of premises, coordinate access to Site for correction of defective Work and Work not complying with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. 1.3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. Engineer will schedule and preside over meeting after Notice of Award. B. Attendance Required: Contractor’s Office Representative, Contractor’s Resident Superintendent, Any Subcontractor’s or Supplier’s representatives whom Contractor may desire to invite or Engineer may request, Engineer’s Representatives, Owner’s Representatives, applicable Local Utilities Representatives, and Resident Project Representative. C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Execution of Owner-Contractor Agreement. 2. Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates. 3. Distribution of Contract Documents. 4. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of products, schedule of values, and Progress Schedule. 5. Staging of Materials. 6. Designation of personnel representing parties involved. 7. Communication procedures. 8. Procedures and processing of requests for interpretations, field decisions, submittals, substitutions, Applications for Payments, proposal request, Change Orders, and Contract closeout procedures. 9. Scheduling. 10. Critical Work sequencing. 11. Scheduling activities of Geotechnical Engineer and special inspections. D. Engineer will record minutes and distribute copies after meeting to the participants. 1.4 PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer meetings throughout progress of the Work at intervals requested by the Owner or Engineer. B. Engineer will make arrangements for meetings, prepare agenda with copies for participants, and preside over meetings. C. Attendance Required: Job superintendent, major Subcontractors and suppliers, Engineer, Owner, Resident Project Representative, and others as appropriate to agenda topics for each meeting. D. Minimum Agenda: 1. Review minutes of previous meetings. 2. Review of Work progress. November 2, 2022 01 30 00 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems impeding planned progress. 5. Review of submittal schedule and status of submittals. 6. Review of off-Site fabrication and delivery schedules. 7. Maintenance of Progress Schedule. 8. Corrective measures to regain projected schedules. 9. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 10. Coordination of projected progress. 11. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 12. Effect of proposed changes on Progress Schedule and coordination. 13. Other business relating to Work. E. Engineer will record minutes and distribute copies after meeting to the participants. 1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. When required in individual Specification Sections or requested by Engineer or Owner, convene preinstallation meetings at Project Site before starting Work of specific Section. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, Work of specific Section. C. Notify Engineer seven (7) days in advance of meeting date. D. Engineer shall prepare agenda and preside over meeting: 1. Review conditions of installation, preparation, and installation procedures. 2. Review coordination with related Work. E. Engineer will record minutes and distribute copies after meeting to the participants. 1.6 CLOSEOUT MEETING A. Schedule Project closeout meeting with sufficient time to prepare for requesting Substantial Completion. Notify Engineer seven days in advance of meeting date. B. Attendance Required: Contractor’s Office Representative, Contractor’s Resident Superintendent, Any Subcontractor’s or Supplier’s representatives whom Contractor may desire to invite or Engineer may request, Engineer’s Representatives, Owner’s Representatives, applicable Local Utilities Representatives, and Resident Project Representative. C. Minimum Agenda: 1. Start-up of facilities and systems. 2. Operations and maintenance manuals. 3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing. 4. System demonstration and observation. 5. Operation and maintenance instructions for Owner's personnel. 6. Temporary indoor-air-quality plan and procedures. 7. Contractor's inspection of Work. November 2, 2022 01 30 00 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 8. Contractor's preparation of an initial "punch list." 9. Procedure to request Engineer inspection to determine date of Substantial Completion. 10. Completion time for correcting deficiencies. 11. Inspections by authorities having jurisdiction. 12. Certificate of Occupancy and transfer of insurance responsibilities. 13. Partial release of retainage. 14. Final cleaning. 15. Preparation for final inspection. 16. Closeout Submittals: a. Project Record Documents. b. Operating and maintenance documents and materials. c. Affidavits. 17. Final Application for Payment. 18. Contractor's demobilization of Site. 19. Maintenance. D. Engineer will record minutes and distribute copies after meeting to the participants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 ALTERATION PROCEDURES A. Entire facility will be occupied for normal operations during progress of construction. Cooperate with Owner in scheduling operations to minimize conflict and to permit continuous usage. 1. Perform Work not to interfere with operations of occupied areas. 2. Keep utility and service outages to a minimum and perform only after written approval of Owner. 3. Clean Owner-occupied areas daily. Clean spillage, overspray, and heavy collection of dust in Owner-occupied areas immediately. B. Materials: As specified in product Sections; match existing products with new and salvaged products for patching and extending Work. C. Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform alteration and renovation Work. D. Cut, move, or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovation Work. Replace and restore at completion. Comply with Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. E. Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage, including rotted wood, corroded metals, and deteriorated masonry and concrete. Replace materials as specified for finished Work. F. Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces. G. Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to permit installation of new Work and finishes. November 2, 2022 01 30 00 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 H. Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing Work from weather and extremes of temperature and humidity. I. Remove, cut, and patch Work to minimize damage and to permit restoring products and finishes to original or specified condition. J. Refinish existing visible surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces, to specified condition for each material, with neat transition to adjacent finishes. K. Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing Work, provide smooth and even transition. Patch Work to match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance. L. When finished surfaces are cut so that smooth transition with new Work is not possible, terminate existing surface along straight line at natural line of division and submit recommendation to Engineer for review. M. Where change of plane of 1/4 IN or more occurs, submit recommendation for providing smooth transition to Engineer for review. N. Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces that are damaged, lifted, discolored, or showing other imperfections. O. Finish surfaces as specified in individual product Sections. END OF SECTION 01 30 00 November 2, 2022 01 30 00 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 01 32 16 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 32 16 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Submittals. B. Bar chart schedules. C. Updating schedules. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Within 10 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement, submit proposed preliminary network diagram defining planned operations for first 60 days of Work, with general outline for remainder of Work. B. Submit network schedules under transmittal letter form specified in Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. 1.3 BAR CHART SCHEDULES A. Format: Bar chart Schedule, to include at least: 1. Identification and listing in chronological order of those activities reasonably required to complete the Work, including: a. Subcontract Work. b. Major equipment design, fabrication, factory testing, and delivery dates including required lead times. c. Move-in and other preliminary activities. d. Equipment and equipment system test and startup activities. e. Project closeout and cleanup. f. Work sequences, constraints, and milestones. 2. Listings identified by Specification Section number. 3. Identification of the following: a. Horizontal time frame by year, month, and week. b. Duration, early start, and completion for each activity and sub-activity. c. Critical activities and Project float. d. Sub-schedules to further define critical portions of Work. 1.4 UPDATING SCHEDULES A. Maintain schedules to record actual start and finish dates of completed activities. B. Indicate progress of each activity to date of revision, with projected completion date of each activity. Annotate and Update schedules to depict current status of Work. November 2, 2022 01 32 16 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 C. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in Work, and other identifiable changes. D. Upon approval of a Change Order, include the change in the next schedule submittal. E. Indicate changes required to maintain Date of Substantial Completion. F. Submit sorts as required to support recommended changes. G. Prepare narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on schedule. Report corrective action taken or proposed and its effect including effects of changes on schedules of separate Contractors. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01 32 16 November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Definitions. B. Submittal procedures. C. Proposed product list. D. Product data. E. Use of electronic CAD files of Project Drawings. F. Shop Drawings. G. Samples. H. Other submittals. I. Design data. J. Test reports. K. Certificates. L. Manufacturer's instructions. M. Manufacturer's field reports. N. Erection Drawings. O. Contractor review. P. Engineer review. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical samples that require Engineer's responsive action. B. Informational Submittals: Written and graphic information and physical Samples that do not require Engineer's responsive action. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements. C. Shop Drawings: November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. See General Conditions. 2. Product data and samples are Shop Drawing information. D. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Submittals other than Shop Drawings: 2. Representative types of miscellaneous submittal items include but are not limited to: 3. Construction schedule. 4. Concrete, soil compaction, and pressure test reports. 5. Installed equipment and systems performance test reports. 6. Manufacturer's installation certification letters. 7. Warranties. 8. Service agreements. 9. Construction photographs. 10. Survey data. 11. Cost breakdown (Schedule of Values). 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Shop Drawings and Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Transmit all submittals to Engineer’s main office. 2. All transmittals must be from Contractor and bear his approval stamp. Transmittals will not be received from or returned to subcontractors. a. Shop drawing shall be stamped, or the transmittal sheets shall read “(Contractor’s Name) has satisfied Contractor's obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to Contractor's review and approval as stipulated under General Conditions Paragraph 6.17D”. 3. Provide legible submittal information defining specific equipment or materials utilized on the project. Generalized product information not clearly defining specific equipment or materials to be provided will be rejected. a. Original fax copies are acceptable providing all information is legible. b. Second generation fax copies are not acceptable. 4. Calculations required in individual specification sections will be received for information purposes only and will be stamped and returned to acknowledge receipt. 5. Engineer shall provide a Submittal Log for Contractor’s use. a. Schedule of shop drawings: 1) Submitted and approved within 20 days of receipt of Notice to Proceed. 2) Account for multiple transmittals under any specification section where partial submittals will be transmitted. b. Shop drawings: 1) Submittal and approval prior to 50 percent completion. 2) Submit seven (7) copies for acceptance. 3) Submittals may be sent in electronic (pdf) format or on CD. B. Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Transmit under Contractor's standard letter of transmittal or letterhead. 2. Submit in triplicate or as specified in individual specification section. 3. Transmit to Engineer’s main office. 4. Provide copy of letter of transmittal to Resident Project Representative. a. Exception for concrete, soils compaction and pressure test reports. 1) Transmit one copy to Resident Project Engineer. November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 2) Transmit one copy to location and individual indicated above for other miscellaneous submittals. C. Preparation of Submittals: 1. Shop Drawings: a. Scope of any letter of transmittal: 1) Limited to one Specification Section. 2) Do not submit under any Specification Section entitled (in part) “Basic Requirements”. b. Numbering letter of transmittal: 1) Include as prefix the Specification Section number followed by “–xx” beginning with “01”. 2) If more than one submittal under any Specification Section, number transmittals consecutively. c. Describing transmittal contents: 1) Provide listing of each component or item in submittal capable of receiving an independent review action. 2) Identify for each item: a) Manufacturer and Manufacturer's drawing or data number. b) Contract Document tag number(s). c) Contract Drawing Section or detail number if appropriate. d) Specification Article/Paragraph number if appropriate. d. Resubmittals: 1) Number with original root number and a suffix letter starting with “A” on a (new) duplicate transmittal form. 2) Do not increase the scope of any prior transmittal. 3) Account for all components of prior transmittal. a) If items in prior transmittal received “A” or “B” Action code, list them and indicate “A” or “B” as appropriate. Do not include submittal information for items with prior “A” or “B” Action in transmittal. b) Indicate “Outstanding–To Be Resubmitted At a Later Date” for any prior “C” or “D” Action item not included in resubmittal. Obtain Engineer's prior approval to exclude items. e. For 8–1/2 IN x 11 IN size sheets, provide two (2) copies of each page for Engineer, plus the number required by the Contractor. The number of copies required by the Contractor will be defined at the Preconstruction Conference, but shall not exceed a total of six (6). f. Provide clear space (4 IN SQ) for Engineer stamping of each component defined in 1.4–A.4. g. Contractor shall not use red color for marks on transmittals. Duplicate all marks on all copies transmitted, and ensure marks are photocopy reproducible. Outline Contractor marks on reproducible transparencies with a rectangular box. h. Transmittal contents: 1) Coordinate and identify Shop Drawing contents so that all items can be easily verified by the Engineer. 2) Identify equipment or material use, tag number, Drawing detail reference, weight, and other project specific information. 3) Provide sufficient information together with technical cuts and technical data to allow an evaluation to be made to determine that the item submitted is in compliance with the Contract Documents. November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 4) Submit items like equipment brochures, cuts of fixtures, product data sheets or catalog sheets on 8–1/2 IN x 11 IN pages. Indicate exact item or model and all options proposed. 5) Include legible scale details, sizes, dimensions, performance characteristics, capacities, test data, anchoring details, installation instructions, storage and handling instructions, color charts, layout Drawings, parts catalogs, rough–in diagrams, wiring diagrams, controls, weights and other pertinent data. Arrange data and performance information in format similar to that provided in Contract Documents. Provide, at minimum, the detail provided in the Contract Documents. 6) If proposed equipment or materials deviate from the Contract Drawings or Specifications in any way, clearly note the deviation and justify the said deviation in detail in a separate letter immediately following transmittal sheet. 1.4 PROPOSED PRODUCT LIST A. Within 10 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement, submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. B. For products specified only by reference standards, indicate manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. 1.5 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data: Action Submittal: Submit to Engineer for review for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. C. Indicate product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. D. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. 1.6 ELECTRONIC CAD FILES OF PROJECT DRAWINGS A. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings: May only be used to expedite production of Shop Drawings for the Project. Use for other Projects or purposes is not allowed. B. Electronic CAD Files of Project Drawings: Distributed only under the following conditions: November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. Use of files is solely at receiver's risk. Engineer does not warrant accuracy of files. Receiving files in electronic form does not relieve receiver of responsibilities for measurements, dimensions, and quantities set forth in Contract Documents. In the event of ambiguity, discrepancy, or conflict between information on electronic media and that in Contract Documents, notify Engineer of discrepancy and use information in hard-copy Drawings and Specifications. 2. CAD files do not necessarily represent the latest Contract Documents, existing conditions, and as-built conditions. Receiver is responsible for determining and complying with these conditions and for incorporating addenda and modifications. 3. User is responsible for removing information not normally provided on Shop Drawings and removing references to Contract Documents. Shop Drawings submitted with information associated with other trades or with references to Contract Documents will not be reviewed and will be immediately returned. 4. Receiver shall not hold Engineer responsible for data or file clean-up required to make files usable, nor for error or malfunction in translation, interpretation, or use of this electronic information. 5. Receiver shall understand that even though Engineer has computer virus scanning software to detect presence of computer viruses, there is no guarantee that computer viruses are not present in files or in electronic media. 6. Receiver shall not hold Engineer responsible for such viruses or their consequences, and shall hold Engineer harmless against costs, losses, or damage caused by presence of computer virus in files or media. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings: Action Submittal: Submit to Engineer for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. B. Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. C. When required by individual Specification Sections, provide Shop Drawings signed and sealed by a professional Engineer responsible for designing components shown on Shop Drawings. 1. Include signed and sealed calculations to support design. 2. Submit Shop Drawings and calculations in form suitable for submission to and approval by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Make revisions and provide additional information when required by authorities having jurisdiction. D. Post electronic submittals as PDF electronic files to Project website. E. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. 1.8 SAMPLES A. Samples: Action Submittal: Submit to Engineer for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 B. Samples for Selection as Specified in Product Sections: 1. Submit to Engineer for aesthetic, color, and finish selection. 2. Submit Samples of finishes, textures, and patterns for Engineer selection. C. Submit Samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of products, with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate Sample submittals for interfacing work. D. Include identification on each Sample, with full Project information. E. Submit number of Samples specified in individual Specification Sections; Engineer will retain one (1) Sample. F. Reviewed Samples that may be used in the Work are indicated in individual Specification Sections. G. Samples will not be used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in Specification Section. H. After review, produce copies and distribute according to "Submittal Procedures" Article and for record documents described in Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. 1.9 OTHER SUBMITTALS A. Closeout Submittals: Comply with Section 01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements. B. Permits: Within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed, submit a list of permits and licenses to be obtained, identifying the granting agency and the required date of permit submittal. C. Informational Submittal: Submit data for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner. D. Submit information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. 1.10 DESIGN DATA A. Submit for the Engineer's knowledge as contract administrator or for the Owner. B. Submit for information for the limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 1.11 TEST REPORTS A. Informational Submittal: Submit reports for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner. B. Submit test reports for information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 7 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.12 CERTIFICATES A. Informational Submittal: When specified in individual Specification Sections, Submit certification by manufacturer, installation/application Subcontractor, or Contractor to Engineer, in quantities specified for Product Data. B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product but must be acceptable to Engineer. 1.13 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. Informational Submittal: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner. B. Submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, startup, adjusting, and finishing to Engineer in quantities specified for Product Data. C. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. 1.14 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS A. Informational Submittal: Submit reports for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner. B. Submit report in duplicate within fifteen (15) days of observation to Engineer for information. C. Submit reports for information for assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. 1.15 ERECTION DRAWINGS A. Informational Submittal: Submit Drawings for Engineer's knowledge as Contract administrator or for Owner. B. Submit Drawings for information assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. C. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Engineer or Owner. 1.16 CONTRACTOR REVIEW A. Review for compliance with Contract Documents and approve submittals before transmitting to Engineer. November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 8 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 B. Contractor: Responsible for: 1. Determination and verification of materials including manufacturer's catalog numbers. 2. Determination and verification of field measurements and field construction criteria. 3. Checking and coordinating information in submittal with requirements of Work and of Contract Documents. 4. Determination of accuracy and completeness of dimensions and quantities. 5. Confirmation and coordination of dimensions and field conditions at Site. 6. Construction means, techniques, sequences, and procedures. 7. Safety precautions. 8. Coordination and performance of Work of all trades. C. Stamp, sign or initial, and date each submittal to certify compliance with requirements of Contract Documents. D. Do not fabricate products or begin Work for which submittals are required until approved submittals have been received from Engineer. 1.17 ENGINEER REVIEW A. Do not make "mass submittals" to Engineer. "Mass submittals" are defined as six or more submittals or items in one day or 15 or more submittals or items in one week. If "mass submittals" are received, Engineer's review time stated above will be extended as necessary to perform proper review. Engineer will review "mass submittals" based on priority determined by Engineer after consultation with Owner and Contractor. B. Informational submittals and other similar data are for Engineer's information and will be stamped for information purposes only and returned to acknowledge receipt. C. Submittals made by Contractor that are not required by Contract Documents will be stamped for information purposes only and returned to acknowledge receipt. D. Submittal approval does not authorize changes to Contract requirements unless accompanied by Change Order, or Contract Modification Request (CMR). E. Shop Drawings, Samples and Miscellaneous Submittals: 1. Items within transmittals will be reviewed for overall design intent and will receive one of the following actions: a. A – NO EXCEPTIONS NOTED. b. B – EXCEPTIONS NOTED (BY ENGINEER). c. C – REVISE AND RESUBMIT. d. D – REJECTED. e. E – ENGINEER'S REVIEW NOT REQUIRED. 2. Transmittals received will be initially reviewed to ascertain inclusion of Contractor's approval stamp. Drawings not stamped by the Contractor or stamped with a stamp containing language other than that specified in Paragraph 1.3–A.2.a., will not be reviewed for technical content and will be returned without any action. November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 9 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3. Transmittals returned with Action “A” or “B” are considered ready for fabrication and installation. If for any reason a transmittal that has an “A” or “B” Action is resubmitted, it must be accompanied by a letter defining the changes that have been made and the reason for the resubmittal. Destroy or conspicuously mark “SUPERSEDED” all documents having previously received “A” or “B” Action that are superseded by a resubmittal. 4. Transmittals with Action “A” or “B” combined with Action “C” (Revise and Resubmit) or “D” (Rejected) will be individually analyzed giving consideration as follows: a. The portion of the transmittal given “C” or “D” will not be distributed (unless previously agreed to otherwise at the Preconstruction Conference). One copy or the one transparency of the “C” or “D” Drawings will be marked up and returned to the Contractor. Correct and resubmit items so marked. b. Items marked “A” or “B” will be fully distributed. c. If a portion of the items or system proposed are acceptable, however, the major part of the individual Drawings or documents are incomplete or require revision, the entire submittal may be given “C” or “D” Action. This is at the sole discretion of the Engineer. In this case, some drawings may contain relatively few or no comments or the statement, “Resubmit to maintain a complete package.” Distribution to the Owner and field will not be made (unless previously agreed to otherwise). 5. Failure to include any specific information specified under the submittal paragraphs of the Specifications will result in the transmittal being returned to the Contractor with “C” or “D” Action. 6. Transmittals such as submittals which the Engineer considers as “Not Required,” submittal information which is supplemental to but not essential to prior submitted information, or items of information in a transmittal which have been reviewed and received “A” or “B” Action in a prior transmittal, will be returned with Action “E. Engineer's Review Not Required.” 7. Samples may be retained for comparison purposes. Remove samples when directed. Include in bid all costs of furnishing and removing samples. 8. Approved samples submitted or constructed, constitute criteria for judging completed work. Finished work or items not equal to samples will be rejected. 9. Excessive review time due to a failure by the Contractor, subcontractor, manufacturer and/or supplier to properly revise submittal(s) will be billed to the Contractor by the Engineer at a rate of one hundred dollars ($100.00) per hour, minimum two hours. a. Payment for excessive review time will be charged to the Contractor directly. b. Excessive time is defined as more than two reviews of any Shop Drawing submitted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01 33 00 November 2, 2022 01 33 00 - 10 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 01 42 19 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 42 19 - REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Quality assurance. 2. Schedule of references. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or Federal Standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date for receiving bids. C. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents. D. Maintain copy at jobsite during submittals, planning, and progress of the specific work, until Substantial Completion. E. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. F. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF REFERENCES AA Aluminum Association 818 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 AABC Associated Air Balance Council 1000 Vermont Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 November 2, 2022 01 42 19 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials 444 North Capitol Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20001 ACI American Concrete Institute Box 19150 Reford Station Detroit, Michigan 48219 ADC Air Diffusion Council 230 North Michigan Avenue Chicago, Illinois 60601 AGC Associated General Contractors of America 1957 E Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 AI Asphalt Institute Asphalt Institute Building College Park, Maryland 20740 AIA American Institute of Architects 1735 New York Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20006 AISC American Institute of Steel Construction 400 North Michigan Avenue Eighth Floor Chicago, Illinois 60611 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute 1000 16th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 AITC American Institute of Timber Construction 333 W. Hampden Avenue Englewood, Colorado 80110 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association 30 West University Drive Arlington Heights, Illinois 60004 ANSI American National Standards Institute 1430 Broadway, New York, New York 10018 November 2, 2022 01 42 19 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 APA American Plywood Association Box 11700 Tacoma, Washington 98411 ARI Air–Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute 1501 Wilson Boulevard Arlington, Virginia 22209 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers 1791 Tullie Circle, N.E. Atlanta, Georgia 30329 ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, New York 10017 ASPA American Sod Producers Association 4415 West Harrison Street Hillside, Illinois 60162 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials 1916 Race Street Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute 2310 South Walter Reed Drive Arlington, Virginia 22206 AWPA American Wood–Preservers’ Association 7735 Old Georgetown Road Bethesda, Maryland 20014 AWS American Welding Society 550 LeJeune Road, N.W. Michigana, Florida 33135 AWWA American Water Works Association 6666 West Quincy Avenue Denver, Colorado 80235 BIA Brick Institute of America 11490 Commerce Park Drive Reston, Virginia 22091 November 2, 2022 01 42 19 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 CDA Copper Development Association 57th Floor, Chrysler Building 405 Lexington Avenue New York, New York 10174 CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers Institute 1101 Connecticut Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 CISPI Cast Iron Pipe Soil Institute CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute 933 Plum Grove Road Schaumburg, Illinois 60195 DHI Door and Hardware Institute 7711 Old Springhouse Road McLean, Virginia 22102 EJCDC Engineers’ Joint Contract Documents Committee American Consulting Engineers Council 1015 15th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association 25 North Broadway Tarrytown, New York 10591 FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association 3310 Harrison White Lakes Professional Building Topeka, Kansas 66611 FM Factory Mutual System 1151 Boston–Providence Turnpike P.O. Box 688 Norwood, Massachusetts 02062 FS Federal Specification General Services Administration Specifications and Consumer Information Distribution Section (WFSIS) Washington Navy Yard, Bldg. 197 Washington, DC 20407 November 2, 2022 01 42 19 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 GA Gypsum Association 1603 Orrington Avenue Evanston, Illinois 60201 ICBO International Conference of Building Officials 5360 S. Workman Mill Road Whittier, California 90601 IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers 345 East 47th Street New York, New York 10017 IMIAC International Masonry Industry All–Weather Council International Masonry Institute 815 15th Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20005 MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer’s Association 1230 Keith Building Cleveland, Ohio 44115 MFMA Maple Flooring Manufacturers Association 60 River Drive Northbrook, Illinois 60062 MIL Military Specification Naval Publications and Forms Center 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19120 ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association 221 North LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60601 NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 221 North LaSalle Street Chicago, Illinois 60601 NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association P.O. Box 781 Herndon, Virginia 22070 NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau 8224 Old Courthouse Road Vienna, Virginia 22180 November 2, 2022 01 42 19 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers’ Association 2101 ‘L’ Street, N.W. Washington, DC 20037 NFPA National Fire Protection Association Battery March Park Quincy, Massachusetts 02269 NFPA National Forest Products Association 1619 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W. Washington, DC 20036 NSWMA National Solid Wastes Management Association 1730 Rhode Island Ave., N.W. Washington, DC 20036 NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association 3166 Des Plaines Avenue Des Plaines, Illinois 60018 NWMA National Woodwork Manufacturers Association 205 W. Touhy Avenue Park Ridge, Illinois 60068 PCA Portland Cement Association 5420 Old Orchard Road Skokie, Illinois 60077 PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute 201 North Wells Street Chicago, Illinois 60606 PS Product Standard U. S. Department of Commerce Washington, DC 20203 RIS Redwood Inspection Service One Lombard Street San Francisco, California 94111 RCSHSB Red Cedar Shingle and Handsplit Shake Bureau 515 116th Avenue Bellevue, Washington 98004 November 2, 2022 01 42 19 - 7 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SDI Steel Deck Institute P.O. Box 9506 Canton, Ohio 44711 SDI Steel Door Institute 712 Lakewood Center North 14600 Detroit Avenue Cleveland, Ohio 44107 SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association 111 East Wacker Drive Chicago, Illinois 60601 SJI Steel Joist Institute 1205 48th Avenue North Suite A Myrtle Beach, South Carolina 29577 SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors’ National Association 8224 Old Court House Road Vienna, Virginia 22180 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council 4400 Fifth Avenue Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213 SSRBC Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction Illinois Department of Transportation Latest Edition TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. Box 326 Princeton, New Jersey 08540 UL Underwriters’ Laboratories, Inc. 333 Pfingston Road Northbrook, Illinois 60062 PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 42 19 November 2, 2022 01 42 19 - 8 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Temporary facilities under Agreement. B. Temporary Utilities: 1. Temporary electricity. 2. Temporary lighting for construction purposes. 3. Temporary heating. 4. Temporary cooling. 5. Temporary ventilation. 6. Temporary water service. 7. Temporary sanitary facilities. C. Construction Facilities: 1. Vehicular access. 2. Signs. 3. Barricades. 4. Direction of operations. 5. Public convenience and safety. 6. Parking. 7. Progress cleaning and waste removal. 8. Traffic regulation. 9. Fire-prevention facilities. D. Temporary Controls: 1. Barriers. 2. Enclosures and fencing. 3. . 4. Water control. 5. Dust control. 6. Erosion and sediment control. 7. Noise control. 8. Pollution control. E. Removal of utilities, facilities, and controls. 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. ASTM E 84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials. 2. ASTM E 90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements. 3. ASTM E 119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials. B. Traffic Control and Protection 1. Illinois Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction 2. Illinois Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways (MUTCD) 3. Illinois Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications for Traffic Control Items and Other Highway Standards. 4. IDOT Section 701 – Work Zone Traffic Control. 1.3 TEMPORARY FACILITIES UNDER AGREEMENT A. Temporary Provisions Provided by Contractor: 1. Temporary barriers, barricades, covered walkways, fencing, exterior closures, and interior closures. 2. Cleaning during construction. 3. Access roads and approaches. 4. Temporary sanitary facilities. 5. Temporary heating and ventilating after enclosure. 6. Temporary electrical service and distribution system for power and lighting. 7. Construction aids. 8. Temporary fire protection, dust control, erosion and sediment control, water control, noise control, and other necessary temporary controls. 9. Temporary barriers, barricades, and similar devices as necessary for safety and protection of construction personnel and public. 10. Temporary tree and plant protection. 11. Temporary provisions for protection of installed Work. 1.4 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY A. Contractor shall pay cost of energy used. Exercise measures to conserve energy. Contractor shall install temporary electric metering devices to meter power used during construction. B. Complement existing power service capacity and characteristics as required for construction operations. C. Provide power outlets for construction operations, with branch wiring and distribution boxes located as required. Provide flexible power cords as required. D. Provide main service disconnect and over–current protection at convenient location. November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 E. Permanent convenience receptacles may be utilized during construction for low amperage, short duration applications such as power hand tools, etc. F. Provide distribution equipment, wiring, and outlets for single-phase branch circuits for power and lighting. 1.5 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. Provide and maintain lighting for construction operations. B. Provide and maintain lighting to exterior staging and storage areas after dark for security purposes. C. Provide and maintain lighting to interior work areas after dark for security purposes. D. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required. E. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs. F. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction. 1.6 TEMPORARY HEATING A. Provide and pay for heating devices and heat as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. B. Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary heating purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. C. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 DegF in areas where construction is in progress unless indicated otherwise in individual product Sections. 1.7 TEMPORARY COOLING A. Provide and pay for cooling devices and cooling as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. B. Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary cooling purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. C. Maintain maximum ambient temperature of 80 DegF in areas where construction is in progress unless indicated otherwise in individual product Sections. November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.8 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. Ventilate enclosed areas to achieve curing of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent accumulation of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. B. Utilize existing ventilation equipment if available. Extend and supplement equipment with temporary fan units as required to maintain clean air for construction operations. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. 1.9 TEMPORARY WATER SERVICE A. Provide and pay for suitable quality water service as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. Connect to existing water source. Provide separate metering and reimburse Owner for cost of water used. 1.10 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Provide and maintain required facilities and enclosures. Existing facility use is not permitted. Provide facilities at time of Project mobilization. 1.11 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS A. Designated existing spaces may not be used for field offices and for storage. Coordinate locations with Engineer and Owner prior to project mobilization. B. Permanent facilities shall not be used for field offices or for storage. 1.12 VEHICULAR ACCESS A. Construct temporary all-weather access roads from public thoroughfares to serve construction area, of width and load-bearing capacity to accommodate unimpeded traffic for construction purposes. B. Construct temporary bridges and culverts to span low areas and allow unimpeded drainage. C. Extend and relocate vehicular access as Work progress requires and provide detours as necessary for unimpeded traffic flow. D. Provide unimpeded access for emergency vehicles. Maintain 20 FT wide driveways with turning space between and around combustible materials. E. Provide and maintain access to fire hydrants and control valves free of obstructions. F. Provide and maintain access to driveways. G. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 H. Designated existing on-site roads may be used for construction traffic provided they are cleaned at the end of each work day. I. Damage to any paved areas as a result of any project related activities shall be repaired by the Contractor at his expense, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. J. Tracked vehicles shall not be allowed on paved areas under any circumstances. K. Traffic Control and Protection shall be provided as called for in the Drawings, these Specifications, applicable Highway Standards, or as directed by the Owner or Engineer. L. Comply with the ordinances and requirements of the Owner, Division of Transportation, the Illinois Department of Transportation, and other local authorities having jurisdiction. M. The governing factor in the execution and staging or work for this project is to provide the motoring public with the safest possible travel conditions along the roadway through the construction zone. The Contractor shall arrange his operations to keep the closing of any lane of the roadway to a minimum. N. All Traffic Control devices used on this Project shall conform to the Plans, Special Provisions, Traffic Control Standards, Traffic Specifications and the "Illinois Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways." No modifications of these requirements will be allowed without prior written approval of the Engineer. O. Traffic Control devices include: signs and their supports, signals, pavement markings, barricades with sand bags, channelizing devices, warning lights, arrow boards, flaggers, or any other device used for the purpose of regulating, warning or guiding traffic through or around the construction zone. P. The initial erection of a traffic control installation shall not include devices that are bent, scratched, faded, worn, dirty or otherwise present a shabby appearance. The Contractor is required to conduct routine inspections of the worksite at a frequency that will allow for the prompt replacement of any traffic control device that has become worn or damaged to the extent that it no longer conforms to the shape, dimensions, color and operational requirements of the MUTCD, and the Traffic Control Standards or will no longer present a neat appearance to motorists. A sufficient quantity of replacement devices, based on vulnerability to damage, shall be readily available to meet this requirement. Q. The Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location, installation, and arrangement of all traffic control devices. Special attention shall be given to advance warning signs during construction operations in order to keep lane assignment consistent with barricade placement at all times. The Contractor shall cover all traffic control devices that are inconsistent with detour or lane assignment patterns during the transition from one construction phase to another. R. The Contractor shall coordinate all traffic control work on this project with adjoining or overlapping projects, including barricade placement necessary to provide a uniform traffic detour patters. When directed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall remove all traffic control devices which were furnished, installed maintained by him under this contract, and such devices shall remain the property of the Contractor. All traffic control devices shall remain in place until specific authorization for relocation of removal is received from the Engineer. November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 S. The Contractor shall ensure all traffic control devises installed by him are operational 24 HRS a day, including Sundays and holidays. The Contractor shall furnish the name of the individual in his direct employ who is to be responsible for the installation and maintenance of the traffic control for this project. If the actual installation and maintenance are to be accomplished by a Subcontractor, consent shall be requested at the time of the preconstruction meeting in accordance with IDOT Article 108.01. This shall not relieve the Contractor of the foregoing requirement for a responsible individual in its direct employ. 1.13 SIGNS A. Construction signs referring to daytime lane closures during working hours shall be removed or covered during non-working hours. B. Throughout the duration of this project, all existing traffic signs shall be maintained by the Contractor. All provisions of Article 107.25 of the Standard Specifications shall apply, except the third paragraph shall be revised to read: "The Contractor shall maintain, furnish and replace at his owe expense, any traffic sign or post which has been damaged or lost by the Contractor or a third party." C. "Fresh Oil" signs (W21-2) shall be used when prime is applied to pavement that is open to traffic. The signs are to remain until tracking of the prime ceases. The sign shall be erected a minimum of 500 FT preceding the start of the prime and on all side roads within the posted area. The "Fresh Oil" sign on the side of the road shall be posted a minimum of 200 FT from the mainline pavement. 1.14 BARRICADES A. Any drop off greater than three inches, but less than six inches within eight feet of the pavement edge shall be protected by Type I or II barricades equipped with mono-directional steady bum lights at 100 foot center to center spacing. If the drop off within eight feet of the pavement edge exceeds six inches, the barricades mentioned above shall be placed at 50 foot center-to-center spacing. Barricades that must be placed in excavated areas shall have leg extensions installed such that the top of the barricade is in compliance with the height requirements of Standard 701901. B. Check barricades shall be placed in work areas perpendicular to traffic every 100 feet, one per lane and per shoulder, to prevent motorists from using work areas as a traveled way. Two additional check barricades shall be placed in advance of each patch excavation or any other hazard in the work area, the first at the edge of the open traffic lane and the second centered in the closed lane. Check barricades shall be Type I or II and equipped with a flashing light. C. Vertical panels, drums or other delineating devices may be substituted for Type I or II barricades with the approval of the Engineer. November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 7 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.15 DIRECTION OF OPERATIONS A. Placement of all signs and barricades shall proceed in the direction of flow of traffic. Removal of all signs and barricades shall start at the end of the construction areas and proceed toward oncoming traffic unless otherwise directed by the Engineer. 1.16 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY A. Access for driveways shall be maintained at all times during construction. The Contractor shall notify the property owner of the loss of driveway use a minimum of 48 HRS before the driveway access loss. B. No road closure or restriction shall be permitted except those covered by Standard Designs without written approval by the Engineer. 1.17 PARKING A. Use of designated areas of existing on-site streets, parking lots and driveways used for construction traffic is permitted, provided they are cleaned at the end of each work day. B. Arrange for temporary gravel surface parking areas to accommodate construction personnel. Locate as approved by Engineer and Owner. C. When Site space is not adequate, provide additional off-Site parking. Off street parking shall be permitted at locations as shown on the plans and other locations as approved by the Owner in writing. D. Do not allow heavy vehicles or construction equipment in parking areas. E. Permanent Pavements and Parking Facilities: 1. Before Substantial Completion, bases for permanent roads and parking areas may be used for construction traffic. 2. Avoid traffic loading beyond paving design capacity. Tracked vehicles are not allowed. 3. Use of permanent parking structures is permitted. F. Maintenance: 1. Maintain traffic and parking areas in sound condition free of excavated material, construction equipment, products, mud, snow, ice, and the like. 2. Maintain existing and permanent paved areas used for construction; promptly repair breaks, potholes, low areas, standing water, and other deficiencies, to maintain paving and drainage in original or specified condition. G. Removal, Repair: 1. Remove temporary materials and construction before Substantial Completion. 2. Remove underground Work and compacted materials to depth of 2 feet; fill and grade Site as indicated. 3. Repair existing facilities damaged by use, to original condition and/or specified condition. November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 8 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 H. Mud from Site vehicles: Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets. 1.18 PROGRESS CLEANING AND WASTE REMOVAL A. Maintain areas free of waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain Site in clean and orderly condition. B. Clean public roadways, site access roads and parking areas at the end of each weak or as needed to maintain clean roadways. C. Remove debris and rubbish from pipe chases, plenums, attics, crawl spaces, and other closed or remote spaces, before enclosing spaces. D. Broom and vacuum clean interior areas before starting surface finishing and continue cleaning to eliminate dust. E. Collect and remove waste materials, debris, and rubbish from Site periodically and dispose of off- Site. F. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids. 1.19 TRAFFIC REGULATION A. Signs, Signals, and Devices: 1. Post-Mounted and Wall-Mounted Traffic Control and Informational Signs: As approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 2. Automatic Traffic Control Signals: As approved by local jurisdictions. 3. Traffic Cones, Drums, Flares, and Lights: As approved by authorities having jurisdiction. 4. Flag Person Equipment: As required by authorities having jurisdiction. B. Flag Persons: Provide trained and equipped flag persons to regulate traffic when construction operations or traffic encroach on public traffic lanes. C. Flares and Lights: Use flares and lights during hours of low visibility to delineate traffic lanes and to guide traffic. D. Haul Routes: 1. Consult with authorities having jurisdiction and establish public thoroughfares to be used for haul routes and Site access. 2. Confine construction traffic to designated haul routes. 3. Provide traffic control at critical areas of haul routes to regulate traffic and to minimize interference with public traffic. E. Traffic Signs and Signals: November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 9 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. Provide signs at approaches to Site and on Site, at crossroads, detours, parking areas, and elsewhere as needed to direct construction and affected public traffic. 2. Provide, operate, and maintain traffic control signals to direct and maintain orderly flow of traffic in areas under Contractor's control and areas affected by Contractor's operations. 3. Relocate signs and signals as Work progresses, to maintain effective traffic control. F. Removal: 1. Remove equipment and devices when no longer required. 2. Repair damage caused by installation. 3. Remove post settings to depth of 2 feet below finished grade. 1.20 FIRE-PREVENTION FACILITIES A. Prohibit smoking within buildings and on owner’s property. Coordinate designated smoking area with Owner, smoking area shall only be located where smoking is permitted. Provide approved ashtrays in designated smoking areas. B. Establish fire watch for cutting, welding, and other hazardous operations capable of starting fires. Maintain fire watch before, during, and after hazardous operations until threat of fire does not exist. C. Portable Fire Extinguishers: NFPA 10; 10 pound capacity, 4A-60B: C UL rating. 1. Provide one fire extinguisher at each stairway on each floor of buildings under construction and demolition. 2. Provide minimum of one fire extinguisher in every construction trailer and storage shed. 3. Provide minimum of one fire extinguisher on roof during roofing operations using heat- producing equipment. 1.21 BARRIERS A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations. B. Provide barricades and covered walkways required by authorities having jurisdiction for public rights-of-way and for public access. C. Tree and Plant Protection: Preserve and protect existing trees and plants designated to remain. 1. Protect areas within drip lines from traffic, parking, storage, dumping, chemically injurious materials and liquids, ponding, and continuous running water. 2. Replace trees and plants damaged by construction operations. D. Protect non-owned vehicular traffic, stored materials, Site, and structures from damage. 1.22 ENCLOSURES AND FENCING A. Construction: Commercial-grade chain-link fence. November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 10 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 B. Exterior Enclosures: 1. Provide temporary weathertight closure of exterior openings to accommodate acceptable working conditions and protection for products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual Specification Sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons. Provide access doors with self- closing hardware and locks. 1.23 WATER CONTROL A. Grade Site to drain. Maintain excavations free of water. Provide, operate, and maintain necessary pumping equipment. B. Protect Site from puddles or running water. Provide water barriers as required to protect Site from soil erosion. 1.24 DUST CONTROL A. Execute Work by methods that minimize raising dust from construction operations. B. Provide positive means to prevent airborne dust from dispersing into atmosphere and into Owner- occupied areas. 1.25 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Erosion control practices are to be constructed and maintained in accordance with the Illinois Urban Manual (latest edition) or as specified on the plans. B. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. C. Minimize surface area of bare soil exposed at one time. D. Provide temporary measures including berms, dikes, drains, and other devices to prevent water flow. E. Construct fill and waste areas by selective placement to avoid erosive surface silts and clays. F. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation. Promptly apply corrective measures. G. Comply with the Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan as shown in the Contract Documents. 1.26 NOISE CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise from construction operations. November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 11 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.27 POLLUTION CONTROL A. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances and pollutants produced by construction operations. B. Comply with pollution and environmental control requirements of State of Illinois and all regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the project. 1.28 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES, AND CONTROLS A. Remove temporary utilities, equipment, facilities, and materials prior to Substantial Completion inspection. B. Remove underground installations to minimum depth of 2 feet below finished grade. Grade site as indicated C. Clean and repair damage caused by installation or use of temporary Work. D. Restore existing facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01 50 00 November 2, 2022 01 50 00 - 12 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 01 60 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Products. B. Product delivery requirements. C. Product storage and handling requirements. D. Product options. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Product: Manufactured material or equipment. 1.3 PRODUCTS A. At minimum, comply with specified requirements and reference standards. B. Specified products define standard of quality, type, function, dimension, appearance, and performance required. C. Furnish products of qualified manufacturers that are suitable for intended use. Furnish products of each type by single manufacturer unless specified otherwise. Confirm that manufacturer's production capacity can provide sufficient product, on time, to meet Project requirements. D. Domestic Products: Except where specified otherwise, domestic products are required and interpreted to mean products mined, manufactured, fabricated, or produced in United States or its territories. E. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises except as specifically permitted by Contract Documents. F. Furnish interchangeable components from same manufacturer for components being replaced. 1.4 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS A. Transport and handle products according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure products comply with requirements, quantities are correct, and products are undamaged. November 2, 2022 01 60 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 C. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products; use methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. 1.5 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS A. Store and protect products according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Store products with seals and labels intact and legible. C. Store sensitive products (finished painted, motorized, or items with electronics), in weathertight, climate-controlled enclosures in an environment suitable to product. If on site storage is not available, contractor shall be responsible for supplying offsite storage for these products. D. For exterior storage of fabricated products, place products on sloped supports aboveground. E. Provide bonded off-Site storage and protection when Site does not permit on-Site storage or protection. F. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering. Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products. G. Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in well-drained area. Prevent mixing with foreign matter. H. Provide equipment and personnel to store products; use methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage. I. Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Products complying with specified reference standards or description. B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Products of one of manufacturers named and complying with Specifications; no options or substitutions allowed. C. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with Provision for Substitutions: Submit Request for Substitution for any manufacturer not named, according to Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION - Not Used END OF SECTION 01 60 00 November 2, 2022 01 70 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 01 70 00 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. Field Engineering. B. Closeout Procedures. C. Maintenance Service. D. Examination. E. Preparation. F. Execution. G. Cutting and Patching. H. Protecting Installed Construction. I. Restoration. J. Final cleaning. 1.2 FIELD ENGINEERING A. Locate and protect survey control and reference points. Promptly notify Engineer of discrepancies discovered. B. Control datum for survey is established by Owner-provided survey and is indicated on Drawings. C. Prior to beginning Work, verify and establish floor elevations of existing facilities to ensure that new Work will meet existing elevations in smooth and level alignment except where specifically detailed or indicated otherwise. D. Verify setbacks and easements; confirm Drawing dimensions and elevations. E. Contractor to provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels using recognized engineering survey practices. F. Submit copy of Site Drawing certifying elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with Contract Documents. G. Maintain complete and accurate log of control and survey Work as Work progresses. November 2, 2022 01 70 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 H. Protect survey control points prior to starting Site Work; preserve permanent reference points during construction. I. Promptly report to Engineer loss or destruction of reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons. J. Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control. Make no changes without prior written notice to Engineer. 1.3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. Prerequisites to Substantial Completion: Complete following items before requesting Certification of Substantial Completion, either for entire Work or for portions of Work: 1. Submit maintenance manuals, Project Record Documents, and other similar final record data in compliance with this Section. 2. Conduct inspection to establish basis for request that Work is substantially complete. Create comprehensive list (initial punch list) indicating items to be completed or corrected, value of incomplete or nonconforming Work, reason for being incomplete, and date of anticipated completion for each item. Include copy of list with request for Certificate of Substantial Completion. 3. Obtain and submit releases enabling Owner's full, unrestricted use of Project and access to services and utilities. Include certificate of occupancy, operating certificates, and similar releases from authorities having jurisdiction and utility companies. 4. Perform final cleaning according to this Section. B. Substantial Completion Inspection: 1. When Contractor considers Work to be substantially complete, submit to Engineer: a. Written certificate that Work, or designated portion, is substantially complete. b. List of items to be completed or corrected (initial punch list). 2. Within seven days after receipt of request for Substantial Completion, Engineer and Owner will make an inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is substantially complete. 3. Should Engineer or Owner determine that Work is not substantially complete: a. Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, stating reasons for its opinion. b. Contractor shall remedy deficiencies in Work and send second written request for Substantial Completion to Engineer. c. Engineer and Owner will re-inspect Work. d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work: Repeated until Work passes Engineer and Owner's inspection. 4. When Engineer and Owner find that Work is substantially complete, Engineer will: a. Prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion on EJCDC C-625 - Certificate of Substantial Completion, accompanied by Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected as verified and amended by Engineer and Owner (final punch list). November 2, 2022 01 70 00 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 b. Submit Certificate to Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in Certificate. 5. After Work is substantially complete, Contractor shall: a. Allow Owner occupancy of Project under provisions stated in Certificate of Substantial Completion. b. Complete Work listed for completion or correction within time period stipulated. 6. Owner will occupy all portions of new and rehabilitated buildings and facilities as specified in Section 01 10 00 - Summary. C. Prerequisites for Final Completion: Complete following items before requesting final acceptance and final payment. 1. When Contractor considers Work to be complete, submit written certification that: a. Contract Documents have been reviewed. b. Work has been examined for compliance with Contract Documents. c. Work has been completed according to Contract Documents. d. Work is completed and ready for final inspection. 2. Submittals: Submit following: a. Final punch list indicating all items have been completed or corrected. b. Final payment request with final releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include certificates of insurance for products and completed operations where required. c. Specified warranties, workmanship/maintenance bonds, maintenance agreements, and other similar documents. d. Accounting statement for final changes to Contract Sum. e. Contractor's affidavit of payment of debts and claims on AIA G706 - Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims. f. Contractor affidavit of release of liens on AIA G706A - Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens. g. Consent of surety to final payment on AIA G707 - Consent of Surety to Final Payment Form. h. Submittals that are required by governing or other authorities. 3. Perform final cleaning for Contractor-soiled areas according to this Section. D. Final Completion Inspection: 1. Within seven days after receipt of request for final inspection, Engineer and Owner will make inspection to determine whether Work or designated portion is complete. 2. Should Engineer or Owner consider Work to be incomplete or defective: a. Engineer will promptly notify Contractor in writing, listing incomplete or defective Work. b. Contractor shall remedy stated deficiencies and send second written request to Engineer that Work is complete. November 2, 2022 01 70 00 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 c. Engineer and Owner will re-inspect Work. d. Redo and Inspection of Deficient Work: Repeated until Work passes Engineer and Owner's inspection. 1.4 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in Specification Sections during construction. B. Examine system components at frequency consistent with reliable operation. Clean, adjust, and lubricate as required. C. Include systematic examination, adjustment, and lubrication of components. Repair or replace parts whenever required. Use parts produced by manufacturer of original component. D. Do not assign or transfer maintenance service to agent or Subcontractor without prior written consent of Owner. PART 2 - PRODUCTS - NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Verify that existing Site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work. Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions. B. Verify that existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached. C. Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual Specification Sections. D. Verify that utility services are available with correct characteristics and in correct locations. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance. C. Apply manufacturer-required or -recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond. November 2, 2022 01 70 00 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.3 EXECUTION A. Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions, performing each step in sequence. Maintain one set of manufacturer's installation instructions at Project Site during installation and until completion of construction. B. When manufacturer's installation instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Engineer before proceeding. C. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on approved Shop Drawings or as instructed by manufacturer. D. Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement. 1. Secure Work true to line and level and within specified tolerances, or if not specified, industry-recognized tolerances. 2. Physically separate products in place, provide electrical insulation, or provide protective coatings to prevent galvanic action or corrosion between dissimilar metals. 3. Exposed Joints: Provide uniform joint width and arrange to obtain best visual effect. Refer questionable visual-effect choices to Engineer for final decision. E. Climatic Conditions and Project Status: Install each unit of Work under conditions to ensure best possible results in coordination with entire Project. 1. Isolate each unit of Work from incompatible Work as necessary to prevent deterioration. 2. Coordinate enclosure of Work with required inspections and tests to minimize necessity of uncovering Work for those purposes. F. Mounting Heights: Where not indicated, mount individual units of Work at industry recognized standard mounting heights for particular application indicated. 1. Refer questionable mounting heights choices to Engineer for final decision. 2. Elements Identified as Accessible to Handicapped: Comply with applicable codes and regulations. G. Adjust operating products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation. H. Clean and perform maintenance on installed Work as frequently as necessary through remainder of construction period. Lubricate operable components as recommended by manufacturer. 3.4 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Employ skilled and experienced installers to perform cutting and patching. B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements affecting: 1. Structural integrity of element. 2. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements. 3. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of element. 4. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements. November 2, 2022 01 70 00 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 5. Work of Owner or separate contractor. C. Execute cutting, fitting, and patching including excavation and fill to complete Work and to: 1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work. 2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work. 3. Remove and replace defective and nonconforming Work. 4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing. 5. Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work. D. Execute Work by methods to avoid damage to other Work and to provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing. E. Cut masonry and concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill. F. Restore Work with new products according to requirements of Contract Documents. G. Fit Work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduits, and other penetrations through surfaces. H. Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction; completely seal voids. I. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection; for assembly, refinish entire unit. J. Identify hazardous substances or conditions exposed during the Work to Engineer for decision or remedy. 3.5 PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual Specification Sections. B. Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products. Control activity in immediate Work area to prevent damage. C. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings. D. Use durable sheet materials to protect finished floors, stairs, and other surfaces from traffic, dirt, wear, damage, or movement of heavy objects. E. Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces. When traffic or activity is necessary, obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer. F. Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas. 3.6 RESTORATION A. The Contractor shall take all necessary steps to prevent the damage or disruption of the use of existing improvements. November 2, 2022 01 70 00 - 7 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 B. All areas disturbed by the Contractor shall be restored to their original condition and approved by the Engineer. Restoration is intended to restore areas both paved and unpaved included but not limited to areas disrupted during construction in addition to those areas indicated as paved, sodded, mulched, and paved. C. The Contractor will be responsible for any additional maintenance of the rehabilitated items until the item has been restored to its original condition as deemed by the Engineer. 3.7 FINAL CLEANING A. Execute final cleaning to the satisfaction of the Owner prior to final Project assessment. 1. Employ experienced personnel or professional cleaning firm. B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains, and foreign substances; polish transparent and glossy surfaces. C. Clean equipment and fixtures to sanitary condition with appropriate cleaning materials. D. Replace filters of operating equipment. E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and sanitary and storm drainage systems. F. Clean Site; sweep and wash paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces. G. Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from Site. END OF SECTION 01 70 00 November 2, 2022 01 70 00 - 8 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally DIVISION 31 EARTHWORK This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 31 05 13 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 31 05 13 - SOILS FOR EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Subsoil materials. 2. Topsoil materials. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 31 22 13 - Rough Grading. 2. Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching. 3. Section 31 23 23 - Fill. 4. Section 32 91 19 - Landscape Grading. 5. Section 32 92 19 - Seeding. 6. Section 32 93 00 - Plants. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation. B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials: 1. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 LBS Rammer and an 18 IN Drop. C. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 12,400 ft-lbf/ft3. 2. D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 56,000 ft-lbf/ft3. 3. D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). 4. D2922 – Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil–Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 5. D3017 – Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil–Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Samples: Submit, in air-tight containers, 10 LBS sample of fill to testing laboratory. November 2, 2022 31 05 13 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 C. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials source. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish each subsoil material from single source throughout the Work. B. Perform Work in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition, of Illinois Department of Transportation. C. Maintain one copy of IDOT Construction Manual and SSRBC on site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SUBSOIL MATERIALS A. Subsoil Types: Conforming to the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois, Current Edition (IDOT), Section 204, and/or as indicated on the Plans. B. Subsoil Fill: 1. Excavated and Re-Used Material: a. Material excavated from site shall have a Standard Dry Density of not less than 90 LBS/CF when tested according to AASHTO T 99 (Method C and shall not possess an organic content greater than ten percent (10% when tested according to AASHTO T 194. 2. Graded. 3. Free of lumps larger than 3 IN, rocks larger than 2 IN, and debris. 4. Conforming to ASTM D2487. 2.2 TOPSOIL MATERIALS A. Topsoil: As defined under Section 211 Conforming to Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). B. Topsoil: 1. Imported borrow. 2. Loamy soil and the A horizon soil profile as defined in the IDOT Geotechnical Manual. 3. Reasonably free of roots, rocks larger than 1 IN, subsoil, debris, large weeds, and foreign matter. a. Screening: Single screened. 90 percent passing the No. 10 (2.00mm) sieve. 4. Acidity range pH of 5.0 to 8.0 per ASTM D4972. 5. Containing minimum of 1 percent and maximum of 10 percent organic matter. 6. To be restored to original depth, at minimum, or as shown on Plans. 7. In the event that the Contractor elects to import material, a sample of material not less than 10 LBS shall be inspected and approved by the Owner prior to delivery. November 2, 2022 31 05 13 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Testing and Analysis of Subsoil Material: Perform in accordance with ASTM D698. C. Testing and Analysis of Topsoil Material: Perform in accordance with ASTM D698. D. When tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. E. Furnish materials of each type from same source throughout the Work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXCAVATION A. Excavate subsoil and topsoil from areas designated. Strip topsoil to full depth of topsoil in designated areas. B. Stockpile excavated material meeting requirements for subsoil materials. C. Remove excess excavated materials not intended for reuse, from site. D. Remove excavated materials not meeting requirements for subsoil materials from site. 3.2 STOCKPILING A. Stockpiling and all associated work shall be considered incidental to the Contract and only completed if deemed necessary by the Contractor due to scheduling. B. Stockpile materials on site at locations designated by Engineer. C. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet Project schedule and requirements. D. Separate differing materials with dividers or stockpile apart to prevent mixing. E. Prevent intermixing of soil types or contamination. F. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion or deterioration of materials. G. Stockpile unsuitable materials on impervious material and cover to prevent erosion and leaching, until disposed of. H. Stockpile shall be stabilized in accordance with Municipal and County standards. This includes but is not limited silt fence, seeding and stabilization such as mulch and hay. November 2, 2022 31 05 13 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.3 STOCKPILE CLEANUP A. Remove stockpile, leave area in clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent free standing surface water. B. Leave unused materials in neat, compact stockpile. C. When borrow area is indicated, leave area in clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent free standing surface water. D. Seed stockpiled area and borrow areas with specified seed mix and provide any additional reseeding, fertilization and/or watering necessary to establish germinated grass seed. END OF SECTION 31 05 13 November 2, 2022 31 05 16 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 31 05 16 - AGGREGATES FOR EARTHWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Coarse aggregate materials. 2. Fine aggregate materials. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Fill and grading materials. 2. Section 31 22 13 - Rough Grading. 3. Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching. 4. Section 31 23 23 - Fill. 5. Section 32 11 23 - Aggregate Base Courses. 6. Section 32 91 19 - Landscape Grading. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). B. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials: 1. AASHTO M147 - Standard Specification for Materials for Aggregate and Soil-Aggregate Subbase, Base and Surface Courses. 2. AASHTO T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 LB Rammer and an 18 IN Drop. C. ASTM International: 1. C136 - Standard Test Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 2. D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 12,400 ft-lbf/ft3. 3. D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 56,000 ft-lbf/ft3. 4. D2487 - Standard Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes (Unified Soil Classification System). 5. D2922 – Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil–Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 6. D3017 – Test Method for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil–Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 7. D4318 - Standard Test Method for Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index of Soils. November 2, 2022 31 05 16 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Materials Source: Submit name of imported materials suppliers. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish each aggregate material from single source throughout the Work. B. Perform Work according to Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). C. Maintain one copy of the standards, on site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 COARSE AGGREGATE MATERIALS A. Coarse Aggregate as indicated on plans as defined under Article 1004 of Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation. 2.2 FINE AGGREGATE MATERIALS A. Fine Aggregate as indicated on plans as defined under Section 1003 of Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Coarse Aggregate Material - Testing and Analysis: Perform according to AASHTO T180. C. Fine Aggregate Material - Testing and Analysis: Perform according to AASHTO T180. D. When tests indicate materials do not meet specified requirements, change material and retest. E. Provide materials of each type from the same source throughout the Work. November 2, 2022 31 05 16 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 STOCKPILING A. Stockpile materials on site at locations designated by Engineer. B. Stockpile in sufficient quantities to meet Project schedule and requirements. C. Separate different aggregate materials with dividers or stockpile individually to prevent mixing. D. Direct surface water away from stockpile site to prevent erosion or deterioration of materials. E. Stockpile unsuitable materials on impervious material and cover to prevent erosion and leaching, until disposed of. 3.2 STOCKPILE CLEANUP A. Remove stockpile, leave area in clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent free standing surface water. B. When borrow area is indicated, leave area in clean and neat condition. Grade site surface to prevent free standing surface water. END OF SECTION 31 05 16 November 2, 2022 31 05 16 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 31 23 16 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 31 23 16 - EXCAVATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Soil densification. 2. Excavating for paving, roads, and parking areas. 3. Excavating for site structures. 4. Excavating for landscaping. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Stockpiling excavated materials. 2. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork: Stockpiling excavated materials. 3. Section 31 23 23 - Fill. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Local utility standards when working within 24 IN of utility lines. B. ASTM International: 1. D698 – Moisture Density Relations of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures, Using a 5.5 LB Rammer and a 12 IN Drop. 2. D2049 – Relative Density of Cohesionless Soils. 3. D2922 – Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Excavation Protection Plan: Describe sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials and installation required to protect excavations and adjacent structures and property; include structural calculations to support plan. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate soil densification grid for each size and configuration footing requiring soils densification. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). B. Maintain one copy of document on site. November 2, 2022 31 23 16 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. Prepare excavation protection plan under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of Illinois. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT APPLICABLE TO THIS SECTION) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Call Local Utility Line Information service (J.U.L.I.E.) at 1-800-892-0123 (or 811) not less than two working days before performing Work. 1. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding construction areas. 2. Stake and flag locations of known utilities. B. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum. C. Notify utility company to remove and relocate utilities as indicated on Drawings. D. Protect utilities indicated to remain from damage. E. Upon discovery of unknown utility or concealed conditions, discontinue affected work; notify Engineer. F. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping. G. Protect bench marks, survey control point, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. 3.2 EXCAVATION A. Blasting with any type of explosive is prohibited. B. Provide dewatering system necessary to successfully complete compaction and construction requirements. Dewatering shall be considered incidental to the Contract. C. Remove frozen, loose, wet, or soft material and replace with approved material as directed by Engineer. D. Underpin adjacent structures which may be damaged by excavation work. E. Excavate subsoil to accommodate building foundations, paving, slabs-on-grade, site structures, and construction operations. November 2, 2022 31 23 16 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 F. Excavate to working elevation for piling work. G. Compact disturbed load bearing soil in direct contact with foundations to original bearing capacity; perform compaction in accordance with Section 31 23 23 - Fill. H. Slope banks with machine to angle of repose or less until shored. I. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. J. Grade top perimeter of excavation to prevent surface water from draining into excavation. K. Hand trim excavation. Remove loose matter. L. Notify Engineer of unexpected subsurface conditions and discontinue affected Work in area until notified to resume Work. M. Correct areas over-excavated with backfill and compact replacement as specified for authorized excavation or replace with fill concrete as directed. N. Remove excess and unsuitable material from site. O. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on site in accordance with Section 31 05 13 – Soils for Earthwork and Section 31 05 16 – Aggregates for Earthwork. P. Repair or replace items indicated to remain damaged by excavation. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Perform inspection of excavation and controlled fill operations in accordance with applicable code. C. Request visual inspection of bearing surfaces by Engineer before installing subsequent work. 3.4 PROTECTION A. Prevent displacement or loose soil from falling into excavation; maintain soil stability. B. Protect bottom of excavations and soil adjacent to and beneath foundation from freezing. C. Protect structures, utilities and other facilities from damage caused by settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earth operations. D. The Contractor shall be responsible for shoring and bracing all utilities and signs including but not limited to gas mains, water mains, sanitary sewers, power poles, traffic control devices, irrigation systems and public and private signage. In the event that shoring, bracing, or removal and replacement is required this cost shall be incidental to the contract. No modification to the location or routing of utilities shall be made, unless approved by the Engineer. November 2, 2022 31 23 16 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 END OF SECTION 31 23 16 November 2, 2022 31 23 16.13 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 31 23 16.13 - TRENCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Excavating trenches for utilities. 2. Compacted fill from top of utility bedding to subgrade elevations. 3. Backfilling and compaction. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Soils for fill. 2. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork: Aggregates for fill. 3. Section 31 23 18 - Site Backfilling 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois – Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation. B. Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois – Current Edition, Illinois Society of Professional Engineers, etal. C. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 LB Rammer and an 18 IN Drop. D. ASTM International: 1. C136 - Method for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates. 2. D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 12,400 ft-lbf/ft3. 3. D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 56,000 ft-lbf/ft3. 4. D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 5. D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Utility: Any buried pipe, duct, conduit, or cable. November 2, 2022 31 23 16.13 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit data for geotextile fabric indicating fabric and construction. C. Materials Source: Submit name of imported fill materials suppliers. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with Standard Specification for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois – Current Edition, Illinois Society of Professional Engineers, et. al. B. Maintain one copy of document on site. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Prepare excavation protection plan under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of Illinois. 1.7 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 1.8 COORDINATION A. Refer to Article 1.4 of the General Conditions. B. Verify Work associated with lower elevation utilities is complete before placing higher elevation utilities. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIALS A. Subsoil Fill: Type as specified in Section 31 05 13. B. Structural Fill: Type as specified in Section 31 05 13 and Section 31 05 16. C. Granular Fill: Type as specified in Section 31 05 16. November 2, 2022 31 23 16.13 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Geotextile Fabric: As specified under Section 210 and 282 of Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois – Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 LINES AND GRADES A. Lay pipes true to the lines and grades indicated on Drawings. 1. The Engineer reserves the right to make changes in lines, grades, and depths of utilities when changes are required for Project conditions. B. Use laser-beam instrument with qualified operator to establish lines and grades. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Call Local Utility Line Information service at J.U.L.I.E. (811 or 1-800-892-0123) not less than two working days before performing Work. 1. Request underground utilities to be located and marked within and surrounding construction areas. B. Identify required lines, levels, contours, and datum locations. C. Protect plant life, lawns, and other features remaining as portion of final landscaping. D. Protect bench marks, existing structures, fences, sidewalks, paving, and curbs from excavating equipment and vehicular traffic. E. Maintain and protect above and below grade utilities indicated to remain. F. Establish temporary traffic control when trenching is performed in public right-of-way. Relocate controls as required during progress of Work. 3.3 GENERAL A. Excavate subsoil required for utilities. B. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation and allow inspection. Remove water or materials that interfere with Work. C. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. D. Hand trim for trim for bell and spigot pipe joints. Remove loose matter. November 2, 2022 31 23 16.13 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 E. When subsurface materials at bottom of trench are loose or soft, excavate to a greater depth as directed by Engineer until suitable material is encountered. Notify Engineer promptly upon discovery. F. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent backfill material. G. Correct areas over excavated areas with granular backfill and compact replacement as specified for authorized excavation or replace with fill concrete as directed. H. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on site and remove excess material not being used from site. 3.4 TRENCHING A. Excavate subsoil required for utilities. B. Remove lumped subsoil, boulders, and rock up of 1/3 CY, measured by volume. Remove larger material as specified in Section 31 23 16.26 – Rock Removal. C. Cut trenches sufficiently wide to enable installation and allow inspection. Remove water or materials that interfere with Work. D. Excavate bottom of trenches maximum 2 FT wider than outside diameter of pipe. E. Excavate trenches to depth indicated on Drawings. Provide uniform and continuous bearing and support for bedding material and pipe. F. Do not interfere with 45 degree bearing splay of foundations. G. When Project conditions permit, slope side walls of excavation starting 2 FT above top of pipe. When side walls cannot be sloped, provide sheeting and shoring to protect excavation as specified in this Section. H. When subsurface materials at bottom of trench are loose or soft, excavate to greater depth as directed by Architect/Engineer until suitable material is encountered. I. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent backfill material. J. Trim Excavation: Hand trim for bell and spigot pipe joints. Remove loose matter. K. Correct areas over excavated areas with compacted backfill as specified for authorized excavation or replace with fill concrete as directed by Engineer. L. The trench shall be excavated to the depth required so as to provide a uniform and continuous bearing and support for the pipe on bedding material at every point between joints, except where pipe slings or other lifting tackle are withdrawn. November 2, 2022 31 23 16.13 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 M. Where the bottom of the trench has been excavated by mistake to a greater depth than required, the Contractor shall refill this area using approved material. No additional compensation shall be given to the Contractor. Refilling with earth to bring the bottom of the trench to the proper grade will not be permitted. N. Trenching in Advance of Pipe Laying: The trench for the pipe lines shall not be opened for a distance of more than 200 FT at any one time, unless authorized by the Engineer. At no time will the Contractor be permitted to leave more than 50 FT of trench open at the end of a working day. Adequate protection of open trench shall be provided by the Contractor and reviewed by the Engineer or Owner. O. Stockpile excavated material in area designated on site in accordance with Section 31 05 13 – Soils for Earthwork and Section 31 05 16 – Aggregates for Earthwork. 3.5 SHEETING AND SHORING A. Sheet, shore, and brace excavations to prevent danger to persons, structures and adjacent properties and to prevent caving, erosion, and loss of surrounding subsoil. B. Support trenches more than 5 FT deep excavated through unstable, loose, or soft material. Provide sheeting, shoring, bracing, or other protection to maintain stability of excavation. C. Design sheeting and shoring to be removed at completion of excavation work. D. Repair damage caused by failure of the sheeting, shoring, or bracing and for settlement of filled excavations or adjacent soil. E. Repair damage to new and existing Work from settlement, water or earth pressure or other causes resulting from inadequate sheeting, shoring, or bracing. 3.6 BACKFILLING A. Backfill trenches to contours and elevations with unfrozen fill materials. B. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen, or spongy subgrade surfaces. C. Compact backfill in accordance with Section 31 23 18 – Site Backfilling. D. Place geotextile fabric as indicated on plans, prior to placing next lift of fill. E. Place fill material in continuous layers and compact. F. Employ placement method that does not disturb or damage foundation perimeter drainage, utilities in trench. G. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain required compaction density. H. Do not leave more than 50 FT of trench open at end of working day. November 2, 2022 31 23 16.13 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 I. Protect open trench to prevent danger to the public. 3.7 TOLERANCES A. Top Surface of Backfilling under Paved Areas: Plus or minus 1 IN from required elevations. B. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus 1 IN from required elevations. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Perform laboratory material tests in accordance with ASTM D1557, ASTM D698, and AASHTO T180. C. Perform in place compaction tests in accordance with the following: 1. Density Tests: ASTM D2922. 2. Moisture Tests: ASTM D3017. D. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace, compact, and retest. E. Frequency of Tests: As directed by Engineer. 3.9 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic during construction. END OF SECTION 31 23 16.13 November 2, 2022 31 23 18 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 31 23 18 - SITE BACKFILLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Section includes building perimeter and site structure backfilling to subgrade elevations; site filling and backfilling; fill under paving; fill for over–excavation and consolidation and compaction as scheduled. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 05 13 – Soils for Earthwork. 2. Section 31 05 16 – Aggregates for Earth Work. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT): 1. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition. 2. Supplemental Specifications and Recurring Special Provisions, Current Edition. B. American Association of State Highways and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. AASHTO T180 – Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 lb. Rammer and an 18” Drop. C. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 2. ASTM D698 – Test Methods for Moisture–Density Relations of Soils and Soil–Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12” Drop. 3. ASTM D1557 – Test Methods for Moisture–Density Relations of Soils and Soil–Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb. Rammer and an 18” Drop. 4. ASTM D2049 – Relative Density of Cohesionless Soils. 5. ASTM D2922 – Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil–Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 6. ASTM D3017 – Test Methods for Moisture Content of Soil and Soil–Aggregate Mixtures. 7. ASTM D4253 –Standard Test Methods for Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a Vibratory Table. 8. ASTM D4254 –Test Methods for Minimum Index Density of Soils and Calculation of Relative Density. 9. ASTM D4632 –Standard Test Method for Grab Breaking Load and Elongation of Geotextiles. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit data for geotextile fabric indicating fabric and construction. November 2, 2022 31 23 18 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIALS A. Subsoil Fill: As specified in Section 31 05 13 – Soils for Earthwork and as indicated on plans. B. Granular Fill: As specified in Section 31 05 16 – Aggregates for Earthwork and as indicated on plans. C. Concrete: Lean concrete with a compressive strength of 3000 psi. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Geotextile Fabric: As specified in Section 210 and 282 of the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois – Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1.4 of the General Conditions. B. Verify subdrainage, dampproofing or waterproofing installation has been inspected. C. Verify underground structures are anchored to their own foundations to avoid flotation after backfilling D. Verify structural ability of unsupported walls to support loads imposed by the fill. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Compact subgrade to density requirements for subsequent backfill materials. B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with granular fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. C. Scarify subgrade surface to a depth of six inches (6 IN) to identify soft spots; fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. 3.3 BACKFILLING A. Backfill areas to contours and elevations with unfrozen materials. B. Systematically backfill to allow maximum time for natural settlement. Do not backfill over porous, wet, frozen or spongy subgrade surfaces. C. Place geotextile fabric as called for on the Plans. D. Place fill material in continuous layers and compact. November 2, 2022 31 23 18 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 E. Employ a placement method that does not disturb or damage other work. F. Maintain optimum moisture content of backfill materials to attain required compaction density. G. Backfill against supported foundation walls. Do not backfill against unsupported walls. H. Backfill simultaneously on each side of unsupported foundation walls until supports are in place. I. Slope grade away from building minimum two inches (2 IN) in ten feet (10 FT), unless noted otherwise. J. Make gradual grade changes. Blend slope into level areas. K. Remove surplus backfill materials from site. L. Leave fill material stockpile areas free of excess fill materials. 3.4 COMPACTION A. General: 1. Select the material and equipment required to attain the required density. Obtain approval for proposed methods of compaction. Should the methods of compaction prove unsatisfactory, take remedial measures and obtain approval for the required changes. 2. Control soil compaction during construction for compliance with density specified for each area classification. No segregation of large or fine particles permitted. 3. Compacting of materials by jetting is not permitted. B. Compaction Equipment: 1. Provide compaction equipment of suitable size and number, and in satisfactory working condition to complete the Work. C. Percentage Maximum Density Requirements: 1. Provide not less than the following density of the same soil material compacted at optimum moisture content, for the actual density of each layer of soil material-in-place. a. Sitework: 1) Under Paved Areas, Sidewalks and Piping: a) Compaction Density for Cohesive Soils: 95% per ASTM D698. b) Compaction Density for Cohesionless Soils: 75% relative density per ASTM D4253 and D4254. 2) Under Unpaved Areas: a) Compaction Density for Cohesive Soils: 90% per ASTM D698. b) Compaction Density for Cohesionless Soils: 60% relative density per ASTM D4253 and D4254. b. Structures: 1) Inside of structures under foundations, under equipment support pads, under slabs- on-grade and scarified existing subgrade under fill material: a) Compaction Density: 95% per ASTM D698. November 2, 2022 31 23 18 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 2) Outside structures next to walls, piers, columns and any other structure exterior member: 90% per ASTM D698. c. Specific Areas: 1) Outside structures under equipment support foundations: a) Compaction Density: 95% per ASTM D698. 2) Trenches Under and Adjacent to Pavement within two feet: a) Compact each layer of backfill material to 95% Modified Proctor Density in accordance with ASTM D1557 or AASHTO T180. 3) Trenches in Open Areas: a) Compact each layer if material to 90% Modified Proctor Density in accordance with ASTM D1557 or AASHTO T180. 4) Lawn and Plant Areas: a) Compact to 4 IN of subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material to minimum 90% Modified Proctor Density in accordance with ASTM D1557 or AASHTO T180. 5) If open-graded gravel fill is utilized for which field density tests cannot be performed, the material shall be compacted until firm and dense. As a minimum, roll with 8-ton vibratory roller at least 2 passes in both directions. D. Moisture Content: 1. On and off-site borrow should be placed when within 2% of optimum moisture content based on ASTM D1557 or AASHTO T180. 2. All aggregate shall be placed with a moisture content according to the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC) in Illinois. 3.5 TOLERANCES A. Section 01 40 00 – Quality Requirements: Tolerances. B. Top Surface of General Backfilling: Plus or minus one inch (1 IN) from required elevations. 3.6 INSTALLATION OF GEOTEXTILE FABRIC A. Install geotextile fabric in accordance with the requirements of SSRBC Section 210. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Compaction testing shall be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557, ASTM D698 or AASHTO T180. C. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest. D. Frequency of Tests: As directed by Engineer. E. Proof roll compacted fill surfaces under all paved surfaces. November 2, 2022 31 23 18 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.8 PROTECTION A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. END OF SECTION 31 23 18 November 2, 2022 31 23 18 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 31 23 23 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 31 23 23 - FILL PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Backfilling site structures to subgrade elevations. 2. Fill under paving. 3. Fill for over-excavation. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Soils for fill. 2. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork: Aggregates for fill. 3. Section 31 23 18 - Site Backfilling. 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. T180 - Standard Specification for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 LBS Rammer and an 18 IN Drop. B. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 12,400 ft-lbf/ft3. 2. D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 56,000 ft-lbf/ft3. 3. D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 4. D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Excavation Protection Plan: Describe sheeting, shoring, and bracing materials and installation required to protect excavations and adjacent structures and property. C. Samples: Provide samples of materials as required by the Engineer that will be used from furnished material. D. Materials Source: Submit name of imported fill materials suppliers. E. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. November 2, 2022 31 23 23 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 F. Test Reports: Field density test reports. Submit gradation test for all furnished material. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SRBC), Current Edition, of Illinois Department of Transportation. B. Maintain one copy of IDOT Construction Manual and SSRBC on site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FILL MATERIALS A. Subsoil Fill: As specified in Section 31 05 13. B. Structural Fill: As specified in Section 31 05 13 and Section 31 05 16. C. Granular Fill: As specified in Section 31 05 16. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Verify subdrainage, dampproofing, or waterproofing installation has been inspected. C. Verify underground tanks are anchored to their own foundations to avoid flotation after backfilling. D. Verify structural ability of unsupported walls to support loads imposed by fill. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Compact subgrade to density requirements for subsequent backfill materials. B. Cut out soft areas of subgrade not capable of compaction in place. Backfill with granular fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. C. Proof roll to identify soft spots; fill and compact to density equal to or greater than requirements for subsequent fill material. 3.3 BACKFILLING A. All backfill to follow Specifications in Section 31 23 18. November 2, 2022 31 23 23 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Perform laboratory material tests in accordance with AASHTO T180. C. Perform in place compaction tests in accordance with the following: 1. Density Tests: ASTM D2922. 2. Moisture Tests: ASTM D3017. D. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest. E. Proof roll compacted fill surfaces under slabs-on-grade, pavers, paving, and foundations. 3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Refer to Article 1 and 3 of the General Conditions. B. Reshape and re-compact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. 3.6 SCHEDULE A. Fill Under Asphalt and Concrete Paving: 1. Compact subsoil to 95 percent of its maximum dry density. END OF SECTION 31 23 23 November 2, 2022 31 23 23 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 31 25 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 31 25 00 - EROSION AND SEDIMENTATION CONTROLS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Silt fence. 2. Erosion control blanket. 3. Inlet Filter. 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT): 1. SSRBC Section 280 – Temporary Erosion Control. B. Illinois Procedures and Standards for Urban Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control (the Green Book) prepared by the Northeastern Illinois Soil Erosion and Sedimentation Control Steering Committee. C. Standards and Specifications for Soil Erosion and Sediment Control (the Yellow Book) published by the Illinois Environmental Protection Agency. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit data on erosion control blanket. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.5 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition, of Illinois Department of Transportation. B. Maintain one copy of each document on site. November 2, 2022 31 25 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SILT FENCE A. As indicated on the plans or as deemed necessary by the Engineer or Owner in accordance with SSRBC Article 1080.02. 2.2 DITCH CHECKS A. As indicated on the plans or as deemed necessary by the Engineer or Owner. 2.3 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET A. Erosion Control Blanket shall be one of the following for slopes flatter than 3:1, as identified on the Plans or as determined by the Engineer: 1. Curlex Type I as manufactured by American Excelsior Company – Arlington, Texas. 2. NAG S-75 North American Green Straw Revegetation Mat. 3. Approved Equals upon review by Engineer. B. Heavy Duty Erosion Control Blanket shall be one of the following for slopes steeper than 3:1, as identified on the Plans or as determined by the Engineer: 1. NAG C-215 ECRM North American Green Coconut Revegetation Mat. 2. Boom Environmental Products – Series 700 Blanket. 3. Approved Equals upon review by Engineer. 2.4 INLET FILTER 1. Inlet Filter shall be: a. FleXstorm sediment basket or approved equal installed as per plan or at the direction of the Engineer. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL A. Erosion Control: Conduct work to minimize erosion of site. Construct stilling areas to settle and detain eroded material. Remove eroded material washed off site. Clean streets daily of any spillage of dirt, rocks or debris from equipment entering or leaving site. B. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills, from borrow and waste disposal areas. Prevent erosion and sedimentation. C. Minimize amount of bare soil exposed at one time. D. Silt fence shall be placed at locations indicated on plans or as deemed necessary by the Engineer prior to construction within those areas. E. Provide temporary measures such as berms, dikes, and drains to prevent water flow. November 2, 2022 31 25 00 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 F. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly apply corrective measures. G. Provide, maintain and remove alternate erosion control measures as necessary or as directed by Engineer. 3.2 EROSION CONTROL BLANKET INSTALLATION A. Cover seeded areas and slopes with erosion control fabric. B. Provide Erosion Control Blanket in accordance with SSRBC Article 251.04 on seeded areas sloped 3:1 or less. C. Provide Heavy Duty Erosion Control Blanket in accordance with SSRBC Article 251.03 (Method 1) on seeded areas sloped greater than 3:1. D. Blanket staples and stakes shall be biodegradable. E. Roll fabric onto slopes without stretching or pulling. F. Lay fabric smoothly on surface, bury top end of each section in 6 IN deep excavated topsoil trench. Provide 12 IN overlap of adjacent rolls. Backfill trench and rake smooth, level with adjacent soil. G. Secure outside edges and overlaps at 36 IN intervals with stakes. H. Lightly dress slopes with topsoil to ensure close contact between fabric and soil. I. At sides of ditches, lay fabric laps in direction of water flow. Lap ends and edges minimum 6 IN. 3.3 MAINTENANCE AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS A. Provide, maintain and remove silt fence and other soil erosion control devices as shown on plans and in accordance with details as shown on plans. B. All areas disturbed by the contractor shall restored to their original condition and approved by the Engineer. Restoration is intended to restore areas both paved and unpaved included but not limited to areas disrupted during construction in addition to those areas indicated as paved, sodded, mulched, and paved. 3.4 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1.4 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. 3.5 INLET FILTER A. Install as per plans. November 2, 2022 31 25 00 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.6 SITE STABILIZATION A. Incorporate erosion control devices indicated on the Drawings into the Project at the earliest practicable time. B. Construct, stabilize and activate erosion controls before site disturbance within tributary areas of those controls. C. Stockpile and waste pile heights shall not exceed 35 FT. Slope stockpile sides at 2:1 or flatter. D. Stabilize any disturbed area of affected erosion control devices on which activity has ceased and which will remain exposed for more than 7 days. E. Stabilize diversion channels, sediment traps, and stockpiles immediately. 3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 1.4 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Inspect erosion control devices on a weekly basis and after each runoff event as per plan. Make necessary repairs to ensure erosion and sediment controls are in good working order. 3.8 CLEANING A. Refer to Article 1.4 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. When sediment accumulation in sedimentation structures has reached a point one-third depth of sediment structure or device, remove and dispose of sediment. C. Do not damage structure or device during cleaning operations. D. Do not permit sediment to erode into construction or site areas or natural waterways. E. Clean channels when depth of sediment reaches approximately 1/2 channel depth. END OF SECTION 31 25 00 DIVISION 32 EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 32 11 23 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 32 11 23 - AGGREGATE BASE COURSES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Aggregate subbase. 2. Aggregate base course. B. Related Sections: 1.2 REFERENCES A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials: 1. AASHTO T180 – Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 LB Rammer and an 18 IN Drop. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM D2922 - Standard Test Method for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 2. ASTM D2940 - Standard Specification for Graded Aggregate Material For Bases or Subbases for Highways or Airports. 3. ASTM D3017 - Standard Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 4. ASTM C33, Standard Specification for Concrete Aggregates. 5. ASTM D698 – Test Methods for Moisture–Density Relations of Soils and Soil– Aggregate Mixtures, Using 5.5 lb. Rammer and a 12” Drop. 6. ASTM D1557 – Test Methods for Moisture–Density Relations of Soils and Soil– Aggregate Mixtures Using 10 lb. Rammer and an 18” Drop. C. Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT): 1. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition. 2. Supplemental Specifications and Recurring Special Provisions, Current Edition. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data. C. Materials Source: Submit name of aggregate materials suppliers. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. November 2, 2022 32 11 23 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish each aggregate material from single source throughout the Work. B. Perform Work in accordance with Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). C. Maintain one copy of document on site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 AGGREGATE MATERIALS A. SSRBC Article 351.05, Aggregate Base Course, Type B: Comply with SSRBC Article 1004.04, Gradation CA 6, compacted. 1. No substitute or recycled material is permitted without written approval from the Engineer. B. Subbase Aggregate: ASTM D2940; graded type. 1. Percent Passing per Sieve Size: a. 2 IN: 100. b. No. 4: 30 to 60. c. No. 200: Zero to 12. C. Base Aggregate: ASTM D2940; graded type. 1. Percent Passing per Sieve Size: a. 2 IN: 100. b. 1-1/2 IN: 95 to 100. c. 3/4 IN: 70 to 92. d. 3/8 IN: 50 to 70. e. No. 4: 35 to 55. f. No. 30: 12 to 25. g. No. 200: Zero to 8. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Verify compacted substrate is dry and ready to support paving and imposed loads. C. Verify substrate has been inspected, gradients and elevations are correct. November 2, 2022 32 11 23 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.2 PREPARATION A. Correct irregularities in substrate gradient and elevation by scarifying, reshaping, and re- compacting. B. Do not place fill on soft, muddy, or frozen surfaces. 3.3 AGGREGATE PLACEMENT A. Prior to the placement of aggregate base course all areas shall be proof-rolled in accordance with Article 351 of the SSRBC. Any areas of failure as indicated by the Soils Engineer shall be corrected by the Contractor and retested. B. Spread aggregate over prepared substrate to a total compacted thickness as indicated on the Final Engineering Plans. C. Roller compact aggregate to 95 percent maximum density. D. Level and contour surfaces to elevations, profiles, and gradients indicated. E. Add small quantities of fine aggregate to coarse aggregate when required to assist compaction. F. Maintain optimum moisture content of fill materials to attain specified compaction density. G. Use mechanical tamping equipment in areas inaccessible to compaction equipment. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Tolerances. B. Maximum Variation From Flat Surface: 1/4 IN measured with 10 FT straight edge. C. Maximum Variation from Thickness: 1/4 IN. D. Maximum Variation from Elevation: 1/2 IN. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Compaction testing will be performed according to ASTM D1557, ASTM D698, AASHTO T180, ASTM D2922, and ASTM D3017. C. When tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest. D. Frequency of Tests: As directed by Engineer. November 2, 2022 32 11 23 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.6 COMPACTION A. Compact materials to 98 percent of maximum density as determined from test strip, according to ASTM D2940. 3.7 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Reshape and recompact fills subjected to vehicular traffic. END OF SECTION 32 11 23 November 2, 2022 32 12 16 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 32 12 16 - ASPHALT PAVING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Asphalt materials. 2. Aggregate materials. 3. Aggregate subbase. 4. Asphalt paving base course, binder course, and wearing course. 5. Asphalt paving overlay for existing paving. 6. Surface slurry. B. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation: 1. SSRBC Section 106, Control of Materials. 2. SSRBC Section 311, Granular Subbase. 3. SSRBC Section 355, Hot-Mix Asphalt Base Course. 4. SSRBC Section 406, Hot-Mix Asphalt Binder and Surface Course. 5. SSRBC Section 440, Removal or Existing Pavement and Appurtenances. 6. SSRBC Section 442, Pavement Patching. 7. SSRBC Section 780, Pavement Striping. 8. SSRBC Section 783, Pavement Marking and Marker Removal. C. Supplemental Specifications and Recurring Special Provisions (SSRSP), Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: 1. Submit product information for asphalt and aggregate materials. 2. Submit mix design with laboratory test results supporting design. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Mixing Plant: Perform Work in accordance with Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). B. Source Quality Control: 1. Comply with SSRBC Section 106. November 2, 2022 32 12 16 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 2. Obtain Hot Mix Asphalt mixtures from IDOT approved plants. 3. Provide Engineer with copies of all material tickets. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GRANULAR SUBBASE A. SSRBC Article 311.05, Subbase Granular Material, Type B: Comply with SSRBC Article 1004.04, Gradation CA 6, compacted. 2.2 PRIME COAT A. Prime Coat for aggregate surfaces: Comply with SSRBC Article 406.02, Grade MC-30. B. Prime Coat for Hot Mix Asphalt and concrete surfaces: Comply with SSRBC Article 406.02. C. Aggregate (Prime Coat): Comply with SSRBC Article 1003.03(c). 2.3 ASPHALT PAVING A. Hot Mix Asphalt Base Course: 1. Comply With SSRBC Article 1030.04, IL-19.0 or IL-25.0. 2. No RAP materials shall be used in this mixture. B. Hot Mix Asphalt Binder Course: 1. Comply With SSRBC Article 1030.04, IL-19.0, N50. 2. No RAP materials shall be used in this mixture. C. Hot Mix Asphalt Surface Course: 1. Comply With SSRBC Article 1030.04, IL-9.5, N50. 2. No RAP materials shall be used in this mixture. D. All asphalt mix designs shall target 3.5% Air Voids and all production shall trend about 3.5% Air Voids. E. Re-proportioning (within SSRBC adjustments allowed) of IDOT verified mix designs may be allowed and the contractor must submit these values for a review by the Engineer at least one week prior to the first day of production. F. One field TSR test by the Contractor will be required to validate changes. G. The AJMF during production shall meet the remaining IDOT volumetric requirements. HOT-MIX ASPHALT MIXTURE REQUIREMENTS November 2, 2022 32 12 16 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 ITEM AC TYPE VOIDS Hot Mix Asphalt Surface Course, Mix "D," N50 PG 58-22/58-28* 3.5%@50GYR Leveling Binder (Ma- chine Method), NS0 PG 58-22/58-28* 3.5%@50GYR Hot Mix Asphalt Binder Course, IL-19, N50 PG 58-22/58-28* 3.5%@50GYR H. Note: The unit weight used to calculate all HMA surface mixture quantities is 112 lbs/sq yd/in I. * When Asphalt Binder Replacement (ABR) exceeds 15%, the new asphalt binder in the mix shall be PG 58-28. No more than 2% Reclaimed Asphalt Shingles shall be allowed in the asphalt. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Submit proposed mix design for review prior to beginning of Work. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Comply with applicable provisions of SSRBC Sections 311, 355, 406 and 440 and details and cross section show on Plans. B. Construct finished surfaces to match existing. 3.2 REMOVAL OF EXISTING PAVEMENT AND APPURTENANCES A. Remove existing pavement as shown on plans in conformance with provisions or SSRBC Section 440. 3.3 EXAMINATION A. Verify that Hot Mix Asphalt base course has been prepared in accordance with SSRBC Section 355 and is ready to support paving and imposed loads. B. Verify that previously placed base course or binder course conforms to alignment, grade and cross-section show on Drawings. November 2, 2022 32 12 16 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 C. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. D. Verify utilities indicated under paving are installed with excavations and trenches backfilled and compacted. 3.4 PREPARATION A. The Engineer shall verify that all areas anticipated to be paved are in acceptable condition. Any deficient areas shall be reported to the Contractor for repair prior to the placement of prime. B. Priming: 1. Apply prime coat in accordance with SSRBC Articles 406.05 and 1032.03. 2. Rate of application for prime coat placed on aggregate courses: 0.50 GAL/SY. 3. Rate of application for prime coat placed on previous Hot Mix Asphalt courses: 0.10 GAL/SY. 4. Apply aggregate at a uniform rate of 4 LBS/SY immediately after application or bituminous materials if road will be open to traffic. 5. Allow prime coat on Hot Mix Asphalt courses to cure for 12 HRS. Allow prime coat on other course to cure for at least 24 HRS. 6. Additional prime may be required by the Engineer in the event of inclement weather or excessive traffic. 7. All adjacent pavements shall be provided with a full depth saw cut. C. Prepare subbase in accordance with Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). 3.5 DEMOLITION A. Saw cut and notch existing paving as indicted on Drawings. B. Clean existing paving to remove foreign material, excess joint sealant and crack filler from paving surface. C. Repair surface defects in existing paving to provide uniform surface to receive new paving. 3.6 INSTALLATION A. Subbase: 1. Comply with requirements of SSRBC Section 311 for placing and compacting granular sub-base. B. Hot Mix Asphalt Mixtures: 1. Comply with requirements of SSRBC Section 406 for placement and compaction of Leveling Binder, Hot Mix Asphalt Binder Course and Hot Mix Asphalt Surface Course. November 2, 2022 32 12 16 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.7 CLEAN-UP A. The Contractor shall be responsible for removal of all excess pavement and prime coat and leaving all adjacent areas in a workman like condition. 3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing of in-place Hot Mix Asphalt surface or pavement shall be performed by Testing Laboratory in conformance with requirements of SSRBC Section 406 and 1030.05. B. Density of finished binder and surface courses shall be determined by nuclear test methods or from cores obtained at locations determined by Owner. Density shall meet the requirements of SSRBC Article 1030.05. C. Repair or remove and replace unacceptable surface or pavement as directed by Owner. 3.9 PROTECTION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. END OF SECTION 32 12 16 November 2, 2022 32 12 16 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 32 91 13 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 32 91 13 - SOIL PREPARATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Preparation of subsoil. 2. Soil testing. 3. Placing topsoil. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Submit minimum 10 OZ sample of topsoil proposed. Forward sample to approved testing laboratory in sealed containers to prevent contamination. C. Test Reports: Indicate topsoil nutrient and pH levels with recommended soil supplements and application rates. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois, Current Edition (IDOT) standard. B. Maintain one copy of document on site. 1.4 COORDINATION A. Refer to Article 1.4 of the General Conditions. B. Coordinate with installation of underground sprinkler system piping and watering heads. November 2, 2022 32 91 13 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SOIL MATERIALS A. Topsoil: As specified in Section 31 05 13. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Verify prepared soil base is ready to receive the Work of this Section. 3.2 PREPARATION OF SUBSOIL A. Prepare sub-soil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain lines, levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas. B. Remove foreign materials, weeds and undesirable plants and their roots. Remove contaminated sub-soil. C. Scarify subsoil to depth of 3 IN where topsoil is to be placed. Repeat cultivation in areas where equipment, used for hauling and spreading topsoil, has compacted sub-soil. 3.3 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Spread topsoil to minimum depth of 4 IN over area to be seeded. Rake until smooth. B. Place topsoil during dry weather and on dry unfrozen subgrade. C. Remove vegetable matter and foreign non-organic material from topsoil while spreading. D. Grade topsoil to eliminate rough, low or soft areas, and to ensure positive drainage. E. Install edging at periphery of seeded areas in straight lines to consistent depth. END OF SECTION 32 91 13 November 2, 2022 32 91 19 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 32 91 19 - LANDSCAPE GRADING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Final grade topsoil for finish landscaping. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 31 05 13 – Soils for Earthwork 2. Section 32 91 13 – Soil Preparation 1.2 REFERENCES A. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT): 1. SSRBC Section 211 – Topsoil and Compost. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Vegetative species other than that specified to be established in a given area. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. See Section 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Furnish each topsoil material from single source throughout the Work. B. Perform Work in accordance the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois, Current Edition (IDOT) standard. C. Maintain one copy on site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIAL A. Topsoil: Fill as specified in Section 31 05 13. B. Source Quality Control: November 2, 2022 32 91 19 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. If there is doubt as to topsoil suitability as determined by the Engineer, provide analysis of topsoil under provisions of Article 1 and 3 of the General Conditions. 2. Analyze to ascertain percentage of nitrogen, phosphorus, potash, soluble salt content, organic matter content and pH value. 3. Provide recommendation for fertilizer and lime application rates for specified seed mix as result of testing. 4. Testing shall not be required when recent tests and certificates are available for imported topsoil. Submit these test results to testing laboratory or Engineer. Indicate, by test results, information necessary to determine suitability. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. All areas disturbed by the contractor shall be restored to their original condition and approved by the Engineer. Restoration is intended to restore areas disrupted during excavation, transportation of excavated material, installation of underground utilities, and all areas disturbed through the stockpiling or storage of materials and equipment. B. The contractor will be responsible for any additional maintenance of the rehabilitated items until the item has been restored to its original conditions as deemed by the Engineer. 3.2 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Verify building and trench backfilling have been inspected and approved by the Engineer. Engineer at their own discretion require compaction and density testing prior to the placement of topsoil. C. Verify substrate base has been contoured and compacted. 3.3 PREPARATION A. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final Work. B. Protect existing structures, fences, sidewalks, utilities, paving, and curbs. 3.4 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION A. Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain lines, levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas. B. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, undesirable plants, and foreign materials in excess of 1/2 IN in size. Remove contaminated subsoil. C. Scarify surface to depth of 3 IN where topsoil is scheduled. Scarify in areas where equipment used for hauling and spreading topsoil has compacted subsoil. November 2, 2022 32 91 19 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.5 PLACING TOPSOIL A. Topsoil shall not be placed until the area to be covered has been shaped, trimmed and finished in accordance with Section 32 91 13 and this Section. All irregularities or depressions in the surface due to weathering or other causes shall be filled or smoothed out before the topsoil is placed. If the existing surface has become hardened or crusted, it shall be disked or raked or otherwise broken up so as to provide a bond with the layer of topsoil to be applied. B. Place topsoil in areas where seeding, sodding, and planting is required to nominal depth of 4 IN. Place topsoil during dry weather on dry unfrozen subgrade. C. Fine grade topsoil to eliminate rough or low areas. Maintain profiles and contour of subgrade. D. Remove roots, weeds, rocks, and foreign material while spreading. E. Manually spread topsoil close to plant material and buildings to prevent damage. F. Surface of topsoil shall conform to the lines, grades and minimum thickness shown on the plans. G. Lightly compact placed topsoil. H. Remove surplus subsoil and topsoil from site. I. Leave stockpile area and site clean and raked, ready to receive landscaping. J. If required by the Engineer, one rolling of the entire surface shall be provided. 3.6 TOLERANCES A. Top of Topsoil: Plus or minus 1/2 IN. 3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Protect landscaping and other features remaining as final Work. C. Protect existing structures, fences, sidewalks, utilities, paving, and curbs. D. Prohibit construction traffic over topsoil. END OF SECTION 32 91 19 November 2, 2022 32 91 19 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 32 92 19 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 32 92 19 - SEEDING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Fertilizing. 2. Seeding. 3. Hydroseeding. 4. Mulching. 5. Maintenance. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 31 25 00 – Erosion and Sedimentation Controls 1.2 REFERENCES A. ASTM International: 1. C602 - Standard Specification for Agricultural Liming Materials. B. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT): 1. SSRBC Section 250 – Seeding. 2. SSRBC Section 251 – Mulch. C. Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC), Current Edition. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. Weeds: Vegetative species other than specified species to be established in given area. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit data for seed mix, fertilizer, mulch, and other accessories. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements. November 2, 2022 32 92 19 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide seed mixture in containers showing percentage of seed mix, germination percentage, inert matter percentage, weed percentage, year of production, net weight, date of packaging, and location of packaging. B. Perform Work according to Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction (SSRBC), Current Edition, Illinois Department of Transportation (IDOT). C. Maintain one copy of document on site. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Installer: Company specializing in performing work of this Section with minimum 5 years documented experience or approved by manufacturer. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions B. Deliver grass seed mixture in sealed containers. Seed in damaged packaging is not acceptable. C. Deliver fertilizer in waterproof bags showing weight, chemical analysis, and name of manufacturer. 1.9 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements.. B. Maintain seeded areas immediately after placement until grass is well established and exhibits vigorous growing condition for two cuttings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SEED MIXTURE A. Furnish materials according to the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois, Current Edition (IDOT) standard. B. Description: 1. Seed Mixture, per SSRBC Article 1081.04 November 2, 2022 32 92 19 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 2.2 SEED PROTECTION MATERIALS A. Erosion Control Blanket: As specified in Section 31 25 00. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Mulching Material: Oat or wheat straw, free from weeds, foreign matter detrimental to plant life, and dry. Hay or chopped cornstalks are not acceptable. B. Fertilizer: 1. 270 lb of fertilizer nutrients per acre shall be applied at 1:1 ratio as follows: a. Nitrogen Fertilizer Nutrients 90 lb/acre b. Potassium Fertilizer Nutrients 90 lb/acre C. Water: Clean, fresh and free of substances or matter that could inhibit vigorous growth of grass. D. Herbicide: 1. Seeded Areas (with no blanket): Ronstar 2G as manufactured by Rhone–Poulenc. a. Application Rate: 3 LBS ai/A (150 LBS per acre). 2. Blanketed Areas: Snapshot TG as manufactured by DowElanco. a. Application Rate: 3.75 LBS ai/A (150 LBS per acre). PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Verify prepared soil base is ready to receive the Work of this Section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare subsoil to eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Maintain lines, levels, profiles and contours. Make changes in grade gradual. Blend slopes into level areas. B. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones, in excess of 1/2 IN in size. Remove contaminated subsoil. 3.3 FERTILIZING A. 270 lb of fertilizer nutrients per acre shall be applied at 1:1 ratio as follows: November 2, 2022 32 92 19 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. Nitrogen Fertilizer Nutrients 90 lb/acre 2. Potassium Fertilizer Nutrients 90 lb/acre B. Apply after smooth raking of topsoil and prior to roller compaction. C. Do not apply fertilizer at same time or with same machine as will be used to apply seed. D. Mix thoroughly into upper 2 IN of topsoil. E. Lightly water to aid the dissipation of fertilizer. Irrigate uniformly the top level of soil. 3.4 SEEDING A. Conform to SSRBC Sections 250.06. B. The standard application of seed or fertilizer shall be done utilizing a hydraulic seeder, unless otherwise specified or required. The rate of application shall be not less than 1000 gallon of slurry per acre. This slurry shall contain the proper quantity of seed specified per acre. When using a hydraulic seeder, the fertilizer nutrients and seed shall be applied in two separate operations. Planting Season: Contractor is responsible for assuring that seeding is performed when conditions will allow for proper germination and growth. C. Do not sow immediately following rain, when ground is too dry or when winds are over 12 mph. D. Roll seeded area with roller not exceeding 112 LBS. 3.5 HYDROSEEDING A. After application, apply water with a fine spray immediately after each area has been hydro- seeded. Saturate to 4 IN of soil and maintain moisture levels 2 to 4 IN. 3.6 SEED PROTECTION A. Identify seeded areas with stakes and string around area periphery. Set string height to 12 IN and space stakes on 10 FT intervals. B. Cover seeded slopes with erosion control fabric in accordance with Section 31 25 00. 3.7 MAINTENANCE A. Mow grass at regular intervals to maintain at maximum height of 2-1/2 IN. Do not cut more than 1/3 of grass blade at each mowing. Perform first mowing when seedlings are 40 percent higher than desired height. B. Neatly trim edges and hand clip where necessary. C. Immediately remove clippings after mowing and trimming. Do not let clippings lay in clumps. November 2, 2022 32 92 19 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 D. Water to prevent grass and soil from drying out. E. Roll surface to remove minor depressions or irregularities. F. Control growth of weeds. Apply herbicides. Remedy damage resulting from improper use of herbicides. G. Immediately reseed areas showing bare spots. H. Repair washouts or gullies. I. Protect seeded areas with warning signs during maintenance period. 3.8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Prohibit construction traffic over seeded areas. END OF SECTION 32 92 19 November 2, 2022 32 92 19 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally DIVISION 33 UTILITIES This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 33 05 13 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 33 05 13 - MANHOLES AND STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Modular precast concrete manholes and structures with tongue-and-groove joints and masonry transition to cover frame, covers, anchorage, and accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork: Aggregate for backfill in trenches. 2. Section 31 23 16 - Excavation: Excavating for manholes, structures, and foundation slabs. 3. Section 31 23 18 – Site Backfilling: Backfilling after manhole and structure installation. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Association of State Highway Transportation Officials (AASHTO): 1. M91 - Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made from Clay or Shale). 2. M288 - Standard Specification for Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications. 3. M306 - Standard Specification for Drainage, Sewer, Utility, and Related Castings. B. American Concrete Institute ACI): 1. 530/530.1 - Building Code Requirements and Specification for Masonry Structures. C. ASTM International ASTM): 1. A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. 2. A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. C32 - Standard Specification for Sewer and Manhole Brick (Made From Clay or Shale). 4. C55 - Standard Specification for Concrete Building Brick. 5. C361 - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Low-Head Pressure Pipe. 6. C478 - Standard Specification for Precast Reinforced Concrete Manhole Sections. 7. C497 - Standard Test Methods for Concrete Pipe, Manhole Sections, or Tile. 8. C913 - Standard Specification for Precast Concrete Water and Wastewater Structures. 9. C923 - Standard Specification for Resilient Connectors between Reinforced Concrete Manhole Structures, Pipes, and Laterals. 1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A. Equivalent strength shall be based on structural design of reinforced concrete as outlined in ACI 318. November 2, 2022 33 05 13 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 B. Design of lifting devices for Pre-cast structures shall conform to ASTM C913. C. Design of joints for pre-cast structures shall conform to ASTM C913. Joints shall be designed for a leakage not to exceed 0.025 GAL/HR/FT of joint at 3 FT of head. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit data for manhole covers, component and accessories construction, features, configuration, and dimensions. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Indicate structure locations and elevations. 2. Indicate sizes and elevations of piping and all sizes and elevations of penetrations. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. F. Qualifications Statements: 1. Submit qualifications for manufacturer and installer. 2. Submit manufacturer's approval of installer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC), Current Edition (Illinois Society of Professional Engineers) and current Owner standards and details. B. Maintain one copy of each on site at all times. 1.6 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum five years' documented experience. 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Comply with precast concrete manufacturer's instructions and ASTM C913 for unloading, storing, and moving precast manholes and drainage structures. November 2, 2022 33 05 13 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 D. Store pre-cast concrete manholes and drainage structures to prevent damage to the Owner’s property or other public or private property. All property damaged from materials storage or handling shall be repaired at the Contractor’s expense. E. Clearly mark each pre-cast structure by indentation or waterproof paint to indicate the date of manufacture, manufacturer, and identifying symbols and/or numbers shown on the Contract Drawings to indicate its intended use. 1.8 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. B. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Requirements for ambient condition control facilities for product storage and installation. C. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperature to minimum 50 DegF prior to, during, and 48 HRS after completion of masonry Work. D. Cold Weather Requirements: Comply with ACI 530/530.1. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 VALVE VAULTS A. Vault Sections: Reinforced Pre–cast concrete in accordance with ASTM C478 with gaskets in accordance with ASTM C923. B. Mortar and Grout: 1. Mortar shall be one part Portland cement to not less than one part nor more than two parts plaster sand mixed with the least amount of clean water necessary to provide working mortar. C. Reinforcement: Formed steel wire, gage as shown on plans, galvanized finish. D. Frames and Covers: 1. Castings shall conform to the requirements of gray iron castings in accordance with ASTM A48. 2. Provide frames and lids as indicated on the plans and in accordance with Owner’s standard details. E. External Gasketed Couplings: 1. Valve Vault shall be equipped with external gasketed coupling conforming to ASTC C443 and C923 with stainless steel exterior band and internal expanding band on all connections. 2.2 STORM SEWER MANHOLES A. Precast Manhole Components: November 2, 2022 33 05 13 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. Reinforced pre-cast concrete of size and dimensions shown on the Plans and in accordance with ASTM C478 with gaskets in accordance with ASTM C923. 2. Provide precast reinforced concrete monolithic manhole base with precast invert and benches. B. Steps: 1. Polypropylene coated steel reinforcing rods with load and pullout ratings meeting OSHA standards. 2. Provide steps with a minimum width of 12 IN and minimum projection of 5 IN. 3. Steps shall be embedded into the wall a minimum of 3 IN and provided on 16 IN vertical centers. 4. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. M.A. Industries PS1-PF or approved equal. C. Mortar and Grout: 1. Mortar shall be one part Portland cement to not less than one part nor more than two parts plaster sand mixed with the least amount of clean water necessary to provide working mortar. 2.3 FRAME AND COVERS A. Castings shall conform to the requirements of gray iron castings in accordance with ASTM A48. B. Provide frames and lids as indicated on the plans and in accordance with Owner’s standard details. 2.4 CONFIGURATION A. Shaft Construction: Concentric with concentric or eccentric cone top section as shown on Plans; lipped male/female joints, sleeved to receive pipe/conduit sections. B. Shape: As shown on Plans. C. Clear Inside Dimensions: As shown on Plans. D. Design Depth: As shown on Plans. E. Clear Cover Opening: As shown on Plans. F. Pipe and Conduit Entry: Furnish opening as indicated on Plans. G. Steps: 12 IN wide, 16 IN OC vertically placed perpendicular to flow, set into manhole wall or as shown on Plans. 2.5 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS A. Manhole Bedding: Fine or Coarse Aggregate as indicated on the plans and as specified in Section 31 05 16. November 2, 2022 33 05 13 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 B. Pipe Bedding and Cover: According to the Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC) Current Edition. C. Soil Backfill from 1 FT above Pipe to Finish Grade: Subsoil with no rocks over 6 IN in diameter, frozen earth or foreign matter unless noted otherwise on Plans. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Verify that items provided by other Sections of Work are properly sized and located. C. Verify that built-in items are in proper location and are ready for roughing into Work. D. Verify correct size of manhole and structure excavation. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Mark each precast structure by indentation or waterproof paint showing date of manufacture, manufacturer, and identifying symbols and numbers as indicated on Drawings to indicate its intended use. B. Coordinate placement of inlet and outlet pipe or duct sleeves required by other Sections. C. Do not install manholes and structures where Site conditions induce loads exceeding structural capacity of manholes or structures. D. Inspect pre-cast concrete structures immediately prior to placement in excavation to verify structures are internally clean and free from damage. Remove and replace damaged units from the construction site and replace at no additional cost to the Owner. E. Coordinate with other sections of Work to provide correct size, shape, and location. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Excavation: 1. Excavate for vaults in accordance with Section 31 23 16 - Excavation in the location and to depth shown. Provide clearance around the sidewalls of the structure as required for construction. 2. If groundwater is encountered, prevent accumulation of water in excavations. Place manholes or drainage structures in a dry trench. 3. Where the possibility exists of a watertight structure becoming buoyant in a flooded excavation, take necessary steps to avoid flotation of the structure. B. Place base pad, trowel top surface level. November 2, 2022 33 05 13 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 C. Place vault sections plumb and level, trim to correct elevations, anchor to base pad. Backfill excavations for manholes and drainage structures in accordance with Section 31 23 18 – Site Backfilling. D. Form and place vault cylinder plumb and level, to correct dimensions and elevations. E. Cut and fit for pipe/conduit. F. Grout base of shaft sections to achieve slope to exit piping. Trowel smooth. Contour as required. G. Vaults shall be sealed with two rows of bituminous mastic. H. Coordinate with other sections of Work to provide correct size, shape, and location. 3.4 FRAME AND LID INSTALLATION A. Set frames using mortar and masonry as required. B. Frames shall be sealed with two rows of bituminous mastic. C. Adjustments shall be made by no more than two adjusting rings totaling a maximum of 8 inches in height. Should the adjustment be greater than 8 IN but less than or equal to 14 IN, additional precast concrete grade rings may be utilized. D. When a structure is located within a pavement area (including curb), the top grade adjustment ring must be recycled rubber with a thickness no greater than two inches (2 IN). All adjustments in pavement areas shall receive a chimney seal. E. Castings and adjustment rings shall be sealed using trowelable mastic to minimize settling. F. Set frame and cover 2 IN above finished grade for manholes with covers located within unpaved areas to allow the area to be graded away from cover beginning 1 IN below the top surface of the frame. G. Set cover frames and cover level without tipping, to correct elevations. H. Provide external chimney seals on all valve vaults. END OF SECTION 33 05 13 November 2, 2022 33 05 23.13-1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 33 05 23.13 - HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. The work specified in this Section documents the approved construction methods, procedures, and materials for Directional Boring, also commonly called Horizontal Directional Drilling (HDD). 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Subsoil fill as required by this Section. B. Section 31 23 16 - Excavation: Excavation of subsoil and excavation supports as required by this Section. C. Section 31 23 17 - Trenching: Trenching as required by this Section. D. Section 31 23 23 - Fill: Installation and compaction requirements for backfilling. E. Section 33 41 00 – Public Water Utility Distribution Piping: Water main pipe testing requirements of this Section. F. Section 40 05 31 – Thermoplastic Process Pipe: Pipe Material. 1.3 REFERENCES A. AASHTO T 180 - Standard Method of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54-kg (10-lb) Rammer and a 457-mm (18-in.) Drop. B. Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC), Current Edition, Illinois Society of Professional Engineers, etal. C. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3). D. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3). E. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. F. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. G. ASTM D2239 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (SIDR-PR) Based on Controlled Inside Diameter. H. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series). I. ASTM D2464 - Standard Specification for Threaded Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. J. ASTM D2466 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. K. ASTM D2467 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. L. ASTM D2683 - Standard Specification for Socket-Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter-Controlled Polyethylene Pipe and Tubing. M. ASTM D2837 - Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials or Pressure Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Products. November 2, 2022 33 05 23.13-2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 N. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. O. ASTM D3035 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. P. ASTM D3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. Q. ASTM D3261 - Standard Specification for Butt Heat Fusion Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe and Tubing. R. ASTM D3350 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials. S. ASTM D6938 - Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). T. ASTM F714 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter. U. ASTM F1056 - Standard Specification for Socket Fusion Tools for Use in Socket Fusion Joining Polyethylene Pipe or Tubing and Fittings. V. ASTM F1962 - Standard Guide for Use of Maxi-Horizontal Directional Drilling for Placement of Polyethylene Pipe or Conduit Under Obstacles, Including River Crossings. W. AWWA C900 – PVC Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 in. Through 12 In., for Water Distribution. X. AWWA C909 – Molecularly Oriented Polyvinyl Chloride (PVCO) Pressure Pipe, 4 In. Through 24 In. (100 mm Through 600 mm) for Water, Wastewater, and Reclaimed Water Service. Y. NUCA - Horizontal Directional Drilling Good Practices Guidelines. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Submit the following Qualifications: 1. Contractor shall be required to submit the following qualifications with their bid documents: a. Proof of ownership of a 40-Ton drilling rig. b. 10 municipal references. c. Documentation of 50,000 lineal feet of 8” or larger directionally drilled pipe installed previously. B. Submit the following Contractor's Drawings: 1. Shop drawings, catalog data and manufacturer's technical data showing complete information on material composition, physical properties, and dimension of pipe, tracer wire and fittings. Include manufacturer's recommendation for handling, storage, and repair of pipe and fittings if damaged. 2. Prior to the start of work, contractor shall prepare and submit for Engineer's approval a detailed description of the Horizontal Drilling Plan, including materials, equipment, and manhole restoration procedure and materials, bypass pumping system, plan of operation, schedule of work, etc. No work shall begin prior to approval by Engineer of Contractor's Horizontal Drilling Plan. The followings should be included: a. Detail drawings and written description of the entire construction procedure to install pipe, installation of service connections, and restoration of valve vaults. b. Working drawings for showing excavation locations, dimensions, sheeting and shoring, method of dewatering and other utilities that may be affected; width and November 2, 2022 33 05 23.13-3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 length of working area, access pit, and portion of existing watermain to be removed to conduct the work; and maintenance of traffic. c. Design of the sheeting and shoring for the excavations, and dewatering shall be Contractor's responsibility. C. Drilling Path Report 1. CONTRACTOR shall furnish a Drill Path Report to the ENGINEER within 14 days of the completion of each bore path. The completed As-Built-Plans shall be submitted to ENGINEER within 30 calendar days. No payment will be made for directional boring work until the Bore Path Report has been delivered to ENGINEER. The report shall contain: a. Name of person collecting data, including title, position, and company name. b. Investigation of site location (contract plans station number or reference to a permanent structure within the project right of way). c. Identification of the detection method used. d. As-built placement drawings showing roadway plan and profile, cross section, boring location and subsurface conditions as defined in Bore Path Drawings below. Plan elevations shown shall be referenced to a USGS grid system and datum. D. Drilling Path Drawings 1. Drilling Path Drawings shall be dimensionally correct copies of the contract plans. Notes shall be included on each drawing stating the final bore path diameter, facility diameter, drilling fluid composition, composition of any other materials used to fill the annular void between the bore path and the facility or facility placed out of service. If the facility is a casing, this shall be noted, as well as the size and type of carrier pipes to be placed within the casing as part of the contract work. The drawings shall be produced as follows: a. The contract plan view shall show the center-line location of each facility, installed or installed and placed out of service to an accuracy within 1 inch at the ends and other points physically observed. They show the remainder of the horizontal alignment of the centerline of each facility installed or installed and placed out of service, and note the accuracy with which the installation was monitored. b. As directed by ENGINEER, either a profile drawing for each bore path, or a cross section of the roadway at a station specified by ENGINEER, or a roadway centerline profile, shall be provided. They shall show the ground or pavement surface and the crown elevation of each facility installed, or installed and placed out of service, to an accuracy approved by the OWNER at the ends and other points physically observed. It shall show the remainder of the vertical alignment of the crown of each facility installed, or installed and placed out of service, and notes the accuracy with which the installation was monitored. On profile drawings for bore paths crossing the roadway the contract plans stationing of the crossing shall be shown. On the profile drawings for bore paths paralleling the roadway the contract plans stationing are also shown. If the profile drawing for the bore path is not made on a copy of one of the contract profile or cross section sheets, a 10 to 1 vertical exaggeration shall be used. c. If during installation an obstruction is encountered which prevents installation of the pipe in accordance with this specification, the pipe may be taken out of service and left in place at the discretion of ENGINEER, and shall immediately be filled November 2, 2022 33 05 23.13-4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 with flowable fill. A new installation procedure and revised plans must be submitted to and approved by ENGINEER before work can resume. If a bore path is abandoned without installing a facility, the drawings shall show the abandoned bore path along with the final bore path. The abandoned bore path shall be noted as “Abandoned Bore Path.” Drawings shall also show the location and length of the drill head and any drill stems not removed from the bore path. If conditions warrant removal of the materials installed in the abandoned bore path, as determined by ENGINEER, during construction or in the future, the cost and responsibility shall be born by the CONTRACTOR. d. On all the drawings, show the crown elevation, diameter and material type of all utilities encountered and physically observed during the subsoil investigation. For all other obstructions encountered during a subsoil investigation or the installation, show the type of material, horizontal and vertical location, top elevation and lowest elevation observed, and note if the obstruction continues below the lowest point observed. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Materials must meet or exceed the following standards: Material Standards for HDD Installation Material Type Non-Pressure Pressure Poly-Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Restrained Joint AWWA C9003 ASTM D3139 AWWA C9003 1 No hydrostatic test required 2 Dimensional tolerances only 3 Restrained Joint PVC Pipe to be C-900 DR-18 with Certa-Lok Restrained Joint Integral Bell System as manufactured by the CertainTeed Corporation, Valley Forge, Pennsylvania or equal. 2.2 DRILLING FLUIDS A. The CONTRACTOR shall identify the source of fresh water for mixing the drilling mud. Approvals and permits are required for such sources as streams, rivers, ponds, or fire hydrants. Any water source other than potable water may require a pH Test. B. Monitoring of the drilling fluids such as the pumping rate, pressures, viscosity, and density is required during the pilot bore, back reaming, and pipe installation stages, to ensure adequate removal of soil cuttings and the stability of the borehole. Relief holes can be used as necessary to relieve excess pressure down hole. To minimize heaving during pullback, the pull back rate is determined in order to maximize the removal of soil cuttings without building excess down hole pressure. Excess drilling fluids shall be contained at entry and exit points until they are recycled or removed from the site. Entry and exit pits shall be of sufficient size to contain the expected return of drilling fluids and soil cuttings. C. CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all drilling fluids are disposed of or recycled in a manner acceptable to the appropriate local, state, or federal regulatory agencies. When drilling in November 2, 2022 33 05 23.13-5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 suspected contaminated ground, the drilling fluid shall be tested for contamination and disposed of appropriately. D. Any excess material shall be removed upon completion of the bore. E. Restoration for damage to any transportation facility or non-transportation facility caused by heaving, settlement, escaping drilling fluid (fracout) or the directional drilling operation, is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. Any pavement heaving or settlement damage requires restoration/replacement of the pavement per Section 355 of SSRBC. Sidewalk or Turnouts will be reconstructed per IDOT standards. F. Maximum Back-Ream Hole Diameter: Maximum Back-Ream Hole Diameter Nominal Inside Pipe Diameter (Inches) Back-Ream Hole Diameter (Inches) 2 4 6 6 4 8 6 10 8 12 10 14 ≥ 12 OD + 6 2.3 TRACING WIRE A. Two ¼” diameter stainless steel tracer wire or a Soloshot EHS tracer wire as manufactured by Copperhead or approved equal. B. The wire shall be pulled through a 1” Sch. 40 PVC raceway, installed during installation of the HDD force main. C. The tracer wire shall be attached to all in-line valves, hydrant valves, hydrants and service lines to ensure signal conductivity along all portions of the new main. D. The wire shall be contiguous except at test stations, valve boxes, and where splicing is required. E. The conductivity of the tracer wire will be tested prior to final acceptance of the product. The contractor will be required to make any repairs necessary to provide conductivity along all portions of the new main at the contractor’s expense. 2.4 EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that appropriate equipment is provided to facilitate the installation as follows: HDD Equipment System Description Pipe (1) Diameter (in) Bore Length (ft) Torque (ft/lbs) Thrust/Pullback (lbs) Maxi-HDD 18+ 1000+ 10,000+ 70,000+ Midi-HDD Up to 16 Up to 1000 1,900 to 9,999 20,001 to 69,999 Mini-HDD Up to 6 Up to 600 Up to 1899 Up to 20,000 B. Equipment shall be matched to the size of pipe being installed. Installations differing from the above chart must be approved by ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR ensures that the drill rod can meet the bend radius required for the proposed installation. November 2, 2022 33 05 23.13-6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 C. Multiple pipe or conduit installations shall not exceed the total outside pipe diameters stated above. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION SITE REQUIREMENTS A. Excavation for entry, recovery pits, slurry sump pits, or any other excavation shall be carried out as specified in Section 202 of SSRBC. Sump areas are required to contain drilling fluids. B. After completing installation of the product the work site shall be restored. The work site shall be cleaned of all excess slurry left on the ground. Removal and final disposition of excess slurry or spoils as the product is introduced, shall be the responsibility of the boring contractor. C. Excavated areas shall be restored in accordance with the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction. The cost of restoring damaged pavement, curb, sidewalk, driveways, lawns, storm drains, landscape, and other facilities is borne by the CONTRACTOR. D. CONTRACTOR is responsible for contacting J.U.L.I.E. at 1/800-892-0123 prior to commencing with directional boring activities. Methods to be used for marking utilities shall minimize impact on other construction or maintenance activities, including mowing operations, which may be conducted throughout the project on a cyclic basis. In order to accomplish this, marking by painting is preferred but not required. When and where flagging of existing Utilities is required, these facilities shall not be flagged through an area for a length ahead of what construction can be accomplished in 14 consecutive days unless approved by ENGINEER. 3.2 QUALITY CONTROL A. A representative of the CONTRACTOR must be in control of the operation at all times. The representative must have a thorough knowledge of the equipment and the procedures to be performed, and must be present at the job site during the installation. 3.3 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS A. Drilling Fluids & Reamer Hole Diameter 1. A mixture of bentonite clay or other approved slurry and potable water shall be used as the cutting and soil stabilization fluid. The viscosity shall be varied to best fit the soil conditions encountered. Water shall be clean and fresh, with a minimum pH of 6. 2. No other chemicals or polymer surfactant is to be used in the drilling fluid without the written consent of ENGINEER and after a determination is made that the chemicals to be added are not harmful or corrosive to the facility and are environmentally safe. B. Testing 1. When there is any indication a pipe has sustained damage and may leak, the work is to be stopped and the damage investigated. ENGINEER may require a pressure test. The testing may consist of one of the following methods but shall always meet or exceed IDOT’s testing requirements: d. Manufacturer's pressure testing recommendations for the type of pipe being installed are followed. ENGINEER Representative shall be notified and, at his option, be present during the test for review of the test results for compliance. The pressure test shall be performed within 24 hours. A copy of the test results shall be November 2, 2022 33 05 23.13-7 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 furnished to ENGINEER. If the pipe is not in compliance with specifications, ENGINEER may require it to be filled with flowable fill. e. Product carrier pipes installed without a casing must meet pressure requirements set by OWNER. If OWNER does not require pressure testing, ENGINEER may require at least one test. A copy of the test results shall be furnished to ENGINEER. If the pipe is not in compliance with specifications ENGINEER may require it to be filled with flowable fill. f. Deflection Test: Deflection testing shall be performed at Contractor’s cost in accordance with SSWSMC, Division III, Section 31-1.11. In addition, the following requirements must be met: g. Pressure Test: Pressure testing shall be performed at Contractor’s cost in accordance with SSWSMC, Division III, Section 31-1.11. h. Frequency of Tests: As directed by Engineer. i. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace and retest at no cost to Owner. j. Conduit or pipe must meet or exceed soil tight joint requirements when leakage would not cause failure or adversely affect the integrity of the roadway pavement or shoulders. 3.4 LOCATING AND TRACKING A. CONTRACTOR shall describe the method of locating and tracking the drill head during the pilot bore. Walkover, wire line, and wire line with surface grid verification (i.e. True-Trac), or any other system as approved by ENGINEER, shall be considered the only acceptable methods of tracking directional bores. The locating and tracking system shall be capable of ensuring that the proposed installation is installed as intended. If an area of radio signal interference is expected to exceed 5 feet, the ENGINEER may specify the use of a suitable tracking system. B. The locating and tracking system shall provide information on: 1. Clock and pitch information. 2. Depth. 3. Transmitter temperature. 4. Battery status. 5. Position (X,Y). 6. Azimuth, where direct overhead readings (walkover) are not possible (i.e. sub-aqueous or limited access transportation facility.) 7. Before commencement of a directional drilling operation, proper calibration of the equipment (if required) shall be undertaken. 8. Alignment readings or plot points shall be taken and recorded every five feet. C. All facilities shall be installed in such a way that their location can be readily determined by electronic designation after installation. For non-conductive installations this shall be accomplished by attachment of a continuous conductive material either externally, internally, or integrally with the product. Either a copper wire line or a coated conductive tape for this material may be used. Any break in the conductor must be connected by electrical clamp of brass or solder and coated with a rubber or plastic insulator to maintain the integrity of the connection from corrosion. END OF SECTION 33 05 23.13 November 2, 2022 33 05 23.13-8 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 33 11 13 - PUBLIC WATER UTILITY DISTRIBUTION PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pipe and fittings for public line, including potable water line fire water line. 2. Tapping sleeves and valves. 3. Valves and fire hydrants. 4. Positive displacement meters. 5. Underground pipe markers. 6. Precast concrete vault. 7. Bedding and cover materials. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Soils for backfill in trenches. 2. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork: Aggregate for backfill in trenches. 3. Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching: Execution requirements for trenching required by this Section. 4. Section 31 23 18 – Site Backfilling: Requirements for backfill to be placed. 5. Section 31 23 23 - Fill: Requirements for backfill to be placed by this Section. 6. Section 33 05 13 - Manholes and Structures: Cast-in-place, precast concrete, fiber rein- forced plastic (FRP), masonry manholes and covers, and other structure construction for access to subsurface drainage piping or utilities. 7. Section 40 05 17 - Copper Process Pipe and Tubing. 8. Section 40 05 19 - Ductile Iron Process Pipe. 9. Section 40 05 31 – Thermoplastic Process Pipe 10. Section 40 05 61 – Gate Valves 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials: 1. AASHTO T 180 - Standard Method of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 10 LB Rammer and an 18 IN Drop. B. Standard Specification for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC), Current Edition (Illinois Society of Professional Engineers, et al). C. Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). D. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 25, 125, and 250. E. ASTM International: November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. ASTM A36 - Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel. 2. ASTM A123 - Standard Specification for Zinc (Hot-Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products. 3. ASTM A307 - Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts, Studs, and Threaded Rod 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength. 4. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort (12 400 ft-lbf/ft3 (600 kN-m/m3). 5. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort (56,000 ft-lbf/ft3 (2,700 kN-m/m3). 6. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. 7. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series). 8. ASTM D3035 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. 9. ASTM D3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 10. ASTM D6938 - Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 11. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. F. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C104 - Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2. AWWA C105 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 3. AWWA C110 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. 4. AWWA C111 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. AWWA C115 - Flanged Ductile-Iron Pipe with Ductile-Iron or Gray-Iron Threaded Flanges. 6. AWWA C151 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast. 7. AWWA C153 - Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. 8. AWWA C500 - Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 9. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances. 10. AWWA C605 - Underground Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water. 11. AWWA C606 - Grooved and Shouldered Joints. 12. AWWA C700 - Cold-Water Meters - Displacement Type, Bronze Main Case. 13. AWWA C701 - Cold-Water Meters - Turbine Type, for Customer Service. 14. AWWA C702 - Cold-Water Meters - Compound Type. 15. AWWA C706 - Direct-Reading, Remote-Registration Systems for Cold-Water Meters. 16. AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 In. Through 12 In. (100 mm Through 300 mm), for Water Transmission and Distribution. 17. AWWA C901 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 In. (13 mm) Through 3 In.(76 mm), for Water Service. 18. AWWA C905 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 14 In. Through 48 In. (350 mm Through 1,200 mm) for Water Transmission and Distribution. 19. AWWA M6 - Water Meters - Selection, Installation, Testing, and Maintenance. G. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. MSS SP-60 - Connecting Flange Joints between Tapping Sleeves and Tapping Valves. H. National Fire Protection Association: 1. NFPA 24 - Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and Their Appurtenances. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit data on pipe materials, pipe fittings, valves, and accessories. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate piping layout, including piping specialties. D. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. F. Preconstruction Photographs: 1. Submit digital files of colored photographs of Work areas and material storage areas. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of piping mains, valves, connections, thrust restraints, and invert elevations. C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Valves: Mark valve body with manufacturer's name and pressure rating. B. Perform Work according to the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois, Current Edition (IDOT) standards. C. Perform Work in accordance with applicable sections of the Owner’s Engineering Standards and Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC), Current Edition. D. Maintain 1 copy of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Deliver and store valves in shipping containers with manufacturer's labeling in place and inspect for damage. C. Block individual and stockpiled pipe lengths to prevent moving. D. Do not place pipe or pipe materials on private property or in areas obstructing pedestrian or vehicle traffic. 1.7 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 WATER PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: As specified in Section 40 05 19 and Section 40 05 31. B. Thermoplastic Process Pipe Materials: As specified in Section 40 05 31. C. Restrained Mechanical Joint Fittings: As specified in Section 40 05 19. D. Push Joint Pipe Restraint: As specified in Section 40 05 19. 2.2 HYDRANTS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Mueller Super Centurion 200 model No. A-423 Fire Hydrant- Mueller Company, Decatur, Illinois. B. Hydrants will have two, 2-1/2 IN hose nozzles and one four and one-half inch steamer nozzle. C. Extension kits shall be installed to raise the hydrant, auxiliary valve and valve box to grade. Each hydrant is limited to one extension kit, and a maximum extension of 36 IN. Fire hydrant extension kits must be of the same manufacturer as the hydrant, and must be installed according to manufacturer’s specifications. D. Valve box shall be Tyler 664S Series – Screw Type or approved equal and have a valve box stabilizer installed, which shall be Ziebell BLR Grip, or approved equal. E. Hydrants shall be of sufficient length to allow for five feet of cover over the hydrant lead. November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 F. Auxiliary 6 IN resilient wedge valve and valve box shall be installed on each hydrant lead. G. Hydrants shall have two coats and be a minimum of 3 mil thickness. Paint shall match the Owner’s standard for color. H. Hydrants shall have installed “Hydrafinder Standard” hydrant locators as manufactured by the Radon Corporation. 2.3 COPPER PIPE FOR WATER SERVICES A. Copper pipe shall be annealed, type-K copper tubing. B. Fittings shall be of compression type, manufactured by the Ford Meter Box Co, Inc. of Wabash, Indiana, Mueller Co. of Decatur, Illinois or equal. C. Corporation Stop: 1. Mueller: Model No. H-15000 or approved equal. 2.4 TAPPING SLEEVES A. Eight (8) IN and Smaller Stainless Steel: 1. Model No. SST-945 by Romac Industries, Inc. – Seattle, Washington. 2. Model No. 665 by Smith-Blair – Texarkana, Arkansas. 3. Model No. H-615 by Mueller Co. – Decatur, Illinois. 4. Approved Equal. B. Ten (10) IN and Larger Stainless Steel: 1. Model No. H-615 by Mueller Co. – Decatur, Illinois. 2. Approved Equal. C. All fasteners shall be stainless steel, Grade 304. 2.5 BEDDING AND COVER MATERIALS A. Bedding: As indicated on plans and in accordance with Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC) Current Edition. B. Cover: Water main shall have a minimum cover of 5 FT and maximum cover depth of 10 FT, unless approved by Engineer. C. Fill: As indicated on plans in accordance with SSWSMC. 2.6 CASING PIPE A. Carrier Pipe: 1. Water main carrier pipe shall be polyethylene encased within casing pipe. B. Casing Pipe: November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. Required under all existing roadways, or as otherwise shown on the Plans or directed by the Engineering Division where open cuts are not permitted, except for water service lines up to 2 IN in diameter. 2. Inside diameter of the casing pipe shall be a minimum of 12 IN greater than the outside diameter of the carrier pipe or of the diameter shown on the Plans. 3. Casing pipe shall be minimum 3/8 IN thick bituminous coated steel casing pipe, augured and jacked, or approved equal. 4. Brick and mortar bulkhead (both ends) of casing pipe as approved by the Engineer, prior to backfilling, or install end bolts as manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing – Yorkville, Illinois or approved equal. C. Casing Spacers: 1. Carrier pipe shall be centered within a casing by use of stainless steel casing spacers for each pipe length on 6’ centers or as recommended by the manufacturer. 2. Water main casing spacers shall be restrained in position. 3. Model CCS manufactured by Cascade Waterworks Manufacturing – Yorkville, Illinois 2.7 VALVES A. Valves: As specified in Section 40 05 61 - Gate Valves. 2.8 UNDERGROUND PIPE MARKERS A. Trace Wire: 1. Electronic detection materials for nonconductive piping products. 2. Unshielded, 10 AWG, THWN-insulated copper wire. 3. Conductive tape. 2.9 PRECAST CONCRETE VALVE VAULTS AND METER BOXES A. Precast Concrete Valve Vaults and Meter Boxes: As specified in Section 33 05 13. 2.10 VALVE BOXES A. Valve Boxes: As specified in this Section under 2.2.D. 2.11 MATERIALS A. Bedding and Cover: 1. Bedding: Fill as specified in Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork. 2. Cover: Fill as specified in Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork. 3. Soil Backfill from above Pipe to Finish Grade: a. Soil as specified in Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork. b. Subsoil with no rocks over 6 IN in diameter, frozen earth, or foreign matter. November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 7 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 2.12 FINISHES A. Steel: Hot-dip galvanized after fabrication, according to ASTM A123. 2.13 ACCESSORIES A. Manhole and Cover: As specified in Section 33 05 13. B. Steel Rods, Bolt, Lugs, and Brackets: 1. Comply with ASTM A36 or ASTM A307. 2. Grade A carbon steel. C. Protective Coating: Bituminous. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Verify that existing utility water main size, location, and invert are as indicated on Drawings. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Preconstruction Site Photos: 1. Take photographs along centerline of proposed pipe trench; minimum one photograph for each 50 FT of pipe trench. 2. Show mailboxes, curbing, lawns, driveways, signs, culverts, and other existing Site features. 3. Include Project description, date taken, and sequential number on back of each photograph. C. Pipe Cutting: 1. Cut pipe ends square, ream pipe and tube ends to full pipe diameter, and remove burrs. 2. Use only equipment specifically designed for pipe cutting; use of chisels or hand saws is not permitted. 3. Grind edges smooth with beveled end for push-on connections. D. Remove scale and dirt on inside and outside before assembly. E. Prepare pipe connections to equipment with flanges or unions. November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 8 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Bedding: 1. Excavation: a. Excavate pipe trench as specified in Section 31 23 16.13 for Work of this Section. b. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of pipe to elevations as indicated on Drawings. 2. Dewater excavations to maintain dry conditions and to preserve final grades at bottom of excavation. 3. Provide sheeting and shoring as specified in Section 31 23 16.13. 4. Place bedding material at trench bottom, level fill materials in one continuous layer not exceeding 4 IN compacted depth, and compact to 95 percent of Modified Proctor density in accordance with ASTM D1557. B. Piping: 1. Handle and assemble pipe according to manufacturer instructions and as indicated on Drawings. 2. Steel Rods, Bolt, Lugs, and Brackets: Coat buried steel with one coat of coal tar coating before backfilling. 3. Maintain separation of water main from sewer piping as indicated on Plans and in accordance with SSWSMC. Install ductile-iron piping and fittings according to AWWA C600. 4. Bearing: a. Install pipe to have bearing along entire length of pipe. b. Excavate bell holes to permit proper joint installation. c. Do not lay pipe in wet or frozen trench. 5. Prevent foreign material from entering pipe during placement. 6. Install pipe to allow for expansion and contraction without stressing pipe or joints. 7. Close pipe openings with watertight plugs during Work stoppages. 8. Install access fittings to permit disinfection of water system as required by SSWSMC. 9. Cover: a. Establish elevations of buried piping with not less than 5 FT of cover. b. Measure depth of cover from final surface grade to top of pipe barrel. 10. Pipe Markers: a. Install trace wire continuous over top of pipe and plastic ribbon tape 1 FT above piping. b. Coordinate with trench Work as specified in Section 31 23 23 - Fill. C. Valves and Hydrants: 1. Set valves on concrete block support on undisturbed soil. 2. Center and plumb valve box over valve. Set box cover flush with finished grade. 3. Set hydrants plumb. Locate pumper nozzle perpendicular to and facing roadway. 4. Set hydrants to grade, with nozzle height above ground per plan detail. 5. Locate control valve at least 16 IN away from hydrant. 6. Provide a drainage pit per plan detail. November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 9 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 D. Water Service 1. Service taps to water mains are not permitted until after bacteriological sampling and analysis have been completed. 2. Service connections shall be made by a State of Illinois licensed plumber. 3. Curb boxes shall be installed to approximately 3 IN above finish grade. 4. Every domestic water service line from the corporation to the curb stop shall be inspected by the Water Division Foreman or his designee prior to acceptance by the Owner. E. Tapping Sleeves and Valves: 1. As indicated on Drawings and according to manufacturer instructions. F. Meters: 1. Install positive displacement meters with isolating valves on inlet and outlet according to AWWA M6. 2. Installation Standards: Install Work according to the Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction in Illinois, Current Edition (IDOT) standards. G. Thrust Restraints: 1. Provide valves, tees, bends, caps, and plugs with concrete thrust blocks. 2. Pour concrete thrust blocks against undisturbed earth. 3. Locate thrust blocks at each elbow or change of pipe direction to resist resultant force and to ensure that pipe and fitting joints will be accessible for repair. 4. Install tie rods, clamps, setscrew retainer glands, or restrained joints. 5. Protect metal-restrained joint components against corrosion by applying a bituminous coating or encasing metal area using concrete mortar. 6. Do not encase pipe and fitting joints to flanges. 7. Install thrust blocks, tie rods, and joint restraint at dead ends of water main. 8. Refer to Thrust Block Detail in the plans. H. Service Connections: 1. Provide water service to water department requirements with reduced pressure backflow preventer and water meter with bypass valves and sand strainer. 2. Provide sleeve in wall for service main. Support with reinforced concrete bridge. Caulk large sleeve watertight. 3. Anchor service main to interior surface of foundation wall. I. Backfilling: Backfill around sides and to top of pipe as specified in Section 31 23 18 -Site Backfilling. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Install pipe to indicated elevation within tolerance of 5/8 IN. November 2, 2022 33 11 13 - 10 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Pressure Testing: 1. Pressure testing of the main shall be completed in accordance with Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC), Current Edition and AWWA C600 at the greater of either 150 psi or twice the operating pressure. 2. Contractor shall be responsible for providing all equipment, labor and materials required to complete pressure testing of the water main. 3. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with testing and repeated testing attempts. 4. If tests indicate Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace, and retest. C. Disinfection of Potable Water Piping System: 1. As specified in Standard Specification for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC), Current Edition (Illinois Society of Professional Engineers, et al). Contractor shall be responsible for all cost associated with this work. END OF SECTION 33 11 13 November 2, 2022 33 41 00 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 33 41 00 - STORM UTILITY DRAINAGE PIPING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Storm drainage piping. 2. Piping accessories. 3. Bedding and cover materials. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork: Soils for backfill in trenches. 2. Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork: Aggregate for backfill in trenches. 3. Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching: Execution requirements for trenching as required by this Section. 4. Section 33 05 13 - Manholes and Structures: Requirements for manholes as specified in this Section. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials: 1. AASHTO M288 - Standard Specification for Geotextile Specification for Highway Applications. 2. AASHTO T180 - Standard Method of Test for Moisture-Density Relations of Soils Using a 4.54-kg Rammer and a 457-mm Drop. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A74 - Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 2. ASTM C14 - Standard Specification for Nonreinforced Concrete Sewer, Storm Drain, and Culvert Pipe. 3. ASTM C76 - Standard Specification for Reinforced Concrete Culvert, Storm Drain, and Sewer Pipe. 4. ASTM C443 - Standard Specification for Joints for Concrete Pipe and Manholes, Using Rubber Gaskets. 5. ASTM C564 - Standard Specification for Rubber Gaskets for Cast Iron Soil Pipe and Fittings. 6. ASTM C969 - Standard Practice for Infiltration and Exfiltration Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines. 7. ASTM C1103 - Standard Practice for Joint Acceptance Testing of Installed Precast Concrete Pipe Sewer Lines. 8. ASTM D698 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 12,400 ft-lbf/ft3. 9. ASTM D1557 - Standard Test Methods for Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 56,000 ft-lbf/ft3. November 2, 2022 33 41 00 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 10. ASTM D2235 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene- Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 11. ASTM D2321 - Standard Practice for Underground Installation of Thermoplastic Pipe for Sewers and Other Gravity-Flow Applications. 12. ASTM D2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 13. ASTM D2680 - Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) and Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Composite Sewer Piping. 14. ASTM D2729 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 15. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 16. ASTM D3034 - Standard Specification for Type PSM Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Sewer Pipe and Fittings. 17. ASTM D6938 - Standard Test Method for In-Place Density and Water Content of Soil and Soil-Aggregate by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth). 18. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Refer to Article 1.4 of the General Conditions. B. Coordinate Work of this Section with termination of storm sewer connection outside building, trenching, connection to foundation drainage system, municipal sewer utility service, and all other drainage work. 1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer information describing pipe, pipe accessories. C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements. D. Manufacturer Instructions: Submit special procedures required to install specified products. E. Field Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of Contractor-furnished tests and inspections. 1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. November 2, 2022 33 41 00 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 B. Project Record Documents: Record actual locations of pipe runs, connections, storm drainage structures, cleanouts, and invert elevations. C. Identify and describe unexpected variations to subsoil conditions or discovery of uncharted utilities. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work in accordance with Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in Illinois (SSWSMC), Current Edition, Illinois Society of Professional Engineers, et al. B. Perform Work in accordance with Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge Construction, Current Edition (Illinois Department of Transportation). C. Maintain one copy of each standard affecting Work of this Section on Site. 1.8 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify that field measurements and elevations are as indicated. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Inspection: Accept materials on Site in manufacturer's original packaging and inspect for damage. C. Store materials according to manufacturer instructions. D. Protection: 1. Protect materials from moisture and dust by storing in clean, dry location remote from construction operations areas. 2. Provide additional protection according to manufacturer instructions. 1.10 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: 1. Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. 2. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. November 2, 2022 33 41 00 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 STORM SEWER PIPE MATERIALS A. Reinforced Concrete Pipe: ASTM C76, Size, class and wall type as shown on plans; mesh reinforcement; bell and spigot end joints. 1. Fittings: Reinforced concrete. 2. Joints: ASTM C443 – Joints for Circular Concrete Sewer and Culvert Pipe, Using Rubber Gaskets. B. PVC C900 Pipe: ASTM D2241, Pressure Class 200 minimum, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) material, bell and spigot style rubber ring sealed gasket joint. 1. Fittings: Compact Ductile Iron in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 with Mega-Lug type retainer glands with twist-off nuts. 2. Joints: Joints for PVC pipe shall be of the bell and spigot type and conform to ASTM D3139. Gaskets shall be in accordance with ASTM F477. 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. Fittings: Same material as pipe molded or formed to suit pipe size and end design, in required tee, bends, elbows, cleanouts, reducers, traps and other configurations required. B. Mortar and Grout: 1. Mortar shall be one-part Portland cement to not less than one part nor more than two parts plaster sand mixed with the least amount of clean water necessary to provide working mortar. 2.3 Drainage Structures: As specified in 33 05 13. 2.4 MATERIALS A. Bedding and Cover: 1. Bedding: Fill as specified in Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork. 2. Cover: Fill as specified in Section 31 05 16 - Aggregates for Earthwork. 3. Soil Backfill from above Pipe to Finish Grade: a. Soil as specified in Section 31 05 13 - Soils for Earthwork. b. Subsoil with no rocks over 6 IN in diameter, frozen earth, or foreign matter. 4. Subsoil: No rocks more than 6 IN in diameter, frozen earth, or foreign matter. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. November 2, 2022 33 41 00 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 B. Verify that trench cut and/or excavation base is ready to receive Work of this Section. C. Verify that excavations, dimensions, and elevations are as indicated on Drawings. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Hand trim excavations to required elevations. C. Correct over-excavation with coarse aggregate. D. Remove large stones and other hard matter that could damage piping or impede consistent backfilling or compaction. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Excavation and Bedding: 1. Excavate pipe trench as specified in Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching. 2. Hand trim excavation for accurate placement of piping to indicated elevations. 3. Place bedding material at trench bottom. 4. Level materials in continuous layers not exceeding 6 IN compacted depth. 5. Maintain optimum moisture content of bedding material to attain required compaction density. B. Piping: 1. Install pipe, fittings, and accessories according to SSWSMC. 2. Seal joints watertight. 3. Lay pipe to slope gradients noted on drawings with maximum variation from true slope of 1/8IN in 10 FT. 4. Place pipe on minimum 4 IN-deep bed of CA-7. 5. Install aggregate at sides and over top of pipe. 6. Install top cover to minimum compacted thickness of 12 IN and compact to 95 percent maximum density. 7. Backfilling and Compaction: a. As specified in Section 31 23 16.13 - Trenching. b. Trench backfill materials under paved areas or within the zone of influence (2 FT from edge of pavement) shall consist of aggregate backfill per plan. c. Do not displace or damage pipe while compacting. 8. Manholes and structures: As specified in Section 33 05 13 - Manholes and Structures. 9. Connect to manholes, through installed sleeves. 10. Connect to building storm drainage system. 3.4 CONNECTION TO EXISTING STRUCTURE A. The existing structure shall be inspected by the Engineer prior to connection. November 2, 2022 33 41 00 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 B. All connections shall be cored. “Breaking-In” to a structure will not be permitted. C. Rebar shall be cut to a smooth finish. Damaged rebar shall be replaced. D. Seal pipe connections with non-shrink concrete grout. 3.5 TOLERANCES A. Maximum Variation from Indicated Pipe Slope: 1/8 IN in 10 FT. 3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Request inspection by Engineer prior to and immediately after placing aggregate cover over pipe. C. Testing: 1. If tests indicate that Work does not meet specified requirements, remove Work, replace, and retest. 2. Compaction testing will be performed in accordance with ASTM D1557. 3. All lines must be mandrel tested and televised. 4. Frequency of Tests: As required by Engineer. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Protect pipe and aggregate cover from damage or displacement until backfilling operation is in progress. C. Take care not to damage or displace installed pipe and joints during construction of pipe supports, backfilling, testing, and other operations. D. Where pipe is damaged or displaced, take remedial measures as directed by the Engineer including, but not limited to, retesting of joints, relaying pipe or replacing pipe. Provide remedial measures at no additional cost to the Owner. END OF SECTION 33 41 00 November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 40 05 19 - DUCTILE IRON PROCESS PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Ductile iron pipe and fittings. 2. Accessories. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 33 11 13 - Public Water Utility Distribution Piping. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. ASME B31.3 - Process Piping Design. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A48 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings. C. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C104/A21.4 - Cement-Mortar Lining for Ductile-Iron Pipe and Fittings. 2. AWWA C105/A21.5 - Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile-Iron Pipe Systems. 3. AWWA C110/A21.10 - Ductile-Iron and Gray-Iron Fittings. 4. AWWA C111/A21.11 - Rubber-Gasket Joints for Ductile-Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings. 5. AWWA C150/A21.50 - Thickness Design of Ductile-Iron Pipe. 6. AWWA C151/A21.51 - Ductile-Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast. 7. AWWA C153/A21.53 - Ductile-Iron Compact Fittings. 8. AWWA C600 - Installation of Ductile-Iron Mains and Their Appurtenances. D. The Society for Protective Coatings: 1. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3 - Commercial Blast Cleaning. 1.3 COORDINATION A. Refer to Article 1.4 of the General Conditions. B. Coordinate Work of this Section with piping and equipment connections specified in other Sections and indicated on Drawings. November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog information on pipe materials and fittings. C. Shop Drawings: Submit under provisions of Article 1.3 of the General Conditions and include the following: 1. Certified dimensional drawings of all valves, fittings and appurtenances. 2. Certified dimensional drawings of joints showing the manufacturer’s allowable deflections. 3. Copies of the manufacturer’s approved installation instructions for the types of joints being used. 4. For pipe 42 IN DIA and larger, lay schedules that indicate the type of pipe, fitting, or special, and the location and the direction of each of these components in the completed line shall be provided. In addition, the lay schedule shall include: the pipe stationing at all changes in grade or horizontal alignment; all elements of curves and bends, both in horizontal and vertical alignment; and the limits of each reach of restrained joints, or of concrete encasement. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Tools: Furnish any special devices required for Owner to maintain fittings and appurtenances. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform Work according to manufacturer’s standards. B. Maintain a copy of each standard affecting the Work of this Section on-site. C. Inspection: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture, in accordance with the provisions of the referenced standards, as supplemented by the requirements herein. D. Tests: Except as modified herein, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in accordance with requirements as applicable. E. Test Costs: Manufacturer shall perform said material tests at no additional cost to the Owner. Engineer shall have the right to witness all testing conducted by the Manufacturer. F. Affidavits: Contractor shall submit affidavits of compliance from the Manufacturer for the following: 1. Ductile iron pipe is in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C151 and these specifications. 2. Cement–mortar lining of ductile iron pipe, appurtenances and fittings is in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C104 and these specifications. 3. If specified, polyethylene encasement for ductile iron piping is in accordance with AWWA C105. November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 4. The grooved coupling manufacturer’s factory trained representative shall provide on–site training for contractor’s field personnel in the use of grooving tools, application of groove, and installation of grooved joint products. (A distributor’s representative is not considered qualified to conduct the training.) The manufacturer’s representative shall periodically visit the jobsite and review installation. Contractor shall remove and replace any joints deemed improperly installed. 5. Rubber gasket joints for ductile iron pressure pipe and fittings is in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C111 and these specifications. 6. Charpy impact testing of ductile iron used in the manufacture of pipe shall be performed in accordance with AWWA C151. The minimum corrected absorbed energy shall be 7 FT/LBS at 70 DegF +10 DegF. 7. Low–temperature impact tests shall be made from at least 10 percent of the test pipe to assure compliance. The minimum corrected absorbed energy shall be 3 FT/LBS at –40 DegF. 8. Affidavits of compliance shall be certified by a registered professional engineer. 1.7 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum five years' documented experience. B. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum five years' documented experience and approved by manufacturer. C. Licensed Professional: Professional engineer experienced in design of specified Work and licensed in State of Illinois. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. 1.9 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 DUCTILE IRON PIPE AND FITTINGS A. Manufacturers: 1. American Cast Iron Pipe Company – Birmingham, Alabama. 2. Atlantic States Cast Iron Pipe Company – Phillipsburg, New Jersey. 3. Clow Water Systems Co. – Coshocton, Ohio. 4. Griffin Pipe Products Co. – Downers Grove, Illinois. 5. McWane Cast Iron Pipe Co. – Birmingham, Alabama. November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 6. Pacific States Cast Iron Pipe Co. – Provo, Utah. 7. United States Pipe and Foundry Co. – Birmingham, Alabama. 8. Substitutions: Specified in Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. B. Piping: 1. Diameter and Class: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Furnishing and installation of Ductile Iron Pipe and all appurtenances, complete in place, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Where standards, specifications or methods are cited without dates, the reference shall be construed to apply to the latest revision in effect at the time of contract. 3. Standards: Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151, subject to the following supplemental requirements. The pipe shall be of the diameter and class shown on the plans, shall be furnished complete with rubber gaskets as indicated in the Contract Documents, and all appurtenances and fittings shall be provided as required under the Contract Documents. 4. Laying Lengths: Pipe laying lengths shall be provided in 20 FT nominal lengths with allowable trim pipe lengths in accordance with AWWA C151 and special shorter lengths provided as required by the Drawings. 5. The class or nominal thickness, net weight without lining, and casting period shall be clearly marked on each length of pipe. Additionally, the manufacturer’s mark, country where cast, year in which the pipe was produced, and the letters “DI” or “Ductile” shall be stamped on the pipe. 6. Pipe Design Parameters: All ductile iron pipe shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with AWWA C150 and AWWA C151, respectively, for the following minimum operating conditions: a. The minimum internal design pressure shall be 150 psi with a 100 psi surge allowance, with a safety factor of 2.0 for a total internal design pressure of 500 psi. No reduction of safety factor for transient pressures shall be allowed. b. The thickness design of ductile iron pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C150. c. The external loads design criteria shall be a minimum of 36 IN depth of cover at 120 pcf soil weight and live load based on one AASHTO H–20 load. d. The horizontal deflection of cement–mortar lined ductile iron pipe resulting from external load conditions shall not exceed 3 percent of the pipe diameter. e. The pipe trench, per AWWA C150, for design purposes shall be: 1) Laying condition Type 5 – Pipe bedded to its centerline in compacted granular material, 4 IN minimum under pipe. Compacted granular or select material to top of pipe. (Approximately 90 percent Standard Proctor, AASHTO T–99.) f. For purposes of restrained joint calculations per the Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association (DIPRA) method, the soil classification as described in “Thrust Restraint Design for Ductile Iron Pipe”, Current Edition, for both the native trench soil and also the backfill soil to surround the pipe shall be considered to be cohesive–granular. 7. Minimum Pipe Class: Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151. All pipe shall have a minimum pressure rating as indicated below, or higher ratings as indicated in the Contract Documents: November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 Nominal Pipe Di- ameter (IN) Pressure Class (PSI) 4 to 12 350 14 to 20 250 24 200 30 to 64 150 C. Joints: 1. Pressure Rating: As indicated on Drawings. 2. General: Ductile Iron Pipe and fittings shall be furnished with the following as allowed by applicable codes for each application: a. Below Grade: Push–on joints, push–on restrained joints, or mechanical joints. b. Above Grade: Flanged or grooved-end joints as indicated on Drawings. 3. Mechanical Joints: a. Acceptable Manufacturers 1) EBAA Iron, Inc. – Eastland, Texas – Series 1100 MEGALUG. 2) Product substitutions allowed per Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. b. Design 1) Restraint devices for nominal pipe sizes 3 through 48 IN shall consist of multiple gripping wedges incorporated into a follower gland meeting the applicable requirements of ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. 2) Devices shall have a working pressure rating of 350 psi for 3 to 16 IN and 250 psi for 18 to 48 IN pipe. Ratings are for water pressure must include a minimum safety factor of 2.0 for all sizes. c. Material 1) Gland body, wedges and wedge actuating components shall be cast from grade 65–45–12 ductile iron material in accordance with ASTM A536. 2) Ductile iron gripping wedges shall be heat treated within a range of 370 to 470 BHN. 3) Three (3) test bars shall be incrementally poured per production shift as per Underwriter’s Laboratory (U.L.) specifications and ASTM A536. Testing for tensile, yield and elongation shall be done in accordance with ASTM E8. 4) Chemical and nodularity tests shall be performed as recommended by the Ductile Iron Society, on a per ladle basis. d. Coating System 1) All wedge assemblies and related parts shall be processed through a phosphate wash, rinse and drying operation prior to coating application. The coating shall consist of a minimum of two coats of a liquid fluoropolymer coating with heat cure to follow each coat. 2) All casting bodies shall be surface pretreated with a phosphate wash, rinse and sealer before drying. The coating shall be electrostatically applied and heat cured. The coating shall be a polyester based powder to provide corrosion, impact and UV resistance. e. Traceability 1) An identification number consisting of year, day, plant and shift shall be cast into each gland body. 2) All physical and chemical test results shall be recorded such that they can be accessed via the identification number on the casting. These Material November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 Traceability Records (MTR’s) are to be made available, in hard copy, to the purchaser that requests such documentation and submits his gland body identification number. 4. Push-on Joints: a. Push–on joints shall conform to AWWA C111. b. Gasket material shall be as shown on the plans and/or as designated GASKET MATERIAL SCHEDULE shown below. c. The pressure rating for push–on joints shall be a minimum of 350 psi or the specified pressure rating of the pipe, whichever is less. d. Standard allowable joint deflection for push–on type pipe shall be: Nominal Pipe Diameter (IN) Deflection 4 to 30 5° 36 4° 42 to 64 3° 5. Restrained Joints: a. AWWA C111. b. Restrained joints shall be boltless, push–on restrained devices and shall be provided by the same manufacturer supplying the pipe. c. Gasket material shall be as shown on the plans and/or as designated GASKET MATERIAL SCHEDULE shown below. d. Restrained joints and restrained joint pipe shall be rated for the minimum pressure shown in specified pressure rating of the pipe. e. Manufacturer shall furnish test results showing that restrained joints in the sizes specified have been successfully tested to at least twice the specified pressure rating of the joint without leakage or failure. 1) Tests shall be performed on pipe with nominal metal thickness less than or equal to that specified for the project 6. Flanged Joints: a. AWWA C110. b. Pipe for 4 to 54 IN flanged pipe thread–fabrication shall be Special Thickness Class 53 in accordance with AWWA C115. c. Threaded companion flanges for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile iron in accordance with AWWA C115. Bolt circle and bolt holes match those of ANSI B16.1 class 125 and ANSI B16.5 class 150 flanges. d. The flanges shall be rated for at least 250 psi working pressure. e. The threaded flanges shall be individually fitted and machine tightened on the pipe ends. f. Bolts, gaskets and installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C115 (Appendix A) requirements. g. Flanged gaskets shall be NSF 61 certified gaskets and shall be full face NSF 61 certified design for all service installations. Gaskets for flanged ductile iron pipe must not have the larger inside diameters provided by the requirements of ANSI B16.21. November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 7 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 h. Flange facing shall be smooth or with shallow serrations per AWWA C115. D. Fittings: 1. Fittings shall be ductile iron in accordance with AWWA C110, AWWA C153, or AWWA C606, latest revisions. 2. Cement-mortar lining, AWWA C104; a. Fittings shall have linings identical to the pipe to which they are connected. 3. Outside Coating: a. Buried Service: Asphaltic; 0.001 IN thick. b. Exposed Service: As specified in Section 09 96 00 – High Performance Industrial Coatings. 4. Pressure Rating: a. Buried Service Fittings: 1) Fittings, sizes 4 to 24 IN, with push–on, restrained push–on, or mechanical joints shall be rated for 350 psi working pressure. 2) Fittings, sizes 30 to 64 IN, with push–on, restrained push–on, or mechanical joints shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. b. Aboveground Service Fittings: 1) Fittings, sizes 4 to 64 IN, with flanged joints shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure. 2) Flanged joints for 12 IN and smaller sizes may be rated for 350 psi when used with NSF 61 certified gaskets. 5. Gray Iron Fittings: a. Cement-mortar lining; standard thickness. 6. Flanged Fittings: a. Flange fittings shall be ductile iron in accordance with AWWA C110 or AWWA C153. b. Bolt circle and boltholes match those of ANSI B16.1 class 125 and ANSI B16.5 class 150 flanges. c. Flanges shall be rated for at least 250 psi working pressure. d. Bolts, gaskets and installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C110 or AWWA C115, Appendix A requirements. e. Flanged gaskets shall be NSF 61 certified and shall be full face NSF 61 certified design for all service installations. Gaskets for flanged ductile iron pipe must not have the larger inside diameters provided by the requirements of ANSI B16.21. 7. Cleanout Fittings: a. Acceptable Manufacturer: Romac Industries, Inc. b. All cleanouts shall have an Alpha Restrained Joint End Cap or approved equal. c. Outlet: 2” IPT Female Thread November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 8 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1) A 2 IN nipple, a 2 IN ball valve, and a 2 IN 90-degree bend shall be installed on the outlet for draining prior to regular maintenance. d. Working pressure: Rated up to 350 psi. e. Size: As indicated on Drawings. 2.2 FINISHES A. Cement-mortar lining: 1. Cement–Mortar Lining for Shop Application a. Except for sanitary sewers that drain by gravity and as otherwise provided herein, interior surfaces of all ductile iron pipe, fittings and appurtenances shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with a standard thickness cement–mortar lining applied in conformity with a Portland cement mortar meeting the requirements of AWWA C104. b. Every precaution shall be taken to prevent damage to the lining. If lining is damaged or found faulty at delivery site, the damaged or unsatisfactory portions shall be repaired or replaced with lining conforming to these Specifications. 2. Lining Thickness: a. The minimum lining thickness shall be as follows: Nominal Pipe Diameter (IN) Nominal Lining Thickness (IN) Tolerance (IN) 4 to 10 3/16 -1/16, +1/8 12 to 20 1/4 -1/16, +1/8 24 to 64 5/16 -1/16, +3/16 3. Seal Coat Cement–Mortar Lining a. Ductile iron pipe shall be internally lined with cement–mortar lining in accordance with AWWA C104, by a high speed, centrifugal process. The quality system of the manufacturer shall be registered to an ISO 9000 quality standard by an accredited registrar. Grinding of linings shall not be allowed. The finished cement lining shall be uniformly smooth. In addition to complying with AWWA C104, the linings shall also comply with the following additional requirements: 1) Material: The cement used shall be a Portland Cement. Sand shall consist of inert, hard, strong and durable silica grains. The water used in the cement mortar shall be potable, and free from injurious quantities of organic matter, alkali, salt or other impurities that might reduce the strength, durability or other desirable qualities of the lining. All material in contact with water shall be certified to meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF Standard 61. The cement mortar shall contain not less than one part of cement to two parts of sand, by volume. 2) Lining Thickness: Cement lining thicknesses shall be per AWWA C104 at the thicknesses shown in 2.7.B.1. November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 9 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3) Surface Preparation: All surfaces to be mortar lined shall be cleaned as necessary to remove foreign matter that could interfere with the adherence of the cement mortar or protrude through the lining. 4) Lining Equipment and Process: Linings shall be manufactured using centrifugal pipe rotational equipment capable of sufficient rotation speed to sustain 60 G to 100 G of compaction force. Simultaneous controlled vibration shall be applied to the pipe during high–speed rotation to produce a lining of such high density and firm compaction that the laitance can be washed from the surface of the lining immediately after consolidation. Upon request, the Manufacturer shall submit an affidavit of compliance certified by a registered professional engineer that the linings have been applied according to these specifications. The mortar shall be mixed in batches. The amount of cement and sand entering into each batch shall be measured by weight. The quantity of mixing water entering into each batch shall be measured automatically by an adjustable device, or it shall be otherwise measured to ensure that the correct quantity of water is being added. 5) Washing and Finish: After the mortar has been distributed, the rotational speed and vibration shall be increased to produce a mortar lining with a uniformly smooth, firm surface. Immediately after lining, the surface of the lining shall be flushed with a large volume of water to remove excess laitance. 6) Curing: Cement–mortar linings shall be lined and stored in a building with controlled atmosphere for a minimum of 18 hours. Linings shall be furnished standard with seal coat. 7) Repairs: All repairs of handling or other damage shall be made in accordance with the recommendations of the Manufacturer and shall be reasonably smooth and may not project into the waterway 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Jackets: 1. Polyethylene Encasement: a. All underground ductile iron pipe, fittings, valves and appurtenances shall be protected from corrosion with a polyethylene encasement installed in accordance with ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5. b. Polyethylene wrap in tube form for piping encasement shall be manufactured from virgin polyethylene material conforming to the requirements of ANSI/ASTM Standard Specification D1248. A linear low–density polyethylene film shall be used to encase the pipe. 1) Film Thickness: 4 mils, minimum. B. Gaskets: 1. Unless called out specifically on the plans, the following schedule shall be used for determining the various gasket compounds for push–on and mechanical joints. a. Potable Water, Non–Potable Water and Wastewater: 1) Buried – Plain Rubber/Styrene Butadiene (SBR). November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 10 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 2) Exposed – Neoprene/Polychloroprene (CR). b. Ketones, Dilute Acids and Alkalies, Vegetable Oil, Alcohols with Outdoor Exposure or Air: 1) Ethylene Propylene (EPDM). c. Non–Aromatic Hydrocarbons, Petroleum Oil, Hydraulic Fluids, Fuel Oil, Fats, Oil and Grease: 1) Buna–N/Nitrile. d. Aromatic Hydrocarbons, Gasoline, Refined Petroleum Products, most Chemicals and Solvents, High Temperature or Air: 1) Flororelastomer/Fluorel/Viton (FKM). C. Flange Adapters: 1. Acceptable Manufacturers: a. Only in locations indicated on the plans or approved by the Engineer, flange adapters are to be provided in accordance with the following specifications. 1) EBAA Iron – Eastland, Texas – Series 1200 Flange. 2) Victaulic Company – Easton, Pennsylvania – Series 741/743 Flange. 3) Substitutions allowed per Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements. 2. Flange adapters are only permitted in locations shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer. The use of flange adapters in any other location is prohibited. Flange adapters found to be used in locations not shown on the plans or approved by the Engineer shall be replaced with flanged pipe at the Contractor’s expense. a. Contractor will be responsible for all costs associated with the removal of the unauthorized flange adapters, including Engineering labor and any other labor deemed necessary to address the situation. b. No additional time extension will be granted for the replacement of the pipe. 3. Fabrication a. Flange adapters shall be made of ductile iron conforming to ASTM A536 and have flange bolt circles that are compatible with ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10. b. Restraint for the flange adapter shall consist of a plurality of individual actuated gripping wedges to maximize restraint capability. Torque limiting actuating screws shall be used to insure proper initial set of gripping wedges. c. The flange adapter shall be capable of deflection during assembly, or permit lengths of pipe to be field cut, to allow a minimum of 0.6” gap between the end of the pipe and the mating flange without affecting the integrity of the seal. d. The flange adapter shall have a safety factor of 2:1 minimum. e. Wedges must be contoured to fit pipe and mechanically retained in pockets. f. Pressure Ratings (Minimum 2:1 safety factor in all sizes): 1) 350 psi for 4 to 16 IN nominal sizes. 2) 250 psi in 18 to 36 IN nominal sizes. g. Units must be UL listed and FM approved. 4. Coating: November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 11 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 a. All wedge assemblies and related parts shall be processed through a phosphate wash, rinse and drying operation prior to coating application. The coating shall consist of a minimum of two coats of liquid thermoset epoxy coating with heat cure to follow each coat. b. All casting bodies shall be surface pretreated with a phosphate wash, rinse and sealer before drying. The coating shall be electrostatically applied and heat cured. The coating shall be a polyester based powder to provide corrosion, impact and UV resistance. c. The coating system shall be MEGA-BOND by EBAA Iron, Inc. or approved equal. D. Dielectric Fittings: Provide between dissimilar metals. 2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Owner Inspection: Make completed materials available for inspection at manufacturer's factory prior to packaging for shipment. Owner inspections will be at the Owner’s discretion, and will be paid for by the Owner and coordinated by the Contractor. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspection is allowed. C. Owner Witnessing: Allow witnessing of factory inspections and test at manufacturer's test facility. Owner witnessing will be at the Owner’s discretion, and will be paid for by the Owner and coordinated by the Contractor. Notify Owner at least seven days before inspections and tests are scheduled. D. Certificate of Compliance: When fabricator is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at fabricator's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 1. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved fabricator. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Shop Drawings. C. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt hole configurations or design and verify that new pipe and flange mate properly. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installation. November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 12 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Buried Service: 1. Install ductile iron pipe, fittings, valves and appurtenances specified herein and elsewhere in the project documents in complete conformance with Manufacturer’s installation instructions. 2. Installation Guide for Ductile Iron Pipe, Current Edition as published by the Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association. 3. Grooved joint couplings and fittings shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s written installation instructions. Grooved ends shall be clean and free from indentations and projections in the area from pipe end to groove. Gaskets shall be verified as suitable for the intended service prior to installation. Gaskets shall be molded and produced by the coupling manufacturer. 4. Split–Sleeve Couplings Joints – The contractor shall inspect each coupling to insure that there are no damaged portions of the coupling. Particular attention should be paid to the sealing pad / sealing plate area. Before installation, each coupling shall be thoroughly cleaned of any foreign substance which may have collected thereon and shall be kept clean at all time thereafter. Wrenches used shall be of a size and type recommended by the manufacturer. Bolts and studs shall be tightened so as to secure a uniform gasket compression between the coupling and the body of the pipe with all bolts or studs tightened approximately the same amount. Final tightening shall be done by hand (no air impact wrenches) and is complete when the coupling is in uniform contact around the circumference of the pipe. a. In no case shall the deflection in the joint between the pipe ends exceed the maximum deflection recommended by the manufacturer. No joint shall be misfit any amount that would be detrimental to the strength and water tightness of the finished joint. 5. Installation of Polyethylene Encasement: a. Installment methods for polyethylene encasement of ductile iron pipe, fittings, valve and appurtenances as set forth and described in ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 and “Polyethelyne Encasement – Effective, Economical Protection for Ductile Iron Pipe in Corrosive Environments”, Current Edition should be followed. B. Exposed Service: 1. Run piping straight along alignment indicated on Drawings with minimum number of joints. 2. Install according to ASME B31.3. 3. Fittings: a. Clean gasket seats thoroughly, and wipe gaskets clean prior to installation. b. Install fittings according to manufacturer's instructions. c. Tighten bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides until bolts are uniformly tight; use torque wrench to tighten bolts to manufacturer's recommendations. 4. Provide required upstream and downstream clearances from devices as indicated. November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 13 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 C. Make taps to ductile iron piping only with service saddle, tapping boss of a fitting or valve body, or equipment casting. D. Install piping with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate to low points. E. Field Cuts: According to pipe manufacturer's recommendations. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements: Requirements for tolerances. B. Laying Tolerances: As specified in Section 33 11 13 - Public Water Utility Distribution Piping. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Inspect for damage to pipe lining or coating, or other defects that may be detrimental as determined by the Engineer. Repair damaged piping or provide new undamaged pipe. C. Repairing field-damaged areas of epoxy-lined pipe and fittings: 1. Remove burrs caused by field cutting of ends or handling damage and smooth out the edge of the lining if rough. 2. Remove all traces of oil, grease, asphalt, dust, dirt, etc. 3. Remove any damaged lining caused by field cutting operations or handling and clean any exposed metal by sanding or scraping. Sandblasting or power tool cleaning roughening is also acceptable. It is recommended that any loose lining be removed by chiseling, cutting, or scraping into well adhered lined area before patching. Be sure to overlap at least 1” of lining in the area to be repaired. 4. With the area to be sealed or repaired, absolutely clean and suitably roughened, apply a coat of epoxy lining using the following procedure: a. Mix the material that will be used to make the repair per the manufacturer’s instructions. b. Application of Material: After the material has been thoroughly mixed, it can be applied to the prepared surface by brush. Brushing is usually best, due to the fact that the areas are usually small. c. It is important to coat the entire freshly cut exposed metal surface of any cut pipe ends. To ensure proper sealing, overlap at least 1” of the lining with the repair material. 3.6 PIPE PRESSURE TESTING A. Pipe Testing - General: 1. Test piping systems as follows: November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 14 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 a. Test exposed, non-insulated piping systems upon completion of system. b. Test exposed, insulated piping systems upon completion of system but prior to application of insulation. c. Test concealed interior piping systems prior to concealment and, if system is insulated, prior to application of insulation. d. Test buried piping (insulated and non-insulated) prior to backfilling and, if insulated, prior to application of insulation. 2. Utilize pressures, media and pressure test durations as specified in Piping Specification Schedules. 3. Isolate equipment which may be damaged by the specified pressure test conditions. 4. Perform pressure test using calibrated pressure gauges and calibrated volumetric measuring equipment to determine leakage rates. a. Select each gauge so that the specified test pressure falls within the upper half of the gauge's range. b. Notify the Engineer 24 HRS prior to each test. 5. Completely assemble and test new piping systems prior to connection to existing pipe systems. 6. Acknowledge satisfactory performance of tests and inspections in writing to Engineer prior to final acceptance. 7. Bear the cost of all testing and inspecting, locating and remedying of leaks and any necessary retesting and re-examination. B. Pressure Testing: 1. Testing medium: Unless otherwise specified in the Piping Specifications, utilize the following test media. a. Process and plant air systems: 1) 2 IN and smaller, tested at 75 psi or less: Air or water 2) 2 IN and smaller, tested at greater than 75 psi: Water 3) Greater than 2 IN, tested at 3 psi or less: Air or water 4) Greater than 2 IN, tested at greater than 3 psi: Water b. Natural gas systems: Cylinder nitrogen. c. Liquid systems: 1) Up to and including 48 IN gravity systems, tested at 25 psig or less: Air or water. 2) Above 48 IN gravity systems, tested at 25 psig or less: Water. 3) All sizes of pumped systems, tested at 250 psig or less: Water 2. Allowable leakage rates: a. Hazardous gas systems, all exposed piping systems, all pressure piping systems and all buried, insulated piping systems which are hydrostatically pressure tested shall have zero leakage at the specified test pressure throughout the duration of the test. b. Hydrostatic exfiltration and infiltration for sanitary and stormwater sewers (groundwater level is below the top of pipe): November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 15 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1) Leakage rate: 200 GAL per inch diameter per mile of pipe per day at average head on test section of 3 FT. 2) Average head is defined from groundwater elevation to average pipe crown. 3) Acceptable test head leakage rate for heads greater than 3 FT: Acceptable leakage rate (gallons per inch diameter per mile per day) = 115 x (actual test head to the 1/2 power). c. Hydrostatic infiltration test for sanitary and stormwater sewers (groundwater level is above the top of pipe): 1) Allowable leakage rate: 200 GAL per inch diameter per mile of pipe per day when depth of groundwater over top of pipe is 2 to 6 FT. 2) Leakage rate at heads greater than 6 FT: Allowable leakage rate (gallons per inch diameter per mile of pipe per day) = 82 x (actual head to the 1/2 power). d. Large diameter (above 48 IN) gravity plant piping systems shall have a maximum exfiltration of 25 gpd per inch-mile. e. Non-hazardous gas and air systems which are tested with air shall have a maximum pressure drop of 5 percent of the specified test pressure throughout the duration of the test. f. For low pressure (less than 25 psig) air testing, the acceptable time for loss of 1 psig of air pressure shall be: Pipe Size (inches diameter) Time (minutes per 100 LF) 4 0.3 6 0.7 8 1.2 10 1.5 12 1.8 15 2.1 18 2.4 21 3.0 24 3.6 27 4.2 30 4.8 33 5.4 36 6.0 42 7.3 48 7.6 3. Hydrostatic pressure testing methodology: a. General: 1) All joints, including welds, are to be left exposed for examination during the test. 2) Provide additional temporary supports for piping systems designed for vapor or gas to support the weight of the test water. 3) Provide temporary restraints for expansion joints for additional pressure load under test. 4) Isolate equipment in piping system with rated pressure lower than pipe test pressure. November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 16 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 5) Do not paint or insulate exposed piping until successful performance of pressure test. b. Soil, waste, drain and vent systems: 1) Test at completion of installation of each stack or section of piping by filling system with water and checking joints and fittings for leaks. 2) Eliminate leaks before proceeding with work or concealing piping. 3) Minimum test heights shall be 10 FT above highest stack inlet. c. Larger diameter (above 36 IN) gravity plant piping: 1) Plug downstream end of segment to be tested. Provide bracing as required. 2) Fill segment and upstream structure to normal operating level as per hydraulic profile. 3) Allow 24 HRS for absorption losses. 4) Refill to original level. 5) Provide reservoir to maintain constant head over duration of test. 6) Record reservoir water volume at beginning and end of test. 4. Air testing methodology: a. General: 1) Assure air is ambient temperature. b. Low pressure air testing: 1) Place plugs in line and inflate to 25 psig. 2) Check pneumatic plugs for proper sealing. 3) Introduce low pressure air into sealed line segment until air pressure reaches 4 psig greater than ground water that may be over the pipe. a) Use test gage conforming to ASME B40.100 with 0 to 15 psi scale and accuracy of 1 percent of full range. 4) Allow 2 minutes for air pressure to stabilize. 5) After stabilization period (3.5 psig minimum pressure in pipe) discontinue air supply to line segment. 6) Record pressure at beginning and end of test. C. Dielectric Testing Methods and Criteria: 1. Provide electrical check between metallic non-ferrous pipe or appurtenances and ferrous elements of construction to assure discontinuity has been maintained. 2. Wherever electrical contact is demonstrated by such test, locate the point or points of continuity and correct the condition. 3.7 CLEANING, DISINFECTION AND PURGING A. Cleaning: 1. Clean interior of piping systems thoroughly before installing. 2. Maintain pipe in clean condition during installation. 3. Before jointing piping, thoroughly clean and wipe joint contact surfaces and then properly dress and make joint. 4. Immediately prior to pressure testing, clean and remove grease, metal cuttings, dirt, or other foreign materials which may have entered the system. 5. At completion of work and prior to Final Acceptance, thoroughly clean work installed under these Specifications. November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 17 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 a. Clean equipment, fixtures, pipe, valves, and fittings of grease, metal cuttings, and sludge which may have accumulated by operation of system, from testing, or from other causes. b. Repair any stoppage or discoloration or other damage to parts of building, its finish, or furnishings, due to failure to properly clean piping system, without cost to Owner. 6. After erection of piping and tubing, but prior to installation of service outlet valves, blow natural gas systems clear of free moisture and foreign matter by means of air, nitrogen or carbon dioxide. a. Oxygen shall never be used. 7. Clean chlorine piping in accordance with CI Pamphlet 6. B. Disinfection of Potable Water Systems: 1. After favorable performance of pressure test and prior to Final Acceptance, thoroughly flush entire potable water piping system including supply, source and any appurtenant devices and perform disinfection as prescribed. 2. Perform work, including preventative measures during construction, in full compliance with AWWA C651. 3. Perform disinfection using sodium hypochlorite complying with AWWA B300. 4. Flush each segment of system to provide flushing velocity of not less than 2.5 FT per second. 5. Drain flushing water to sanitary sewer. a. Do not drain flushing water to receiving stream. 6. Use continuous feed method of application. a. Tag system during disinfection procedure to prevent use. 7. After required contact period, flush system to remove traces of heavily chlorinated water. 8. After final flushing and before placing water in service, obtain an independent laboratory approved by the Owner to collect samples and test for bacteriological quality. a. Repeat entire disinfection procedures until satisfactory results are obtained. 9. Secure and deliver to Owner, satisfactory bacteriological reports on samples taken from system. a. Ensure sampling and testing procedures are in full compliance to AWWA C651, local water purveyor and applicable requirements of State of Illinois. 3.8 CLEANING A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Keep pipe interior clean as installation progresses. C. Clean pipe interior of soil, grit, loose mortar, and other debris after pipe installation. END OF SECTION 40 05 19 November 2, 2022 40 05 19 - 18 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally November 2, 2022 40 05 31 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 40 05 31 - THERMOPLASTIC PROCESS PIPE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. PVC pipe, valves, tube, and fittings. 2. C900 PVC pipe, valves, tube, and fittings. 3. Polyethylene (PE) pipe, tube, and fittings. 4. Accessories for plastic piping and fittings. 5. High Density Polyethylene Pipe Restraints. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 33 05 23.13 - Horizontal Directional Drilling. 2. Section 33 31 00 - Sanitary Utility Sewerage Piping. 3. Section 33 34 00 - Sanitary Utility Sewerage Force Mains. 4. Section 40 05 06 - Couplings, Adapters and Specials for Process Piping. 5. Section 40 05 19 - Ductile Iron Process Pipe. 6. Section 40 05 51 - Common Requirements for Process Valves. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B1.1 - Unified Inch Screw Threads (UN and UNR Thread Form). 2. ASME B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch). 3. ASME B16.1 - Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Class 25, 125, 250 and 800 4. ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel Nickel Alloy and Other Special Alloys. 5. ASME B16.20 - Metallic Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. 6. ASME B16.21 - Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges. 7. ASME B31.3 - Process Piping Guide. B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A193 - Standard Specification for Alloy-Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting for High Temperature or High Pressure Service and Other Special Purpose Applications. 2. ASTM A194 - Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for Bolts for High Pressure or High Temperature Service, or Both. 3. ASTM D1527 - Standard Specification for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80. 4. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. 5. ASTM D1785 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40, 80, and 120. 6. ASTM D2235 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cement for Acrylonitrile-Butadiene- Styrene (ABS) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 7. ASTM D2241 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pressure-Rated Pipe (SDR Series). November 2, 2022 40 05 31 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 8. ASTM D2464 - Standard Specification for Threaded Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 9. ASTM D2466 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 40. 10. ASTM D2467 - Standard Specification for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe Fittings, Schedule 80. 11. ASTM D2564 - Standard Specification for Solvent Cements for Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Piping Systems. 12. ASTM D2609 - Standard Specification for Plastic Insert Fittings for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe. 13. ASTM D2657 - Standard Practice for Heat Fusion Joining of Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings. 14. ASTM D2737 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Tubing. 15. ASTM D2837 - Standard Test Method for Obtaining Hydrostatic Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Materials or Pressure Design Basis for Thermoplastic Pipe Products. 16. ASTM D2855 - Standard Practice for Making Solvent-Cemented Joints with Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Pipe and Fittings. 17. ASTM D3035 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Controlled Outside Diameter. 18. ASTM D3139 - Standard Specification for Joints for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using Flexible Elastomeric Seals. 19. ASTM D3222 - Standard Specification for Unmodified Poly(Vinylidene Fluoride) (PVDF) Molding Extrusion and Coating Materials. 20. ASTM D3350 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene Plastics Pipe and Fittings Materials. 21. ASTM D3892 - Standard Practice for Packaging/Packing of Plastics. 22. ASTM F477 - Standard Specification for Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining Plastic Pipe. 23. ASTM F656 - Standard Specification for Primers for Use in Solvent Cement Joints of Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Plastic Pipe and Fittings. 24. ASTM F714 - Standard Specification for Polyethylene (PE) Plastic Pipe (DR-PR) Based on Outside Diameter. 25. ASTM F876 - Standard Specification for Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Tubing. 26. ASTM F1055 - Standard Specification for Electrofusion Type Polyethylene Fittings for Outside Diameter Controlled Polyethylene and Crosslinked Polyethylene (PEX) Pipe and Tubing. 27. ASTM F1290 - Standard Practice for Electrofusion Joining Polyolefin Pipe and Fittings. C. American National Standards Institute / National Sanitation Foundation: 1. ANSI/NSF Standard 14, Plastics Piping System Components and Related Materials. D. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C900 - Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and Fabricated Fittings, 4 In. Through 12 In., for Water Transmission and Distribution. 2. AWWA C901 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Tubing, 1/2 In. (13 mm) Through 3 In. (76 mm), for Water Service. 3. AWWA C906 - Polyethylene (PE) Pressure Pipe and Fittings, 4 In. (100 mm) Through 63 In. (1,600 mm), for Water Distribution and Transmission. November 2, 2022 40 05 31 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1.3 COORDINATION A. Refer to Article 1.4 of the General Conditions. B. Coordinate Work of this Section with equipment installation. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's catalog information on pipe materials and fittings. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate layout of piping systems, including equipment, critical dimensions, sizes, and materials lists. 1.5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. 1.6 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Spare Parts: Furnish one set of manufacturer's recommended spare parts. 1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Maintain one copy of each standard affecting the Work of this Section on-Site. 1.8 QUALIFICATIONS A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with minimum ten years' documented experience. B. Manufacturer: Company listed with the Plastic Pipe Institute as meeting the recipe and mixing requirements of the resin manufacturer for the resin used to manufacture each of the respective thermoplastic pipe systems. C. Installer: Company specializing in performing Work of this Section with minimum three years' documented experience. 1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. 1.10 AMBIENT CONDITIONS A. Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls: Requirements for ambient condition control facilities for product storage and installation. B. Temperature: Do not install pipe when temperature is below 40 degrees F or above 90 degrees F if pipe is exposed to direct sunlight. C. Ultraviolet (UV) Protection: Provide pipe installed above ground or outside with UV protection. 1.11 EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Field Measurements: Verify field measurements prior to fabrication. Indicate field measurements on Shop Drawings. November 2, 2022 40 05 31 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 PVC Piping: A. PVC Pipe: C900, SDR 18, complying with ASTM D1784 Cell Class 12454. B. Fittings: Mechanical. C. Joints: Restrained Joint Integral Bell (RJIB), pipe complying with ASTM D3139 and gasket complying with ASTM F477 2.2 ACCESSORIES A. PVC Piping: 1. For use in restraining C900 PVC pipe to AWWA fittings, valves and similar appurtenances. a. EBAA Series 2000SV Mechanical Joint Restraint, 4” thru 12” diameter piping. B. High Density PE Pipe Restraint 1. For use in restraining HDPE pipe to AWWA fittings, valves and similar appurtenances. a. EBAA Series 2000PV Mechanical Joint Restraint 1) 2004 PV: rated 160 psi 2) 2006 PV: rated 160 psi 2. Pipe must be manufactured in accordance with AWWA Standard ANSI/AWWA C906 with respect to size. 3. Operating pressure is limited to the pressure rating of the pipe, de-rated as appropriate for service temperature. 4. Pipe systems must be designed to compensate for thermal expansion/contraction. 5. Products are intended for use in underground service only. 6. MEGA-BOND Coating System. 7. Internal pipe stiffeners must be used. Stiffener length must be sufficient to fully encompass the area of the pipe being restrained. 2.3 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Certificate of Compliance: When fabricator is approved by authorities having jurisdiction, submit certificate of compliance indicating Work performed at fabricator's facility conforms to Contract Documents. 1. Specified shop tests are not required for Work performed by approved fabricator. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Verify that field dimensions are as indicated on Drawings. C. Inspect existing flanges for nonstandard bolt hole configurations or design, and verify that new pipe and flange mate properly. November 2, 2022 40 05 31 - 5 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3.2 PREPARATION A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. B. Ream pipe ends. Remove burrs. C. Thoroughly clean pipe and fittings before installation. D. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to remove foreign substances. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Run piping straight along alignment indicated on Drawings with minimum number of joints. B. Install piping and components according to ASME B31.3. 1. For PEX piping, comply with Uponor Pre-Insulated Pipe Systems Design and Installation Manual. C. Fittings: 1. Clean gasket seats thoroughly, and wipe gaskets clean prior to installation. 2. Install fittings according to manufacturer's instructions. 3. Tighten bolts progressively, drawing up bolts on opposite sides until bolts are uniformly tight; use torque wrench to tighten bolts to manufacturer's recommendations. D. Provide required upstream and downstream clearances from devices as indicated. E. Install piping with sufficient slopes for venting or drainage of liquids and condensate to low points. F. Disinfection: Disinfect potable water piping as specified in Section 33 11 13 - 33 11 13 - Public Water Utility Distribution Piping. G. Field Cuts: According to pipe manufacturer's recommendations. H. Joining: 1. The systems will be installed with the fewest number of underground joints as possible. 2. Perform heat joining according to ASTM D2657. 3. Perform electrofusion joining according to ASTM F 1290. 4. Primers and Cleaners: ASTM F402. 5. PVC Solvent-Cemented Joints: ASTM D2855. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Laying Tolerances: As specified in Section 33 11 13 - Public Water Utility Distribution Piping. 3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Inspect for damage to pipe lining or coating, or other defects that may be detrimental as determined by the Architect/Engineer. Repair damaged piping, or provide new, undamaged pipe. C. After installation, inspect for proper supports and interferences. D. Pressure Testing: 1. Section 40 05 06 - Couplings, Adapters and Specials for Process Piping: Pipe Pressure Testing; Cleaning, Disinfection and Purging. 2. Test Pressure: 125 psig. November 2, 2022 40 05 31 - 6 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 3. Conduct hydrostatic test for at least two hours. 3.6 CLEANING A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Keep pipe interior clean as installation progresses. C. Clean pipe interior of soil, grit, shavings, and other debris after pipe installation. END OF SECTION 40 05 31 November 2, 2022 40 05 61 - 1 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 SECTION 40 05 61 - GATE VALVES PART 1 GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Resilient-seated gate valves. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. American Society of Mechanical Engineers: 1. ASME B16.1 - Gray Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings. 2. ASME B16.5 - Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: NPS 1/2 through 24 - Metric/Inch Standard. 3. ASME B16.42 - Ductile Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150 and 300. 4. ASME B1.20.1 - Pipe Threads, General Purpose (Inch). B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM A126 - Standard Specification for Gray Iron Castings for Valves, Flanges, and Pipe Fittings. 2. ASTM B62 - Standard Specification for Composition Bronze or Ounce Metal Castings. 3. ASTM B584 - Standard Specification for Copper Alloy Sand Castings for General Applications. 4. ASTM D1784 - Standard Specification for Rigid Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (PVC) Compounds and Chlorinated Poly(Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Compounds. C. American Water Works Association: 1. AWWA C500 - Metal-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. 2. AWWA C509 - Resilient-Seated Gate Valves for Water Supply Service. D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry: 1. MSS SP-70 - Gray Iron Gate Valves, Flanged and Threaded Ends. 2. MSS SP-80 - Bronze Gate, Globe, Angle and Check Valves. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Article 1.3 of the General Conditions for Submittal Requirements. A. Product Data: November 2, 2022 40 05 61 - 2 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 1. Submit catalog information, indicating materials of construction and compliance with indicated standards. B. Source Quality-Control Submittals: Indicate results of factory tests and inspections. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT-SEATED GATE VALVES A. Manufacturers: 1. Mueller – Decatur, Illinois. a. Fire Hydrant Gate Valve - Model A-2360-16 b. All other Gate Valves – Model A-2360-20 2. Substitutions: Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Description: 1. Valves shall be manufactured in accordance with AWWA Standard C509, Latest Revision. 2. Valves shall have manufacturer’s name, pressure rating and year in which manufactured cast on body. 3. Valves 12 IN and smaller shall be designed for 200 psi water working pressure and 150 psi for valves 14 – 48 IN inclusive. 4. Maximum Fluid Temperature: 125 DegF. 5. Valves shall have either M/J and/or flanged ends as indicated on plans and shall have a clear waterway equal to the full nominal diameter of the valve. 6. Provide gear actuators conforming to AWWA C509 for manual valves. C. Operation: 1. Valves shall be resilient seated gate valves with non–rising stems as indicated on plans, and shall open by turning right and provided with operators as indicated on plans, with arrow cast in metal to indicate direction of opening. 2. Testing: a. Each valve shall be hydrostatically shell tested at a pressure of 400 psig in sizes 12 IN and smaller and 300 psig in sizes 14 IN and larger. b. Each valve shall be hydrostatically seat tested at a pressure of 200 psig in sizes 12 IN and smaller and 150 psig in sizes 14 IN and larger. D. Materials: 1. Wedge: Resilient ASTM A126, cast iron, fully encapsulated with molded rubber. 2. Body and Disc: ASTM A126, cast iron, EPDM coated. 3. Stems: a. Stems shall be in full conformance with AWWA standards. b. Sizes 14 through 36 IN bronze ASTM B584 with 80,000 tensile strength and cast in- tegral stem collar. c. Sizes 42 and 48 IN shall be type 304 stainless steel. 4. Stems Nuts: a. Stem nuts shall be made of solid bronze independent of hooks, gates and wedges. November 2, 2022 40 05 61 - 3 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 b. No pins will be allowed to retain gates to stem nuts. 5. Stuffing Boxes: a. Stuffing Boxes shall be “O” ring seal type with two o–rings located in stem above thrust collar in valves without gearing. Sizes 14 through 48 IN there shall be a bronze bushing meeting ASTM B584. 6. Bolts and Nuts: a. Body and cover bolts and nuts shall meet specifications ASTM A307 rust proofed. 7. Gearing: a. Enclosed spur or bevel gearing with extended type gear cases will be provided where indicated on plans. b. Side cover plates will be provided to completely enclose stem and stuffing box. c. Manufacturer must be able to supply open and enclosed gearing as standard. 8. Coating: a. Body and bonnet shall be coated with fusion bonded epoxy, both interior and exteri- or, complying with AWWA C550 and be NSF 61 approved. 2.2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A. Refer to Article 1 and Article 3 of the General Conditions. B. Testing: Test gate valves according to AWWA C509. PART 3 EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install according to manufacturer's instructions. B. Support valves in plastic piping to prevent undue stresses on piping. END OF SECTION 40 05 61 November 2, 2022 40 05 61 - 4 Trotter & Associates, Inc. OKB-013 This Page Left Blank Intentionally APPENDIX This Page Left Blank Intentionally APPENDIX 1 PROJECT LOCATION BORINGProposed Rte.83 and I-88 Water Main 1520 Kensington,Oakbrook, IL Village of Oak Brook CLIENT PROJECT NAME AND LOCATIONDRAWN SHEET OF1 1 SEECO Consultants, Inc. 7350 Duvan Drive, Tinley Park, Illinois 60477 OFFICE: (708) 429-1666 FAX: (708) 429-1689 DESIGNED APPROVED SW SW CWG BYREVISIONSDATENO.DATE SCALE JOB NO. 8/16/2022 NONE 13093G VICINITY MAP SCALE: NONE LOCATION PLAN LEGEND B-1 B-2 B-1 APPENDIX 2 SEECO Consultants Inc. 7350 DUVAN DRIVE GENERAL NOTES TINLEY PARK, ILLINOIS 60477 DRILLING AND S AM PLING SYMBOLS SS SPLIT SPOON 1-3/8” I.D. x 2” O.D. (EXCEPT W HERE NOTED) 2T THINW ALL TUBE SAMPLER 2” O.D. x 1-7/8” I.D. 3T THINW ALL TUBE SAMPLER 3” O.D. x 2-7/8” I.D. 3P PISTON SAMPLER 3” O.D. THINW ALL TUBE FA CONTINUOUS FLIGHT AUGER 4” O.D. HS HOLLOW STEM AUGER 6-3/4” O.D. x 3-1/4” I.D. HA HAND AUGER RB ROLLER ROCK BIT FT FISHTAIL BIT DB DIAMOND BIT AX ROCK CORE 1-3/16” DIAMET ER BX ROCK CORE 1-5/8” DIAMETER NX ROCK CORE 2-1/8” DIAMETER AS AUGER SAMPLE W S W ASH SAMPLE CA COMBINED ANALYSIS SA SIEVE ANALYSIS Standard “N” Penetration: Blows per foot of a 140 pound hamm er falling 30 inches on a two inch O.D. split spoon, except where noted. W ATER LEVEL MEASUREM ENT SYM BOLS  W ATER LEVEL OBSERVATION W D W HILE DRILLING W CI W ET CAVE-IN BCR BEFORE CASING REMOVAL DCI DRY CAVE-IN ACR AFT ER CASING REMOVAL W S W HILE SAMPLING AB AFTER BORING W ater levels indicated on the boring logs are the levels measured in the boring at the tim es indicated. In pervious soils, the indicated elevations are considered reliable groundwater levels. In im pervious soils, the accurate determ ination of groundwater elevations are not possible in even several da ys observation, and additional evidence on groundwater elevations m ust be sought. SOIL IDENT IFIC AT ION TERM INOLOGY COHESIONLESS SOILS COMPONENT SIZE RANGE DESCRIPTIVE T ERM PERCENT OF W EIGHT BOULDERS OVER 8” TRACE 0 – 10 COBBLES 8” TO 3” LITT LE 10 – 20 GRAVEL 3” TO #4 SIEVE (4.75 mm) SOME 20 – 35 SAND #4 TO #200 SIEVE (0.074 mm) AND 35 – 50 SILT PASSING #200 SIEVE (0.074 mm) Page 1 of 2 SEECO Consultants Inc. 7350 DUVAN DRIVE GENERAL NOTES TINLEY PARK, ILLINOIS 60477 SOIL IDENT IFIC AT ION TERM INOLOGY (Cont’d) COHESIVE SOILS DESCRIPT IVE TERM PLASTICITY INDEX CLAYEY SILT OR ORGANIC CLAYEY SILT 4 – 7 SILT Y CLAY OR ORGANIC SILT Y CLAY 8 – 30 CLAY OR ORGANIC CLAY > 30 INTERM EDI AT E SOILS DESCRIPT IVE TERM PLASTICITY INDEX SILT 0 – 3 Unconfined compression tests are generally not applicable for interm ediate soils. CONSISTENCY OF COHESIVE SOILS RELAT IVE DENSITY OF GRANULAR SOILS 1-3/8” I.D. x 2” O.D. with 140 pound hamm er falling 30” UNCONFINED COMP. ST RENGTH, Qu, T SF CONSIST ENCY N – BLOW S/FT . RELATIVE DENSITY <0.25 VERY SOFT 0 – 3 VERY LOOSE 0.25 - 0.49 SOFT 4 – 9 LOOSE 0.50 - 1.00 MEDIUM 10 – 29 MEDIUM DENSE 1.01 - 1.99 STIFF 30 – 49 DENSE 2.00 - 3.99 VERY STIFF 50 – 80 VERY DENSE 4.00 - 8.00 HARD >80 EXTREMELY DENSE >8.00 VERY HARD CONSISTENCY OF COHESIVE SOILS N – BLOW S/FT. RELATIVE DENSIT Y 0 – 2 VERY SOFT 2 – 4 SOFT 4 – 8 MEDIUM 8 – 15 STIFF 15 – 30 VERY STIFF >30 HARD Page 2 of 2 APPENDIX 3 FILL: SILTY CLAY, Dark Brown and Brown, Trace Gravel FILL: SILTY CLAY, Brown and Gray, Trace Black, Trace Sand and Gravel, Very Stiff, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Brown and Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Stiff, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Gray, Trace Brown, Trace Sand and Gravel, Stiff, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Very Stiff, Moist (CL) End of Boring at 15 feet Note: 1. Sample 1 was discretely chosen to be environmental chemically tested for VOCs, SVOCs, Total 8 RCRA Metals, and pH by an independent environmental laboratory. 67 50 63 38 58 Env. Sample ACR WD HS SS HS SS HS SS HS SS HS SS 1 2 3 4 5 SEECO 5 DEPTHApproved By 10' ACR MC LL SAMPLE NO.(LABORATORY CLASSIFICATION) 2 8/10/22 Boring Completed 50 NORTH BORING NUMBER Proposed Rte.83 and I-88 Water Main Replacement EN D-50LBS./FT.UNIT DRY WT.ELEVATIONDESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS 13093G SW BORING LOG CWG 8/10/223OWNER Consultants, Inc. CLIENT Trotter and Associates + - 4 1 of 1SAMPLER TYPESAMPLE REC. (%)1 SOIL GRAPHIC LOG10 Sheet Calibrated Penetrometer Unconfined Compression 13' WD Job No. PL B-1 2 Water Level Observations Rig EAST 3 Unconfined Compressive Strength, Tons/Ft. Trotter and Associates Driller STD "N" PENETRATION BLOWS PER FT. Drawn By 7350 Duvan Drive, Tinley Park, IL 60477 PROJECT LOCATION Boring Started REMARKS40 APPROX. SURFACE ELEVATION (C.C.D.) Rte. 83 and I-88, Oak Brook, IL 20 30 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 FILL: SILTY CLAY, Dark Brown and Brown, Trace Sand FILL: SILTY CLAY, Brown, Gray and Black, Trace Reddish Brown, Trace Sand and Gravel, Medium, Moist (CL) SANDY CLAY, Brown and Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Medium, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Brown and Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Very Stiff, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Stiff, Moist (CL) End of Boring at 15 feet 50 63 21 67 58 HS SS HS SS HS SS HS SS HS SS 1 2 3 4 5 SEECO 5 DEPTHApproved By Dry ACR MC LL SAMPLE NO.(LABORATORY CLASSIFICATION) 2 8/10/22 Boring Completed 50 NORTH BORING NUMBER Proposed Rte.83 and I-88 Water Main Replacement EN D-50LBS./FT.UNIT DRY WT.ELEVATIONDESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS 13093G SW BORING LOG CWG 8/10/223OWNER Consultants, Inc. CLIENT Trotter and Associates + - 4 1 of 1SAMPLER TYPESAMPLE REC. (%)1 SOIL GRAPHIC LOG10 Sheet Calibrated Penetrometer Unconfined Compression Dry WS/WD Job No. PL B-2 2 Water Level Observations Rig EAST 3 Unconfined Compressive Strength, Tons/Ft. Trotter and Associates Driller STD "N" PENETRATION BLOWS PER FT. Drawn By 7350 Duvan Drive, Tinley Park, IL 60477 PROJECT LOCATION Boring Started REMARKS40 APPROX. SURFACE ELEVATION (C.C.D.) Rte. 83 and I-88, Oak Brook, IL 20 30 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 APPENDIX 4 APPENDIX 5 =550 psf/ft. 0.4x125x11 width 0.3ϻavg. H KaXq 0.50 x 600 300 psf/ft. width Cavg. = 1500 psf & ϻ avg. = 125 pcf N= ϻavg. *H/Cavg. = (125 pcf * 11') / 1500 psf = 0.92 < 4.0 850 psf/ft. Maximum Pressure Surcharge Load (q) =600 psf a = 0.4ϻ avg.H + Ka*q = 0.4(125)(11) +0.50*600 = 850.0 psf/ft. Very Stiff to Stiff, Brown and Gray Silty Clay Cavg. =1500 psf ϻavg.=125 pcf APPENDIX 6 =528 psf/ft. 0.4x120x11 width 0.4ϻavg. H KaXq 0.50 x 600 300 psf/ft. width Cavg. = 750 psf & ϻ avg. = 120 pcf N= ϻavg. *H/Cavg. = (120 pcf * 11') / 750 psf = 1.76 < 4.0 828 psf/ft. Maximum Pressure Surcharge Load (q) =600 psf a = 0.4 ϻ avg.H + Ka*q = 0.4(120)(11) +0.50*600 = 828.0 psf/ft. Medium to Very Stiff, Brown and Gray Silty Clay Cavg. =750 psf ϻavg.=120 pcf APPENDIX 7 GENERAL REMARKS This report has been prepared in order to aid in the evaluation of this property and to assist the architect and/or engineer in the design of this project. The scope is limited to the specific project and location described herein, and our description of the project represents our understanding of the significant aspects relevant to soil and foundation characteristics. In the event that any changes in the design or location of the building(s) as outlined in this report are planned, we should be informed so the changes can be reviewed and the conclusions of this report modified as necessary in writing by the geotechnical engineer. As a check, we recommend that we be authorized to review the project plans and specifications to confirm that the recommendations contained in this report have been interpreted in accordance with our intent. Without this review, we will not be responsible for misinterpretation of our data, our analysis, and/or our recommendations, nor how these are incorporated into the final design. It is recommended that all construction operations dealing with earthwork and foundations be reviewed by an experienced geotechnical engineer to provide information on which to base a decision whether the design requirements are fulfilled in the actual construction. If you wish, we would welcome the opportunity to provide field construction services for you during construction. The analysis and recommendations submitted in this report are based upon the data obtained from the soil borings performed at the locations indicated on the location diagram and from any other information discussed in this report. This report does not reflect any variations which may occur between these borings. In the performance of subsurface explorations, specific information is obtained at specific locations at specific times. However, it is a well-known fact that variations in soil and rock conditions exist on most sites between boring locations and also such situations as groundwater levels vary from time to time. The nature and extent of variations may not become evident until the course of construction. If variations then appear evident, it will be necessary for re-evaluation of the recommendations of this report after performing on-site observations during the construction period and noting the characteristics of any variations. PROJECT LOCATION BORINGProposed Rte.83 and I-88 Water Main 1520 Kensington,Oakbrook, IL Village of Oak Brook CLIENT PROJECT NAME AND LOCATIONDRAWN SHEET OF1 1 SEECO Consultants, Inc. 7350 Duvan Drive, Tinley Park, Illinois 60477 OFFICE: (708) 429-1666 FAX: (708) 429-1689 DESIGNED APPROVED SW SW CWG BYREVISIONSDATENO.DATE SCALE JOB NO. 8/16/2022 NONE 13093G VICINITY MAP SCALE: NONE LOCATION PLAN LEGEND B-1 B-2 B-1 FILL: SILTY CLAY, Dark Brown and Brown, Trace Gravel FILL: SILTY CLAY, Brown and Gray, Trace Black, Trace Sand and Gravel, Very Stiff, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Brown and Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Stiff, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Gray, Trace Brown, Trace Sand and Gravel, Stiff, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Very Stiff, Moist (CL) End of Boring at 15 feet Note: 1. Sample 1 was discretely chosen to be environmental chemically tested for VOCs, SVOCs, Total 8 RCRA Metals, and pH by an independent environmental laboratory. 67 50 63 38 58 Env. Sample ACR WD HS SS HS SS HS SS HS SS HS SS 1 2 3 4 5 SEECO 5 DEPTHApproved By 10' ACR MC LL SAMPLE NO.(LABORATORY CLASSIFICATION) 2 8/10/22 Boring Completed 50 NORTH BORING NUMBER Proposed Rte.83 and I-88 Water Main Replacement EN D-50LBS./FT.UNIT DRY WT.ELEVATIONDESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS 13093G SW BORING LOG CWG 8/10/223OWNER Consultants, Inc. CLIENT Trotter and Associates + - 4 1 of 1SAMPLER TYPESAMPLE REC. (%)1 SOIL GRAPHIC LOG10 Sheet Calibrated Penetrometer Unconfined Compression 13' WD Job No. PL B-1 2 Water Level Observations Rig EAST 3 Unconfined Compressive Strength, Tons/Ft. Trotter and Associates Driller STD "N" PENETRATION BLOWS PER FT. Drawn By 7350 Duvan Drive, Tinley Park, IL 60477 PROJECT LOCATION Boring Started REMARKS40 APPROX. SURFACE ELEVATION (C.C.D.) Rte. 83 and I-88, Oak Brook, IL 20 30 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 FILL: SILTY CLAY, Dark Brown and Brown, Trace Sand FILL: SILTY CLAY, Brown, Gray and Black, Trace Reddish Brown, Trace Sand and Gravel, Medium, Moist (CL) SANDY CLAY, Brown and Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Medium, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Brown and Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Very Stiff, Moist (CL) SILTY CLAY, Gray, Trace Sand and Gravel, Stiff, Moist (CL) End of Boring at 15 feet 50 63 21 67 58 HS SS HS SS HS SS HS SS HS SS 1 2 3 4 5 SEECO 5 DEPTHApproved By Dry ACR MC LL SAMPLE NO.(LABORATORY CLASSIFICATION) 2 8/10/22 Boring Completed 50 NORTH BORING NUMBER Proposed Rte.83 and I-88 Water Main Replacement EN D-50LBS./FT.UNIT DRY WT.ELEVATIONDESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS 13093G SW BORING LOG CWG 8/10/223OWNER Consultants, Inc. CLIENT Trotter and Associates + - 4 1 of 1SAMPLER TYPESAMPLE REC. (%)1 SOIL GRAPHIC LOG10 Sheet Calibrated Penetrometer Unconfined Compression Dry WS/WD Job No. PL B-2 2 Water Level Observations Rig EAST 3 Unconfined Compressive Strength, Tons/Ft. Trotter and Associates Driller STD "N" PENETRATION BLOWS PER FT. Drawn By 7350 Duvan Drive, Tinley Park, IL 60477 PROJECT LOCATION Boring Started REMARKS40 APPROX. SURFACE ELEVATION (C.C.D.) Rte. 83 and I-88, Oak Brook, IL 20 30 2.5 5.0 7.5 10.0 12.5 15.0 17.5 Village of Oak Brook, IL 1200 Oak Brook Road Oak Brook, Illinois 60523 Prepared By: 40W201 Wasco Road, Suite D St. Charles, Illinois 60175 Phone: 630.587.0470